Home

Using this Manual

1. SMU 00605 This displays an operation confirmation mes sage As instructed by the message click the button Inspection D Check Mode i x Perform Inspection Dealer Check Mode ack Bj Next N gt Cancel SMU 00255 This displays the Dealer check mode operation instruction screen Perform Dealer check mode operations in accordance with the instructions that appear NOTE e The test mode connector must be connected in order to perform the Dealer check mode e When performing the Dealer check mode while the vehicle is in operation never allow the driver to operate the SSMIII or SDI 82 Dealer Check Mode Procedure Entering the Dealer Check Mode Inspection D Check Mode 2 4 x Turn Ignition Switch ON with Engine OFF lt Back B Next N gt Cancel SMU 00256 As instructed by the display message turn on the vehicle s ignition switch make sure that the engine is currently not running Click button to advance to the next screen or the _ lt Back button to return to a previ ous screen To exit the Dealer check mode click the Cancel button Check Engine Lamp Check Inspection D Check Mode x x Check if CHECK ENGINE Lamp is ON or FLASHING lt Back B Next N gt Cancel SMU 00260 Inspect the check engine lamp to see if it is lit or flashing If the check engine lamp is lit or flashing click the button Click the _ lt Back button to re
2. SMU 00513 2 This causes the Menu Selection screen to ap pear Use the UP and DOWN keys to select DTC check and then press the ENT key To return to the Initial Menu screen press the C key or select Exit and then press the ENT key System Check IMM regist xlt SMU 00760 3 The SDI displays the screen shown below when the control system and communication system are started up To terminate the diagnosis operation press the C key Communi cat ing C te Cancel SMU 00420 4 The screen shown below will appear For a vehi cle equipped with a cruise control system turn on the cruise control main switch and then press the ENT key For a vehicle that does not have cruise control simply press the C key This screen may not be displayed in the case of certain vehicle specifications 213 SDI Stand alone Diagnosis CRUISE SW ON then press ENT If no CC Fress SMU 00444 5 The display shows the fault codes that are re membered by each ECM Use the UP and DOWN keys to scroll screen contents To exit the fault code display press the C key Engine Pl ZUe P120 Cruise Lontrol SMU 00445 Diagnostic Codes Check on Each System Getting Ready This type of inspection allows selection of a particu lar system from among the control system for which SSMIII diagnosis is supported Then memorized di agnostic codes and other data c
3. Eng ine ELM FEk i Ster in aa SMU 00961 18 The screen shown below will appear if registra tion ends normally Press the ENT key SUCCES EeT l Press H EMIT H SMU 00962 19 After confirming that the keyless access with push button start system is operating normally quit the registration operation NOTE Depending on the replacement part a different screen from the screen shown in this item may be displayed In such a case perform the work follow ing the on screen instructions 232 SDI Stand alone Diagnosis Registering the Smart ECM You can get smart related ECM registered in the keyless access with push button start system 1 On the Initial Menu screen use the UP and DOWN keys to select SUBARU Vehicle and then press the ENT key SUBAR Yehicle Function Setup belt Check Exit 2 This causes the Menu Selection screen to ap pear Use the UP and DOWN keys to select IMM regist and then press the ENT key To return to the Initial Menu screen press the C key or se lect Exit and then press the ENT key SMU 00513 OTC check votem Check IMM resist xlt SMU 00746 3 Press the ENT key if the system selection screen is displayed Select Res Sys mmobi Svs ENT Audio Sys RG Back L SMU 00949 NOTE Audio System is the specification only for the U K 4 On the next screen confirm the system is keyless a
4. If thePAK file format is invalid Make sure if the PAK file is cor rect 302 ECM Reprogramming Error Code List Pass Thru lt SSMIII gt suo Error Message Cause Corrective action Code 4000 Cannot make a thread It might be a lack of memories 1 Close all applications opened opened too many applications si 2 Re start Windows multaneously or etc 4001 Cannot find the Pass Thru device Cannot find the Pass thru device Re install SSMHI PC application which is registered the registry 4004 Received Invalid ECU messages If a format of the message re 1 Make sure if the ignition switch ceived from ECM is invalid is in ON position 2 Re try after the data link con nector is connected 3 Confirm the connection of the USB cable 4007 NO response from the ECU 1 If there is no response from 1 Make sure if the ignition switch Check the cause of NO response ECM is in ON position 2 Displayed if the connector caus 2 Re try after the data link con es a connection failure It might be nector is connected a harness failure as well 3 Check the harness of the vehi cle 4 Replace ECM if the above 1 2 amp 3 methods do not work 4009 Received invalid ECU identifica If the ECM identification SSM ID 1 Make sure if the ignition switch tion SSMID received from ECM is invalid is in ON position 2 Re try after the data link co
5. SMU 00326 2 LCD AREA CHECK This item checks the LCD draw area Press any key on the key pad LED AREA CHE gt START ANY Ke SMU 00522 Confirm that a black border appears on all four sides of the display and then press the ENT key SMU 00328 3 LCD CONTRAST CHECK This item checks whether LCD display contrast can be adjusted Pressing the UP key makes LCD con trast darker while the DOWN key makes LCD con trast lighter After checking whether contrast can be adjusted press the ENT key NOTE You can check display contrast without backlighting by pressing the TRG key on the keypad to turn off the LCD backlight To turn the LCD backlight back on press the TRG key again LOD ZONT CHE CONTRAST EES BACEKL ISH TRG CHANGE WPADoOWh SMU 00329 4 LCD BACKLIGHT CHECK After checking the LCD backlight press the ENT key LED LIGHT HE LDO LIGHT ON SMU 00330 244 SDI Stand alone Diagnosis MAIN LED CHECK The items on this screen can be used to check if the SIG LED of the SDI lights or flashes red or green in accordance with the status of the SDI This check confirms the operational status of the SIG LED Use the UP and DOWN keys to select the desired item on the Menu Selection screen and then press the ENT key To return to the Menu Selection screen press the C key Wain LEDCGREEN Main LEDCRED SMU 00457 1 MAIN LED
6. 144 Front O2 1 Rich Signal ON OFF Front O2 sensor output monitor bank 1 Becomes ON at the time of rich 145 Rear O2 Rich Signal ON OFF Rear O2 sensor output monitor Be comes ON at the time of rich 146 Front O2 2 Rich Signal ON OFF Front O2 sensor output monitor bank 2 Becomes ON at the time of rich 147 Knocking Signal ON OFF Judgment of knocking occurrence from the knocking sensor output sig nal ON at the time of knocking oc currence 148 Knocking 2 Signal ON OFF Judgment of knocking occurrence from the knocking sensor output sig nal ON at the time of knocking oc currence bank 2 149 Electric Load Signal ON OFF Electric load signal ON when there was an electric load Engine ECM in put value 150 Crankshaft Position Sig ON OFF Output signal of the crankshaft posi tion sensor Turns into ON while the engine is running Engine ECM input signal 264 List of Contents on Displayed Data No Items Unit of measure Contents Remarks 151 Camshaft Position Sig ON OFF Output signal of the camshaft posi tion sensor Turns into ON while the engine is running Engine ECM input signal 152 Rear Defogger SW ON OFF Rear defogger switch input signal Becomes ON when the switch is ON Engine ECM input value 153 Blower Fan SW ON OF
7. Cancel Save Setting Load Settings SMU 00622 NOTE The initial default setting for the sampling mode is Continuous Change the setting to Single as re quired Setting the Screen Range The screen range specifies the display range on your PC screen during sampling There are two screen range settings available AUTO range settings which automatically adjusts the range in accordance with the input data range and User settings which lets you manually set the screen range you want 1 While sampling is stopped click the Fsl naloe but ton on the Function Key Bar or the F5 function key on the PC keyboard Fo Graphe F4 Trigeer FS Analoe 9 Fe select F7 Ranee O x gt lm t vjs alal mln SMU 00621 2 On the setup screen that appears click the Screen Range tab Configure the settings and then click the OK but ton AUTO range settings Input Range Screen Range Sampling Mode AUTO range settings C User settings Unit Auto Range Maximum Minimum Cancel Save Setting Load Settings SMU 00623 When AUTO range settings is selected the screen range is adjusted automatically in accord ance with input data User settings Input Range Screen Range Sampling Mode C AUTO range settings User settings Item Conversion rate Offset Unit Auto Range Maximum Minimum CH1 eh 1 000 0 000 fY i 30 000 30 000 CH2 cH2 1 000 0 00
8. Mani Relative Pressure 61 kPa 59 65 64 M Primary Control 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 M CPC Valve Duty Ratio 0 0 0 0 M Fuel Pump Duty 33 33 33 33 M AIF Sensor 1 Curren t 0 25 mA 0 25 0 38 0 13 M A F Sensor 1 Resistance 27 ohm 28 26 26 SMU 00715 2 Click the H icon on the Data List Toolbar fa Fe Start F3 Graphe F4 Trigeer F5 wee Ejo x mlm t vibe SMU 00707 NOTE e When displaying the cursor information between two points the data value of the currently select ed cursor position is displayed as the display val ue in the value field e When displaying the cursor information between two points the values between cursors A and B and not the value from the sampling start point are displayed as the display value for the maxi mum minimum and average values 3 The cursor selection buttons cursor position times and cursor interval are displayed on the Sampling Status Bar Cuor 45 39 sec Interval 0 00 sec Palen ate SMU 00716 CursorB 45 39 sec 4 The cursor selection button Cursor A is select ed Move Cursor A to the desired position with Cursor A selected as it is File View Tool Help FA Fe Start F3 Grapht F4 Trigeer F5 F6 Select FriRanee Fe Print Falsave fidlNon SI FlllReturn FIZ Exit Tele mal lolx mlm t viol ala mim CursorA 13 93 sec Interval 0 00 sec Ki J E C CursorB 13 93 sec Calculate Cursor pos 31 1
9. Ver 1 2 29 Changed the message displayed in the AT learning mode Improved the error that occurred when the ignition switch was turned off at the end of reprogramming Improved the color display variation to 16 kinds in Graph 2 Added the TPMS function stand alone 323 List of Part Numbers List of Part Numbers No Part No Name Remarks 1 1 1B022XU0 SSMIII KIT Without carrying case 1 2 1B023XGO SSMIII KIT With carrying case 2 1B061XZO SSMIII KIT CARRYING CASE SSMIII KIT content 3 1B040XZO SDI SUBARU DIAGNOSTIC INTERFACE SSMIII KIT content 4 1B050XZO DIAGNOSTIC CABLE SSMIII KIT content 5 1B070XZ0 USB CABLE SSMIII KIT content 6 1B082XZ0 CF CARD SSMIII KIT content 7 1B110XZ0 REMOTE BOX Optional part 8 1B120XZ0 PULSE ANALOG KIT Optional part NOTE Part No of SSMIII KIT differs depending on destination etc For applicable Part No contact the dealership in which you purchased SSMIII 324
10. 54 DCCD Torque Distribution 0 6 Display of the initial LSD torque set value at the time of DCCD manual mode At the time of auto mode O Initial LSD torque FREE 1 Ini tial LSD torque Very small 2 Ini tial LSD torque Small 3 Initial LSD torque Medium 4 Initial LSD torque Large 5 Initial LSD torque LOCK 6 This item is applied only to vehicle equipped with DCCD 55 DCCD Mode 0 3 Display of the mode setting status at the time of DCCD auto mode This item is applied only to vehicle equipped with DCCD 56 Neutral Position Switch ON OFF ON is indicated in case of N range or P range and OFP is indicated for other ranges 275 57 Ignition Switch ON OFF List of Contents on Displayed Data Ignition switch signal Becomes ON when the ignition switch is ON 58 Tiptronic Mode Switch ON OFF Manual mode switch signal Be comes ON when the select lever is moved into the manual ga te Transmission ECM input value 59 Cruise Control Signal ON OFF Cruise control operation signal Be comes ON when driving with cruise control 60 ABS Signal ON OFF ABS operation signal Becomes ON at the time of ABS operation 61 Down Switch ON OFF Down switch signal Becomes ON when the select lever is moved to the minus side of the manual gate Transmission ECM input value 62 Stop L
11. Brake Control System Image Processing Preview Control Integ unit mode Radar sensor Impact Sensor Power Steering System Tire pressure monitor Airbag System Occupant Detection System Back SMU 00665 8 This displays a compliance verification message for the system being diagnosed Click the OK button SUBARU Select Monitor x am 5 2 0 TURBO SMU 00128 78 9 From the list of fault diagnosis select System Operation Check Mode and then press the Enter key or left click with the mouse Engine Diagnosis Current Data Display amp Save Diagnostic Code s Display Clear Memory Dealer Check Mode Procedure OBD System i Driving recorder Select saye sampling items Back SMU 00604 10 This displays a system operation check mode menu screen Select the desired item and then press the Enter key or left click with the mouse System Operation Check Mode Actuator ON OFF Operation Fuel Pump Control Fixed Idle Ignition Timing Idle Speed Control Injector Control EGR Valve Control Back SMU 00877 IMPORTANT In System Operation Check Mode if you work on this in the mode with the engine started it must only be done when the engine is idling It is very danger ous if you work on this mode while the vehicle is running because the engine may stall or the brakes may lose some of the braking force depe
12. SMU 00665 8 This displays a compliance verification message for the system being diagnosed Click the OK button SUBARU Select Monitor X HD 2 0 TURBO SMU 00128 9 From the list of fault diagnosis items select Diag nostic Code s Display and then press the Enter key or left click with the mouse Engine Diagnosis Current Data Display amp Save Diagnostic Code s Display Cancel Code s Display Clear Memory System Operation Check Mode Dealer Check Mode Procedure OBD System Driving recorder Selectfsave sampling items Back SMU 00734 71 10 Select the desired item and then press the Enter key or left click with the mouse Diagnostic Code s Display Temporary Diagnostic Code s Memorized Diagnostic Code s Back SMU 00543 11 This causes the Diagnostic Code Screen to ap pear File View Tool Help fa Fe Olear F Fi FS E F7 E8 Print E Ag fa fFielExit Description amp trouble position Number of Diagnostic Code s 2 P0102 P0113 Mass or Volume Air Flow Circuit Low Intake Air Temperature Sensor Circuit Malfunction High Input SMU 00230 NOTE The contents of the display screen depend on the system being diagnosed vehicle model and speci fications and system fault diagnosis mode Latest Diagnostic Code s This shows the latest diagnostic codes detected by the control module Mem
13. copyright 2004 FUJI HEAVY INDUSTRIES Ltd Introduction List of Abbreviation List of Abbreviation Abbreviation Spell out A C Air Conditioner A F Air Fuel ratio ABS Anti lock Brake System AC Alternating Current ACC Accessory AET AT Engine Torque request ASSY Assembly AT Automatic Transmission ATF Automatic Transmission Fluid AWD All Wheel Drive BIU Body Integrated Unit BMP Bit MaP CAM Camshaft CAN Controller Area Network CD Compact Disk CD ROM Compact Disk Read Only Memory CF Compact Flash CID Calibration Identification CNG Compressed Natural Gas COM Common CPC Canister Purge Control solenoid valve CR Crankshaft CSV Comma Separated Values DC Direct Current DCCD Drivers Control Center Differential DRL Daytime Running Lights D sub D subminiature DTC Diagnostic Trouble Code EAM Engine AT Masking flag ECM Electronic Control Module EGR Exhaust Gas Recirculation ETC Electronic Throttle Control system FWD Front Wheel Drive List of Abbreviation Abbreviation Spell out IC Integrated Circuit ID Identification IG Ignition ISC Idle Speed Control LAN Local Area Network LCD Liquid Crystal Display LED Light Emitting Diode LH Left Hand LSD Limited Slip Differential MIL Malfun
14. Press the ENT key key Fes end Press ENT SMU 00759 23 After confirming that the immobilizer system is operating normally quit the registration opera tion 228 SDI Stand alone Diagnosis Registering the Immobilizer Equipped with the Keyless Access with Push Button Start System WARNING e The security ID and registration command must be handled as confidential information and shall not be announced to outsiders When you install wireless radios or car phones make sure that mobile keys access keys are not influenced by their electric waves Do not operate cell phones or wireless radios or the like when either trouble diagnosis or mobile key access key registration is in progress The work of Registering the Smart Immobilizer Registering the Smart ECM and Delete the Mo bile Key AccessKey ID includes the operation of holding up the mobile key AccessKey to the push engine switch push button ignition switch Pay attention to the following when performing this operation 1 Confirm that the battery voltage is 11 V or more and execute each mode 2 When holding up the mobile key AccessKey to the push engine switch push button ignition switch do not hold two or more mobile keys AccessKey at the same time but use only one each time When the mobile key Access Key is on a keychain remove it from the key chain before the work 3 When holding the mobile key Acces
15. SMU 01028 NOTE e The bigger the value of the sensitivity the lower the Impact Sensor sensitivity is e f the sensitivity adjustment could not be done normally a buzzer sounds 4 times 12 Sensitivity adjustment confirmation message ap pears Click the OK button SUBARU Select Monitor Ill Ed i Sensitivity was changed The present sensitivity 2 SMU 01029 108 Impact Sensor Registering the Transmitter This allows to register the transmitter of keyless system NOTE e A maximum of four transmitters can be registered for each individual vehicle e When replacing or adding the transmitter you need to register the previously registered trans mitter again e Make sure to refer to the service manual when registering a transmitter 1 Prepare the SDI diagnosis cable USB cable and a PC with the PC application installed 2 Use the diagnosis cable to connect the SDI to the data link connector of the vehicle NOTE SDI power will turn on automatically when the diag nosis cable is connected to the vehicle If the PWR LED of the SDI does not light turn on the vehicle s ignition switch or start the engine and then press the SDI PWR key and check again to see if the PWR LED of the SDI lights D t F F EW 3 Use the USB cable to connect the SDI to the PC 4 Turn on the vehicle s ignition switch 5 Double click the SSMIII icon on the PC screen to start up the application 1
16. This item is applied only to vehicle equipped with DCCD 122 AUTO MANUAL Switch Mode ON OFF DCCD manual mode switch signal Becomes ON when the DCCD man ual mode switch is ON DCCD ECM input value This item is applied only to vehicle equipped with DCCD 123 AUTO Mode Lamp ON OFF DCCD AUTO indicator light lighting signal Becomes ON when the DCCD is in auto mode DCCD ECM output value This item is applied only to vehicle equipped with DCCD 124 Fwd B hydraulic pressure SW ON OFF Forward brake oil pressure switch signal Becomes ON when the con tact point is ON because of the oil pressure Transmission ECM input value Body Integrated Unit NOTE If you change the setup of Unit Customizing function please be sure to follow service manuals when you work on this If you set it incorrectly it would be a cause of failures such as system troubles and etc 281 List of Contents on Displayed Data No ltems to be displayed Unit of measure Contents Remarks BATT voltage control 10 15V Battery continuity power supply In put value to the BIU BATT voltage BACKUP 10 15V Battery continuity power supply In put value to the BIU ABS_CM Power Voltage 10 15V Ignition system circuit voltage Input value to the BIU ACC voltage 10 15V ACC system circuit voltage Input value to the BIU I
17. 21 Start sampling by clicking icon on the Data List Tool bar or the Felstart button on the Func tion Key Bar or pressing the F2 function key on the PC keyboard SMU 00819 ile view Tool Help E FelStart Fo Grapha F4 Trigeer F5 naloe E F7 Ranee Faint menem posi mo relexit Bale Haj elox mlm t vlo Bla mime x gt Item Range Graph 5 Ton Sg ee ee es es er es ee ee 5 000 peepee O cH2 5000 sat ee a a 5 000 aise ee ed O CH3 5 000 5 000 O CH4 E o a Aa ee es ee ee ee ee ae EIEE eee eee Se O00 ee S a EE ER O Coolant Temp 150 m es AQ EE 0 AIF Correction 1 300 ae ee mwwla ae a O AF Learning 1 a M o a EEEE TERENE 50 0 ee NR eas l 0 5 sectdiv 00 05 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 1 Stopping ECM Analog Simultaneous Measurement 1 Click the Fs naloe_ button on the Function Key Bar or press the F5 function key on the PC keyboard Fe Graphi F4 Trigger FoJAnalog FE elect FrRanee 2 0 x mle 4 vio S milan lt SMU 00815 2 On the setup screen that appears select No ECM Analog Simultaneous Measurement and click the Finish button ECM Analog Simultaneous Measurement No ECM Analog Simultaneous Measurement ECM Analog Simultaneous Measurement SMU 00821 Trigger Function The trigger feature lets you configure a tri
18. 3 This causes the System Selection screen to ap pear Use the UP and DOWN keys to select Impact Sensor and then press the ENT key To return to the Menu Selection screen press the C key Kirbag System acum Fume 4 SMU 01033 4 This displays a compliance verification message for the system being diagnosed Press the ENT key mpact Sensor Press ENT SMU 01034 5 This displays the Sensitivity Adjustment Mode ex ecution confirmation screen Press the ENT key To cancel the Sensitivity Adjustment Mode exe cution press the C key IS s sensSsitiwity adi ustment mode Perrtormned YES EWTN C SMU 01035 6 This displays a Sensitivity Adjustment screen Use the UP key for increasing sensitivity and the DOWN key for decreasing sensitivity Press the ENT key after completing the adjust ment To stop the adjustment press the MENU key Insensible UP Sensitive DOAN YES ENT NO 0 SMU 01036 223 SDI Stand alone Diagnosis 7 Sensitivity Adjustment confirmation screen ap pears In response to this confirmation screen press the ENT key Sensitivity p Press ENT SMU 01037 Registering the Tire Pressure Monitoring System Transmitter ID The procedure below can be used to register the tire pressure monitoring system transmitter ID Regis tration of the transmitter ID is required after per forming any one of the following
19. After checking the buzzer frequency press the ENT key BEEP FREG CHE FREQUENCY CHANGE PA DON SMU 00341 2 BEEP VOLUME CHECK This item can be used to check buzzer operation and adjust its volume Selecting this item displays the current buzzer vol ume level Press the UP key to increase buzzer volume or the DOWN key to decrease buzzer vol ume After checking the buzzer volume press the ENT key BEEP VOL CHE YOL WME CHANGE WP ADO SMU 00342 246 SDI Stand alone Diagnosis RAM CHECK This item executes a SDI self check of the SDI built in RAM and displays the result When completion of the self diagnosis is indicated by CHECK OK or CHECK NG on the display press the ENT key AAM CHE CHECK OKE EXTTSENT SMU 00343 ROM CHECK This item executes an SDI self check of the SDI built in ROM and displays the result Check the display after the self check is complete ROM is normal if the hexadecimal values that ap pear under WrSUM and CalSUM on the display are identical After checking ROM press the ENT key NOTE Use the UP and DOWN keys to scroll screen con tents Mod Weslh Cal Sl IPL S466 BE DS 5612 561 E F sese EE STO wl So sD Exc Peo DOST _ O N MENU DOWN SMU 00344 VERSION CHECK This item provides a means for checking the SDI software version Make sure the version
20. Confirm network key Seccccccecees Key index vom FD C The key is provided for me automatically C This is a computer to computer ad hoc network wireless access points are not used Network key eeccccccscces Confirm network key eecccccccccce Key index advanced C The key is provided for me automatically This is a computer to computer ad hoc network wireless access points are not used CP ok JP cancel SMU 01007 om SMU 01009 23 Enter a check for This is a computer to compu ter ad hoc network wirelss access points are 25 Confirm creation of a profile with the same not used number as entered for Network name SSID in the preceding step in the column Preferred net Wireless network propesties f works and click the button OK to close the win Association Authentication dow Network name SSID 100001 Wireless network key 4 Wireless Network Connection Properties This network requires 4 key for the following General F ireless Networks rerne uk E pe Use Windows to configure my wireless network settings Data encryption WEP z Available networks Network key TTT iiiiititt To connect to an available network click Configure i a WE Prefered networks C The key is provided for me automatically lie connect to available networks in the order listed access points are not used Learn about setting up wirele
21. Each System Check For details about procedures see the section on this manual that explains the particular item 1 The following functions can are available using the same procedures as described under Cur rent Data Display and Save e Sampling start and stop e Digital Data Screen e Graph 2 Screen e Changing the Width of Screen Cells e Changing the Item or Graph Sequence e Initializing the Item or Graph Sequence e Data Select Screen e Returning to the All Data Screen e Saving Sampled Data e Printing Sampled Data e Previewing the Print Image e Setting Up the Printer e Moving the Graph Cursor e Changing the Graph Line Color e Changing the Graph Line Thickness e Marking Function 2 Two Cursor Analysis 3 Saved Data Display 4 Setting Screen Font Display Unit and Display Language ECM Analog Simultaneous Measurement Analog data and ECM data can be sampled simul taneously using the Pulse Analog Kit option NOTE e This function cannot be used if the pulse analog cartridge is not installed e See Analog Sampling for handling precautions about Pulse Analog Kit how to install the pulse analog cartridge in the SDI and how to update the SDI firmware Starting ECM Analog Simultaneous Measurement 1 Prepare the SDI diagnosis cable USB cable a PC with the PC application installed the pulse analog box and the pulse analog probe 2 Use the diagnosis cable to connect the SDI to the
22. NOTE The term smart system that appears on this screen is synonymous with the term keyless access with push button start system used in this text 5 Input the teaching operation code and then click the OK button IMMOBILIVER Input teaching operation code press OK key SMU 0091 1 NOTE When you wish to return to the Main Menu screen click the QUIT button 6 The registration mode selection dialog box ap pears Click the Readout the number of mobile key registration button IMMOBILIVER Smart Immobilizer Registration Smart ECM Registration Engine ECM Registration Delete the mobile key ID Remote Control Engine Starter Registration Return SMU 00934 Registering the Immobilizer Equipped with the Keyless Access with Push Button Start System 7 The confirmation dialog box to carry out the reg istered mobile key access key number reading mode is shown Click the OK button IMMOBILIVER Smart mobile key registration number display mode Execute Press OK or Cancel Cancel SMU 00935 8 The number of mobile keys access keys cur rently registered will be displayed After clicking the OK button the screen will return to the main menu IMMOBILIZER Registration number 2 Num Press OK SMU 00936 Delete the Mobile Key Access Key ID Unnecessary mobile key access key ID registered on the keyless access with push button start system can be deleted In this p
23. SMU 00628 NOTE e When loading a setup file select the file which displays Oscilloscope in System field in dialog Dox e Clicking the Load Settings button loads settings to all of the tabs regardless of which tab is cur rently displayed Even if you click the Load Set tings button at the Input Range tab screen for Analog Sampling example settings of the Screen Range and Sam pling Range tab are also loaded Trigger Function The trigger feature lets you configure a trigger to be applied while sampling is in progress The only type of trigger supported is Trigger of input data whereby you pre configure trigger settings for a sampling item for automatic trigger detection Man ual trigger is not supported for analog sampling 1 While sampling is stopped click the F4 Trigeer but ton on the Function Key Bar or the F4 function key on you PC keyboard 2 This displays a trigger setup screen Select Trig ger of input data and then click the Next button Setup trigger x Specify type of trigger Without trigger Trigger of input data aCK E Next N gt SMU 00630 NOTE To turn off a trigger select Without trigger on the above screen and then click the Cancel button 3 Specify the trigger source In the list select the checkbox next to the channel you want to specify as the trigger source or dou ble click the channel lt Back B Back B Hezi
24. SMU 00631 4 This displays the Setup trigger of input data screen Configure the settings and then click the OK button Setup trigger of input data Cancel SMU 00632 The following describes the trigger settings you can configure 1 Level This specifies the trigger level the value that de tects triggers You can input a value directly into the box or use its up and down arrows to change the setting The setting value is limited to values that can actually be obtained If you type in a val ue that cannot be obtained the software will au tomatically change it to the nearest allowable value 2 Slope condition This setting specifies the condition for trigger de tection when the sample data values reach the trigger level When Both is selected a trigger is detected when either a Upward or Downward condition is first satisfied 5 Checkboxes of the channels to which you set trig gers are checked In the case of analog sampling you can assign the trigger to only one channel If you do not need to change the details of the set ting click the Next button Edit lt Back B Next N gt Cancel SMU 00633 Analog Sampling NOTE To change a setting select the desired item and then click the Edit button On the Setup trigger of input data screen that appears change the setting as desired 6 This will display the trigger operation screen Configure the settings and then cli
25. SMU 00855 Deleting by PC Keyboard 1 Display a graph on the screen and move a cursor to the marking to be deleted 2 Press one of the number keys alphabet keys or symbol keys on the PC NOTE Deleting marking is not possible with some keys Changing the Graph Sequence The sequence that the graphs appear on the display can be changed as desired Select the graph you want to move Next while holding down both the Ctrl key and Shift key on the PC keyboard press the up or down arrow key to move the selected graph upwards or downwards Initializing the Graph Sequence The graphs sequence shown on the display can be initialized Clicking the 44 icon on the Data List Toolbar makes the graphs go back to their initial positions Printing Sampled Data When there is no sampling operation being per formed click the File menu and then select Print You can also print by clicking the al icon on the Data List Toolbar by clicking the Fe Frint button on the Function Key Bar or by pressing the F8 function key on the PC keyboard Previewing the Print Image When there is no sampling operation being per formed click the File menu and then select Print Preview Setting Up the Printer When there is no sampling operation being per formed click the File menu and then select Setup printer Saving Sampled Data When there is no sampling operation being per formed click the gi icon on the Data List Toolbar
26. SUBARU Intelligent Drive mode S S Indication of the present SUBARU Intelligent Drive setting 69 Throttle sensor closed V V Voltage value for the fully closed po sition of the main throttle position sensor Fully closed position learn ing 70 Throttle Motor Duty Throttle motor control duty ratio Output value of the engine ECM 71 Throttle Motor Voltage Throttle motor power supply voltage Engine ECM input value 259 List of Contents on Displayed Data No ltems Unit of measure Contents Remarks 72 Sub Throttle Sensor V Voltage value of the sub throttle po sition sensor Engine ECM input val ue 73 Main Throttle Sensor V Voltage value of the main throttle po sition sensor Engine ECM input val ue 74 Sub Accelerator Sensor V Voltage value of the sub accelerator pedal position sensor Engine ECM input value 75 Main Accelerator Sensor V Voltage value of the main accelera tor pedal position sensor Engine ECM input value 76 Fuel Pressure kPa Fuel pressure Control value of the engine ECM 77 Exhaust Gas Temperature C Exhaust gas temperature calculated F from the output value of the exhaust temperature sensor 78 Exhaust Gas Temp 2 C Not used F 79 Sec Air Piping Pressure kPa Secondary air piping pressure En mmHg gine ECM input value inHg psig 80 Sec Air Fl
27. Selecting the check sequence for a vehicle equipped with a VDC causes the screen shown be low to appear Perform the procedure as instructed by the text on the screen will automatically enter the VDC function check mode and perform a hydraulic control valve operation check SUBARU Select Monitor III DC Function Check Mode E x Press OK In case Engine does not start turn IG key to OFF and re start the Engine Re start Software also SMU 00413 NOTE e Connection of the test mode connector is not re quired for this check e Be sure to refer to the Service Manual when per forming this check Steering Angle Sensor Neutral and Lateral G Sensor Zero Setting Mode Selecting the steering angle sensor neutral and lat eral G sensor zero setting mode for a vehicle equipped with a VDC causes the screen shown be low to appear Follow the instructions that appear on the screen to set steering sensor neutral and lateral G sensor ze ro SUBARU Select Monitor Ill Set mode Str Sen_N amp amp Lat GSen 0p Stop the car in straight ahead press OK SMU 00414 NOTE e Connection of the test mode connector is not re quired for this check e Be sure to refer to the Service Manual when per forming this setting operation Fault Data Display This display makes it possible to check control mod ule input data and the module control status when the brake control system control module detects a fault
28. When a mobile key AccessKey has been lost perform Delete the Mobile Key AccessKey ID When all mobile keys AccessKey have been lost refer to Keyless access with push button start system Correspondence table at the time of parts failure There is a possibility that registry fails due to poor connector coupling of cabin antenna In such case please repair electrical contacts of keyless access indoor antenna front before performing immobilizer registry Keyless access indoor an tenna front is the only antenna used in immobi lizer registry Registering the Smart Immobilizer You can get the immobilizer registered for vehicles equipped with keyless access with push button start system 7 On the Initial Menu screen use the UP and DOWN keys to select SUBARU Vehicle and then press the ENT key SUBAR Wek iecle Function setup belt Check Exit SMU 00513 2 This causes the Menu Selection screen to ap pear Use the UP and DOWN keys to select IMM regist and then press the ENT key To return to the Initial Menu screen press the C key or se lect Exit and then press the ENT key OTC check votem Check IMM resist xlt SMU 00746 3 Press the ENT key if the system selection screen is displayed select Reg Sys mmobi Sys ENT Audio Sys RG Back L SMU 00949 NOTE Audio System is the specification only for the U K 4 On the next scre
29. bmp 7 Cancel SMU 00830 66 Saving Displayed Data NOTE e The file name in default setting will be date and time at the time of saving sampled data if you save sampling data and it will be the same name as saved data if you open the saved data e Screen data files are saved in the Data folder where the PC application is installed To change to another storage location specify the location you want in the Save in box of the save data dia log box Saved Data Display Use the following procedure to recall data that was saved during fault diagnosis and view it on the PC display 1 Double click the SSMIII icon on the PC screen to start up the application On the Main Menu that appears on the display select Saved Data Display and then press the Enter key or left click with the mouse All System Diagnosis Each System Check Sayed Data Display Immobilizer Reprogram Convert Save measurement data on driving recorder Oscilloscope Quit SMU 00602 2 The dialog box with a list of saved data files is dis played After selecting Files of type designate the file you need and press the Enter key or click the Open button Open Look in Data e naa 010705134700 ssm 010705134710 ssm 010705141149 ssm File name 010705141149 ssm Files of type Various system sampling data ssm 7 Cancel Detail of saved data Engine Control System
30. 11 After selecting item change the setting by dou ble click with mouse or left or right arrow key on the PC keyboard and then click the OK button Alarm delay setup Impact Sensor Setup OFF Impact sensor OFF OFF Passive Alarm Cancel SMU 00769 112 Registering the Tire Pressure Monitoring System Transmitter ID Registering the Tire Pressure Monitoring System Transmitter ID The procedure below can be used to register the tire pressure monitoring system transmitter ID Regis tration of the transmitter ID is required after per forming any one of the following repair work procedures e Transmitter replacement e Tire rotation causing change of transmitter posi tion e Tire pressure monitoring control module replace ment NOTE Be sure to perform transmitter ID registration work in accordance with the Service Manual Getting Ready Adjust the air pressure of all of the tires so they are at the standard value 1 Prepare the SDI diagnosis cable USB cable and a PC with the PC application installed 2 Use the diagnosis cable to connect the SDI to the data link connector of the vehicle NOTE SDI power will turn on automatically when the diag nosis cable is connected to the vehicle If the PWR LED of the SDI does not light turn on the vehicle s ignition switch or start the engine and then press the SDI PWR key and check again to see if the PWR LED of the SDI lights D N l
31. 17 Stand by as the message below will appear on the screen Selection of Parameter SMU 00872 12 The vehicle information check screen will be dis played Make sure that the applied model and grade shown on the screen are correct and then click the OK button Selection of Parameter Confirm the vehicle information BPEDKUU OUTBACK 3 0R SAT Applied model Grade SMU 00873 94 Selection of Parameter NOTE If the applied model and grade are different than those of the vehicle execute the registration proce dure again after clicking the OK button Confirm on Parameter This function allows you to confirm the parameters registered in the VDC control module NOTE This function can be used even if the VDC control module is not a normal spare part Confirm Procedure 1 Prepare the SDI diagnosis cable USB cable and a PC with the PC application installed 2 Use the diagnosis cable to connect the SDI to the data link connector of the vehicle NOTE SDI power will turn on automatically when the diag nosis cable is connected to the vehicle If the PWRLED of the SDI does not light turn on the ve hicle s ignition switch or start the engine and then press the SDI PWR key and check again to see if the PWR LED of the SDI lights we Wy B IF ay SMU 00113 3 Use the USB cable to connect the SDI to the PC 4 Turn on the vehicle s ignition switch 5 Double click the SSMIII ic
32. 2 heaters ON 126 Cylinder 1 quantity cor ms Amount of injection corrected for cyl This item is applied rection value inder 1 to stabilize idling only to Diesel models 127 Cylinder 2 quantity cor ms Amount of injection corrected for cyl This item is applied rection value inder 2 to stabilize idling only to Diesel models 128 Cylinder 3 quantity cor ms Amount of injection corrected for cyl This item is applied rection value inder 3 to stabilize idling only to Diesel models 129 Cylinder 4 quantity cor ms Amount of injection corrected for cyl This item is applied rection value inder 4 to stabilize idling only to Diesel models 130 AT Vehicle ID Signal ON OFF Signal for identification of the trans mission type AT or MT ON at the time of AT 131 Test Mode Signal ON OFF Display of the connection status of the test mode connector ON at the time of connection 132 Read Memory Signal ON OFF Display of the connection status of the read memory connector ON when connected 133 D check Require Flag ON OFF Turns into ON if it is requested to op erate solenoid compulsory drive and compulsory adjustment function for engine speed and A F 134 Delivery Mode Connector ON OFF Display of the connection status of Test Mode Connector the delivery mode connector test mode connector ON with connect ed status Engine ECM input value 135 Clear Memory Terminal ON OFF Display of the con
33. 218 6 On the Read out CF application measurement data from the CF card inside the computer screen select the Read CF application meas urement data all together or Read CF applica tion measurement data separately Read out CF application measurement data from the CF card inside the computer Read CF application measurement data all together Read CF application measurement data separately Back SMU 00852 lt If you selected Read CF application measure ment data all together in Step 6 gt 7 Select the directory to save sampled data which was read out from the CF card Select the desired directory and then click the OK button Browse for Folder Select a folder For saving the measurement data O Immb H Roughness B Select Monitor O Database O Driver O Firm 5 Help O Locale gt Log O Param H Sdr IF I Ininet v SMU 00844 NOTE e On the initial setting sample data files are saved in the Data folder where the PC application is in stalled e The name of the data file being saved is generat ed automatically in accordance with the time and date of saving in CF card e After the sampled data is saved in a PC that in CF card will be deleted automatically 219 SDI Stand alone Diagnosis 8 After all of the sampled data in the CF card are saved a screen below will appear Click the OK button SUBARU Select Monitor Ill L Reading CF application measurement data i
34. AT learning mode SMU 01092 NOTE e The following screen may be displayed during the work In that case confirm the display contents and then click the OK button AT learning mode Execute AT learning again after fixing troubles of the vehicle SMU 01081 Of the contents shown above their main causes and remedies are shown in the following chart Main causes of the Remedies contens shown e Detection of diagnos After correcting the troubles tic codes based on the diagnostic codes perform the AT learning mode again from the beginning AT learning mode AT learning ended abnormally Try again from the beginning r SMU 01093 Of the contents shown above their main causes and remedies are shown in the following chart Learning and inspection mode related to AT Detection of diagnostic code s Remedies e A diagnostic code After correcting the troubles was detected during based on the diagnostic the AT learning proc codes perform the AT ess learning mode again from the beginning Un instructed opera Execute the AT learning tions were taken dur mode again from the be ing the AT learning ginning process Depressing the brake pedal is not enough Pulling the parking brake lever is not enough e Abnormal Idle Up e Depending on vehicle specification some of these displays may not appear at all In such case please f
35. Diagnosis function of O6MY B9 TRIBECA is added First decimal place is added for psi unit display Error in O6MY trouble code is correct ed Release date month year is added for version information Apr 2005 Ver 1 2 10 9 Ver 1 0 36 Roughness monitor function is added Ver 1 2 10 10 Keyless ID registration function is added Keyless ECM customize function is added Diagnosis of 98MY to OOMY model are added for PC application Diagnosis of OOMY LEGACY IMPRE ZA FORESTER are added for PC ap plication Trigger line for trigger function is mod ified Line width line color and range infor mation of graph data can be saved Data display function is added for SDI stand alone diagnosis Body integrated ECM customize func tion is added for SDI stand alone diag nosis Immobilizer registration function is added for SDI stand alone diagnosis 319 SSMIII revision history Release PC Application version CF Application version Main revision history Remarks Jul 2005 Ver 1 3 11 12 Ver 1 3 11 13 Ver 1 1 50 ECM Analog simultaneous measure ment function is added Function for converting sampled data to CSV is added Function to save screen data as BMP file is added All extensions of sampled data can be displayed Average speed of each cylinder can be displayed in Roughness Monitor Immobilizer for 06 MY Eu
36. When wireless radios or car telephones are in stalled they must be installed so that the immobi lizer system is not influenced by electric waves Do not operate cell phones or wireless radios or the like when either trouble diagnosis or immobi lizer registration is in progress During immobilizer registration do not bring a key with a different ID close to the ignition switch When the key is on a keychain remove it from the chain before start of diagnosis When there are several keys on one keychain remove them from the keychain and use them individually for the work When the engine cannot be started with a regis tered key pull the ignition key from the ignition switch wait approximately one second until the immobilizer warning lamp starts flashing and then turn the ignition key slowly to start the en gine Getting Ready 1 Prepare the SDI diagnosis cable USB cable and a PC with the PC application installed 2 Use the diagnosis cable to connect the SDI to the data link connector of the vehicle 123 NOTE SDI power will turn on automatically when the diag nosis cable is connected to the vehicle If the PWR LED of the SDI does not light turn on the vehicle s ignition switch or start the engine and then press the SDI PWR key and check again to see if the PWR LED of the SDI lights GQ SW Wy B E E 3 Connect the SDI to the PC with the USB cable 4 Turn on the vehicle s ignition switch 5 Doubl
37. or the Fslsave button on the Function Key Bar You could also press the F9 function key on the PC key board Using Non Sl Units to Display Sampled Data When there is no sampling operation being per formed click the HalNon SI button on the Digital Data Screen or Graph Screen Function Key Bar or press the F10 function key on the PC keyboard to display the sampled data using the currently selected non SI display units NOTE e To use this function the desired display units should be selected using the window that ap pears when the Tool menu Option command is executed e To return to SI unit display click the FAST put ton on the Function Key Bar or press the F10 function key on the PC keyboard Returning to the Fault Diagnosis Menu Screen When there is no sampling operation being per formed click the return icon on the Data List Tool bar or the ext button on the Function Key Bar 44 Current Data Display and Save You can also return to the previous screen by press ing the F12 function key on the PC keyboard Graph 2 Screen Single screen 8 channel Graph If a sampling operation is being performed stop it On the Digital Data Screen click the E icon on the Data List Toolbar or click the Fs Graphi_ button on the Function Key Bar twice to display Graph 2 Screen Each press of the F3 button on the Function Key Bar cycles in the following sequence F3 Graph1 gt F3 Graph2 F3 Snapshot
38. psig charging pressure from the detected output value of the pressure differ ence sensor Differential pressure Secondary pressure Primary pressure 27 Fuel Tank Pressure kPa Pressure in the fuel tank Pressure This item is applied mmHg calculated from the output value of only to North American inHg the fuel tank pressure sensor models psig 256 List of Contents on Displayed Data No Items Unit of measure Contents Remarks 28 CO Adjustment V The front O2 sensor cannot be used in areas using leaded gasoline As this causes open control the correc tion value has been established to provide central control as far as pos sible for the initial air fuel ratio Ad justment can be made while confirming the CO value 29 Learned Ignition Timinig deg Advance or retard amount when knocking has occurred Learned ig nition timing 30 Accel Opening Angle Ao Accelerator pedal opening angle ra tio calculated from the output value of the accelerator position sensor 31 Fuel Temp C Fuel temperature calculated from the output value of the fuel tempera ture sensor This item is applied only to North American models 32 Front O2 Heater 1 Current value of the front O2 sensor heater Control value of the engine ECM 33 Rear O2 Heater Current Current value of the rear O2 sensor heater Control value of the engine EC
39. ting The value shown defines the market the ve hicle is destined for Item Value Unit Maximum El O wiperdeicer support O SedanfWagon Setting Sedan O MT AT Setting AT O 6MT Setting Other than 6MT m Destination Setting O Factory initial setting Market SSS w SMU 01104 Confirmation of Vehicle Destination Part 2 If market destination is impossible to obtain digitally e g when the body integrated module is out of or der refer to Model Number Label fixed onto the vehicle itself The location of the model number label is shown in the Service Manual For right hand drive models Confirm vehicle destination by Applied Model number row of the model number label in which 5th out of 7 digits count from left distinguish the mar ket vehicle is intended for RPPIBO MOEI 5th Digit Destination Number veer Kk K EK ER rrxx 4or5 JP kkk k 5 k k k k Goud HEAVY TEQUSTRIES LTO Tia PETELTIGISTITES Applied Tria Code a Celer Code ase Engine Type siepacgtes Troegaiggiga ive SUSTIEETT SMU 01110 For left hand drive models Destination market is distinguished by whether the model number label is in Arabic or not 98 Model Number Label Destination Arabic KS i ae Dn ae ah ie a 3 gayi any le dy dees EEM Ae Lannea nea m p iy As es sz i SMU 01106 Model Number
40. turn to a previous screen or the cancel button to cancel the Dealer check mode NOTE If the check engine lamp is not lit perform fault di agnosis on the check engine lamp circuit as detailed in the Service Manual Actuator Operation Check Inspection D Check Mode l J x Check Relays and Solenoid Valves Operation lt Back B Next N gt Cancel Dealer Check Mode Procedure Engine Start Inspection D Check Mode 7 g x Start the Engine lt Back B Next N gt Cancel SMU 00264 This procedure checks for proper operation of the various actuators of the fuel pump radiator fan and other engine control system related components When an actuator is operating normally click button to advance to the next screen or the lt Back B button to return to a previous screen To exit the Dealer check mode click the Cancel button NOTE lf an actuator abnormality is discovered perform fault diagnosis in accordance with the Service Man ual Throttle Valve Position Sensor Input Signal Check Inspection D Check Mode i E x Depress the Accelerator Pedal to Full Stroke and Release lt Back B Cancel SMU 00268 Slowly press the accelerator pedal down as far as it will go and then release it Click button to advance to the next screen or the _ lt Back button to return to a previ ous screen To exit the Dealer check mode click the Cancel button 83 SMU
41. 46 FL Wheel Speed km h MPH Value calculated from the front ABS wheel speed sensor LH signal trans mitted from VDC or ABS ECM Transmission ECM input value 47 RR Wheel Speed km h MPH Value calculated from the rear ABS wheel speed sensor RH signal trans mitted from VDC or ABS ECM Transmission ECM input value 48 RL Wheel Speed km h MPH Value calculated from the rear ABS wheel speed sensor LH signal trans mitted from VDC or ABS ECM Transmission ECM input value 49 Steering Angle Sensor deg Steering angle of the steering wheel transmitted from the steering angle sensor DCCD ECM input value This item is applied only to vehicle equipped with DCCD 50 Fwd B solenoid current Actual current value of the forward brake solenoid Transmission ECM output value 51 Fwd B solenoid pressure kPa Target oil pressure calculated by the transmission ECM for control of the forward brake pressure This value decides the indicator current value 52 Yaw Rate deg s Yaw rate of the vehicle body calcu lated from the output of the yaw rate amp lateral G sensor DCCD ECM out put value This item is applied only to vehicle equipped with DCCD 53 Lateral G m s Lateral Acceleration of the vehicle body calculated from the output of the yaw rate amp lateral G sensor DCCD ECM output value This item is applied only to vehicle equipped with DCCD
42. Back B Next N gt Cancel SMU 00655 NOTE e o change a trigger setting select the desired item and then click the Edit button to display the Setup trigger of input data screen e To exclude the setting of an item that is currently configured for a trigger clear the check box of the applicable item e f the message dialog box shown below appears while you are configuring an item setting it means that the limit on the number of selectable items has been reached Selection of further data items is not possible after this message appears To select other items deselect the check boxes next to the currently selected checked items you no longer need and then select another item to which you want to assign a trigger 53 Trigger SUBARU Select Monitor Ill AN Mo other selections can be made SMU 00154 5 Setup the action that should be performed after a trigger is detected Configure the settings and then click the Exit button Setup trigger x Setup action after trigger Time of samples after trigger WET 1 Sec 60 Sec Trigger dot display in hold mode transit 5 Div 0 Div 10 Div cro SMU 00656 1 Time of samples after trigger This setting is the sampling time after the trigger is de tected 2 Trigger dot display in hold mode transit This setting specifies the display position of the trigger detection point trigger point when the graph is dis played following sam
43. Becomes ON when the front wiper is operated 58 Parking Brake Switch In put ON OFF Input value from the parking brake SW Becomes ON when the parking brake is pulled and the parking brake SW is set to ON 59 Registration SW input ON OFF Input value from the registration switch Becomes ON when the reg istration connector of keyless entry system is connected 60 Identification SW input ON OFF Identification of wagon or sedan ON Wagon OFF Sedan Initial set ting of the keyless entry system cir cuit 61 Driver s seat lock status SW input ON OFF Input value from the driver s seat lock status switch Becomes ON when doors are locked 62 Passenger s seat lock sta tus SW input ON OFF Input value from the passenger s seat lock status switch Becomes ON when doors are locked 286 List of Contents on Displayed Data No ltems to be displayed Unit of measure Contents Remarks 63 R gate lock status SW in put ON OFF Input value from the rear gate lock status switch Becomes ON when a rear gate is locked 64 Smart wake up input ON OFF Input value of the smart wake up sig nal from the collated ECM Becomes ON when the signal is input 65 Rr defogger output ON OFF Output value to the rear defogger re lay Becomes ON when the rear de fogger is operated 66 lock actuat LOCK output
44. Compulsory learning can be effected at the time of replacement of fuel pump injector or EGR valve of a vehicle with a diesel engine Getting Ready 1 Prepare the SDI diagnosis cable USB cable and a PC with the PC application installed 2 Use the diagnosis cable to connect the SDI to the data link connector of the vehicle NOTE SDI power will turn on automatically when the diag nosis cable is connected to the vehicle If the PWR LED of the SDI does not light turn on the vehicle s 156 ignition switch or start the engine and then press the SDI PWR key and check again to see if the PWR LED of the SDI lights Wy B iP E SMU 00113 3 Use the USB cable to connect the SDI to the PC 4 Turn on the vehicle s ignition switch 5 Double click the SSMIII icon on the PC screen to start up the application 6 On the Main Menu that appears on the display select Each System Check and then press the Enter key or left click with the mouse I All System Diagnosis Each System Check Sayed Data Display Immobilizer Reprogram Convert Sayve measurement data on driving recorder Oscilloscope Quit SMU 00600 Learning inspection and registration mode related to diesel engines Excluding North America 7 On the System Selection Menu select Engine Control System and then press the Enter key or left click with the mouse System Selection Menu Engine Control System Transmission Con
45. Current Data Display and Save Data Select Screen Particular graphs can be selected for display as de sired When there is no sampling operation being performed click the check box in front of the graph item you want An item is selected when there is a check mark inside its check box You can also select check the checkbox of the highlighted item by pressing the space bar on the PC keyboard Next click the icon on the Data List Toolbar or the FslSelest button on the Function Key Bar This will display the selected graphs only You can also display the selected graphs by press ing the F6 function key on the PC keyboard En Felstart Fe Grapha F4 Trisger FelSelect Fr Ranee Fe mlel Hal ol gt le t vio als jms as 40 kPa J Engine Speed 762 rpm OF SMU 00584 NOTE e Displaying selected data causes data sampled up to that point to be deleted e Sampling is faster when specific data items are selected This applies only to engine and trans mission sampling e f the message dialog box shown below appears while you are selecting data items it means that the limit on the number of selectable data items has been reached Selection of further data items is not possible after this message appears To select other items deselect the check boxes next to the currently selected checked items and then select the new items SUBARU Select Monitor iil AN No other select
46. Edit E wiew SamplingfS HelptH Openly Chrl 0 PrintiPy Ctrl F Print preview Print setupi R Recent Files Guit Roughness monitors SMU 00795 2 This causes the sampled data save dialog box to appear The name of the data file being saved is generat ed automatically in accordance with the current time and date If you want to use the generated file name as is click the dialog box Save button If you want to change to a different file name type in the name you want Save in 3 Data e a File name 050411143435 cym Save Save as type Roughness monitor sampling data cym Cancel SMU 00796 NOTE Sample data files are saved in the Data folder where the PC application is installed To change to another storage location specify the location you want in the Save in box of the save data dialog box Saved Data Display You can view the saved data by opening from Main Menu or from High Grade Roughness Monitor NOTE To view the saved data at Simple Roughness Mon itor see Saved Data Display Opening from Main Menu 1 From the Main Menu select Saved Data Display and then press the Enter key or left click with the mouse 210 Roughness Monitor All System Diagnosis Each System Check Sayed Data Display Immobilizer Reprogram Convert Save measurement data on driving recorder Oscilloscope Quit SMU 00602 2 Th
47. Green CHECK After confirming that the SIG LED repeats a pattern of four green flashes followed by 10 seconds of steady green lighting press the ENT key SMATM LED CHE gt MAIN LED GREEN SMU 00332 2 MAIN LED Red CHECK After confirming that the SIG LED repeats a pattern of four red flashes followed by 10 seconds of steady red lighting press the ENT key MAIN LED CHK MAIN LED RED EXTTSENT SMU 00333 REMOTE LED CHECK The items on this screen can be used to check if the LED on the driving recorder remote box lights or flashes green or red This check confirms the oper ational status of the SIG LED Use the UP and DOWN keys to select the desired item on the Remote LED Check screen and then press the ENT key To return to the Menu Selection screen press the C key femo LEDCGREEN Remo LEDCRED SMU 00458 1 REMOTE LED Green CHECK After confirming that the LED repeats a pattern of four green flashes followed by 10 seconds of steady green lighting press the ENT key SREMO LED CHE gt REMO LED GREEN SMU 00335 2 REMOTE LED Red CHECK After confirming that the LED repeats a pattern of four green flashes followed by 10 seconds of steady green lighting press the ENT key REMO LED CHE gt REMO LED RED SMU 00336 245 SDI Stand alone Diagnosis KEY IN CHECK This item checks SDI keypad operation Key names ap
48. I H SMU 00323 NOTE Take the required repair immediately if you discov er an abnormality when using SDI self diagnosis LCD CHECK The LCD CHECK items provide tools for checking the display for defective LCD dots and the draw ar ea contrast and the backlight of the LCD Use the UP and DOWN keys to select the desired item on the LCD CHECK screen and then press the ENT key To return to the SELF CHECK screen press the MENU key SMU 00324 1 LCD DOT CHECK This item checks the display for defective LCD dots Press any key on the key pad LLED DOT CHE START ANY Key SMU 00521 This causes the black and white areas of the display to flash alternately which makes it possible to check whether LCD dots turn on and off normally An LCD dot is defective if a black dot remains black within a white area or if a white dot remains white within a black area After checking the LCD dots press the ENT key SMU 00326 SDI System Menu 2 LCD AREA CHECK This item checks the LCD draw area Press any key on the key pad LLED AREA CHK STARTI ANY Ker SMU 00522 Check to make sure that a black border appears along the four edges of the display After checking the LCD draw area press the ENT key SMU 00328 3 LCD CONT CHECK This item adjusts the contrast of the LCD display Pressing the UP key makes LCD contrast darker while the DOWN key makes LCD con
49. Input value from the door key switch switch of the door key cylinder part Becomes ON at the time of unlock ing operation 135 Door Key SW Close ON OFF Input value from the door key switch switch of the door key cylinder part Becomes ON at the time of locking operation 136 Under hook registration ON OFF Becomes ON at the time of registra tion mode for the keyless hook func tion 292 List of Contents on Displayed Data No Items to be displayed Unit of measure Contents Remarks 137 Hook registration end ON OFF Becomes ON at the time of keyless hook registration completion 138 Unlock request ON OFF Becomes ON when the door hook code input is OK Received from the power window ECM CAN data 139 Center display failure OK NG Center display fault information OK means system is normal NG means system is abnormal Received from the center display CAN data 140 NAVI Failure OK NG Navigation system fault information OK means system is normal NG means system is abnormal Re ceived from the center display CAN data 141 IE Bus failure OK NG IE bus fault information At present these data are not used 142 Auto A C failure OK NG Auto A C ECM fault information OK means system is normal NG means system is abnormal Received from the auto A C ECM CAN data 143 EBD Warni
50. Input value to the engine ECM 16 Front O2 Sensor 2 V Output value of the front O2 sensor bank 2 Input value to the engine ECM 17 Battery Voltage V Battery voltage Input value to the engine ECM 18 Air Flow Sensor Voltage V Output value of the air flow sensor Input value to the engine ECM 19 Throttle Sensor Voltage V Output value of the throttle position sensor Input value to the engine ECM 20 Diff Press Sen Vol V Output value of the pressure differ This item is applied ence sensor detecting the difference only to twin turbo mod between primary and secondary el charging pressure 21 Fuel Injection 1 Pulse ms Control value for the fuel injection period from the engine ECM bank 1 22 Fuel Injection 2 Pulse ms Control value for the fuel injection period from the engine ECM bank 2 23 Knocking Correction deg Retard amount when knocking has occurred Partial learned value of the learned ignition timing 24 Atmosphere Pressure kPa Atmospheric pressure calculated mmHg from the output value of the atmos inHg pheric pressure sensor psig 25 Mani Relative Pressure kPa Value of manifold absolute pressure mmHg minus atmosphere pressure Mani inHg fold absolute pressure Atmosphere psig pressure 26 Pressure Diff Sensor kPa Pressure difference calculated by This item is applied mmHg subtracting the pressure difference only to twin turbo mod inHg between primary and secondary el
51. Key has been registered Register 2nd key Press OK or Cancel Cancel SMU 00436 Registering the Immobilizer Not Equipped with Keyless Access with Push Button Start System 18 Turn off the ignition switch and then change the key to one to be registered NOTE You need to change key within about 30 seconds Help H Turn IG switch to OFF and change to next key SMU 00437 19 Turn off the ignition switch and the screen shown below will appear Insert the key you want to reg ister into the key cylinder and turn on the ignition switch Help H Insert next key and turn IG switch to ON SMU 00438 20 In response to the key registration confirmation screen dialog box that appears click the OK button 126 Help H Do you want to register the key Press OK SMU 00439 21 Stand by as the key is registered Help H Registering Please Wait SMU 00435 22 The screen shown below will appear if registra tion ends normally If you have another key to be registered click the OK button If you do not have any more keys to be registered click the Cancel button and ad vance to step 26 Help H Key has been registered Register 3rd key Press OK or Cancel Cancel SMU 00440 Registering the Immobilizer Not Equipped with Keyless Access with Push Button Start System 23 Repeat steps 18 through 21 24 The screen shown below will appear if registra tion
52. Large DCCD equipped with DCCD ECM output value 280 List of Contents on Displayed Data 116 Center Diff Lamp3 ON OFF DCCD indicator light lighting signal Becomes ON when the initial LSD torque setting is Medium DCCD ECM output value This item is applied only to vehicle equipped with DCCD 117 Center Diff Lamp4 ON OFF DCCD indicator light lighting signal Becomes ON when the initial LSD torque setting is Smal DCCD ECM output value This item is applied only to vehicle equipped with DCCD 118 Center Diff Lamp5 ON OFF DCCD indicator light lighting signal Becomes ON when the initial LSD torque setting is Very small DCCD ECM output value This item is applied only to vehicle equipped with DCCD 119 Center Diff Lamp6 ON OFF DCCD indicator light lighting signal Becomes ON when the initial LSD torque setting is FREE DCCD ECM output value This item is applied only to vehicle equipped with DCCD 120 Parking Position Switch ON OFF Parking brake switch signal Be comes ON when the parking brake switch is ON DCCD ECM input val ue This item is applied only to vehicle equipped with DCCD 121 Center Diff Relay ON OFF DCCD relay drive signal Becomes ON in auto mode and in manual mode when the initial LSD torque is other than FREE DCCD ECM out put value
53. PB Cota em O A F Correction 1 E O AF Learning 1 C Mani Absolute Pressure C Engine Speed C Vehicle Speed C Ignition Timing J Intake Air Temp O Mass Air Flow O Throttle Opening Angle O Rear 02 Sensor m D ahar i talana Edit coe SMU 00899 SMU os 4 This displays the Setup trigger of input data 2 The Setup Trigger screen is displayed Select the screen Configure the settings and then click the Trigger of input data and click the Next button OK button TEET When a sampling item is not switch input Specify type of trigger C Without trigger Trigger of input data coca SMU 00898 Setup trigger of input data Trigger source Engine Speed Level 50 rpm Slope condition Upward C Downward f Both Combinatione OF f AND Cancel SMU 00900 1 Level This specifies the trigger level the value that de tects triggers You can input a value directly into the box or you can use its up and down arrows to change the setting The setting value is limited to values that can actually be obtained If you type in a value that cannot be obtained the software will automatically change it to the nearest allowa ble value 172 2 Slope condition This setting specifies the condition for trigger de tection when the sample data values reach the trigger level When Both is selected a trigger is detected when either a Upward or Downward condition is first satisfie
54. Save in Local Disk D eX a Qyarchivos de programa D Documents and Settings Qwinpows File name 060307105340 inj Save as type inj v Cancel Detail of saved data E ngine Control System System Comment SMU 01069 7 The following dialog box is displayed Confirm the screen instructions and click the OK button SUBARU Select Monitor Ill J Turn off the ignition switch Remove battery and replace ECM Register the reading code after the replacement cancel SMU 01070 Register the reading code The saved injector code can be registered 1 Select ECM Replacement from the item selec tion screen and press the Enter key or click the left mouse button Injector Code Registration Mode Injector or Engine Replacement ECM Replacement Injector Code Display Back SMU 01065 Learning inspection and registration mode related to diesel engines Excluding North America 2 This displays the dialog box shown below Select Register the reading code SSM to ECM and then press the Enter key or left click with the mouse ECM Replacement Read Injector Code ECM to SSM Register the reading code SSM to ECM Back SMU 01071 3 The dialog box with a list of saved data files is dis played After selecting Files of type designate the file you need and press the Enter key or click the Open button Lookin Local Disk D archivo
55. This item is applied responds to running conditions this only to Diesel models excludes After injection and Post injection 109 Target Intake Manifold kPa Target intake manifold pressure of This item is applied Pressure engine ECM only to Diesel models 110 Target Intake Air Amount mg cyl Target intake air amount of engine This item is applied ECM only to Diesel models 111 Mass Air Flow mg cy Intake air amount calculated from This item is applied the output value of air flow sensor only to Diesel models 112 Target EGR Valve Open Target EGR valve opening angle of This item is applied ing Angle engine ECM only to Diesel models 113 EGR Valve Opening Angle EGR valve opening angle calculated This item is applied from the output of EGR valve open only to Diesel models ing angle sensor 114 EGR Duty EGR valve control duty ratio Output This item is applied value of engine ECM only to Diesel models 115 Target Common Rail Pres MPa Target common rail pressure of en This item is applied sure gine ECM only to Diesel models 116 Common rail pressure MPa Pressure within common rail calcu This item is applied lated from the output value of com only to Diesel models mon rail pressure sensor 117 Intake Air Temperature C Intake air temperature calculated This item is applied F from the output value of airflow and only to Diesel models intake air temperatur
56. UQ O 440M uoleyjsibas Aeysseooy Aoy uopezijenu Yoo Buas Oa pews jo uonnoaxg O j qow p 1 s 6 1 UQ O Gj uonessibes 13Z111q Aeysseoov Shey ve oww yews JO uonnoaxg O j qow p 1 Ss 6 1 y O G La uogensiba JeZI 1G paie sibes aq 0 Aey Vs oww yews JO uonnoaxg ssa00Vyy s J qow y O p ppe 6q 0 Si Aaysseooy a ahd oe on gt Aeysseooy Ae AEN siqoue BUM ene i i ke a j qow AEN u O uo1 e1 S1691 1 Z jqoww Key aaa Pe liqou p i O pews jo uolnoexy i i S SIX W23 W23 pen Aeunou G np voId zu wzeaIL y np vod zu wze IL np vosd yu wzeaIL z np voId zu wze IL np vod USUI ite eae yoo ica ee a es oe yoo Pine Iy ae Bulleais i i i Bun aSs Aeysseooy Aey llqOoON juawaoR dal syed saye Sounseoy yer umoys sped ped so Jo p ie4 QU JO OINIIe JO aSed ui juawano as JO JUBWaDR d91 Bunnbal sued lt SO Sem p ie yed GUO BSeO uj gt ureBhe uo UOIUBI y WN 0 ajqi ssodw aq IM 4 pue pow daajs 49 U9 IM jnpow peyesGHaj u l Apog QU INYS JOOP SOAP YUM UOISSEDONS ul saw 0 UO paun s YOUMS UOITUB y J GulUado Udy pue BdUO y Hulsojo Jaye uado d y JOOP saap YUM uogensipa woad JezIIqoWLU yews Huleysibes uayM e Z L UOUSADIG You 10 paveda q snw jnqg BAOejap JOU SI Wed y ey SE eEoIPU yew SIU e ALON a qe ju w vLjd l Sieg uoleusibes WOW eulbue pue yom uoTezIeNlu yoo Bunaazs sapnu os
57. Ver 1 2 7 Supports diagnosis by CAN commu Ver 1 6 19 4 nication Supports reprogramming by CAN communication Diagnosis support on O7MY vehicles PC application stand alone Improvement of the self shutdown function which caused the error that activated the function during the stand alone sampling Improvement of the function which caused the error that the DTC of en gine does not display on some of 98 99MY vehicles Improvement of the high grade rough ness monitor function which caused the error after switching the authority from the administrator to the user when sampling from Ver 1 5 17 5 Improvement of the high grade rough ness monitor function which occurred the error when displaying maximum and minimum engine speed from Ver 1 5 17 5 Improvement of the high grade rough ness monitor function which occurred the error caused by the noise Changed the system compliance ver ification window of the immobilizer registration function Added the Notes section to Details on SearchFlashWrite Changed part of the screen display on the BIU mode and keyless unit mode 321 SSMIII revision history Release PC Application version CF Application version Main revision history Remarks Jul 2006 Ver1 7 19 13 Ver1 7 19 14 Ver1 2 12 Improvement of the system operation check mode which occurred the com munication error from Ver 1
58. Y 13 4 12 9 13 3 O Air Flow Sensor Voltage 1 22 VY 1 28 1 18 1 20 O Throttle Sensor Voltage 0 56 Y 0 56 0 56 0 56 O Fuel Injection 1 Pulse 2 30 ms 2 56 2 30 2 30 O Knocking Correction 0 0 deg 0 0 0 0 0 0 O Atmosphere Pressure 100 kPa 100 100 100 O Mani Relative Pressure 61 kPa 59 65 64 O Fuel Tank Pressure 0 15 kPa 0 17 0 15 0 15 O Fuel Temp 27 C 27 27 27 O Fuel Level 0 80 Y 0 80 0 76 0 78 O Primary Control 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 E SMU 00646 Trigger 12 Click the icon on the Data List Toolbar or the F4 Trigeer button on the Function Key bar You could also press the F4 function key on the PC keyboard F4 Trigger FE v FS Grapht EGS p gt m tart SMU 00649 13 This displays the setup trigger screen Setup trigger x Specify type of trigger without trigger Trigger of input data C Manual trigger Back B Exit Cancel SMU 00650 1 Without trigger Triggering is not performed Select this option when you want to cancel the trigger function 2 Trigger of input data This setting is used to configure trigger settings for each sampling item for automatic trigger detection 3 Manual trigger With Manual trigger triggering is performed manu ally by pressing the trigger switch during data sam pling Configuring Trigger of input data Settings Configuring triggers to necessary items in advance automatically detects triggers 1 On the Specify ty
59. away from high voltage wires 2 Do reprogramming more than 10 m 33 ft away from equipment that might emit high voltage 3 Do reprogramming more than 2 m 7 ft away from equipment that emits electronic noise such as a vehicle having its ignition checked 4 Do reprogramming more than 2 m 7 ft away from electronic devices that emit radio waves such as cellular phones or pagers 5 Before starting the reprogramming turn off all the electric equipment such as the ignition system audio system cigarette lighter or power seats 6 Reprogramming automatically turns off if the am bient temperature falls below 0 C 32 F 7 Before reprogramming be sure to set the PC power management to Always ON Failure to set to always ON may cause communication er ror due to PC power down on the way of repro gramming resulting in reprogramming failure 8 Before reprogramming confirm DTC on all ECM including the ECM for reprogramming If you find DTC please restore the parts which have prob lems During reprogramming 1 Do not touch any switches in the vehicle 2 Do not touch the pedals and do not open or close the doors 3 Stay near the car 4 Do not touch the cables or connectors and do not move the SDI 183 Guideline for reprogramming procedure for SSMIII 5 Even if some of the warning lights in the combina tion meter turn on during reprogramming or dis plays ErrHC ErrEG or etc
60. cence SMU 00364 117 After making sure the front passenger seat is va cant click the OK button system Calibration System Calibration Empty the passenger seat Cancel SMU 00365 After making sure the front passenger seat is in the condition specified by the Service Manual click the OK button system Calibration system Calibration Adjustthe passenger seat to the condition shown in service manual Cancel SMU 00366 Input the weight value and then click the OK button system Calibration System Calibration Input threshold weight mass lbs m Cancel SMU 00367 118 Calibrating the Occupant Detection System After confirming that the weight on the front pas senger seat is positioned as specified in the Serv ice Manual click the OK button system Calibration system Calibration Put threshold weight in the position on the passenger seat shown In service manual Cancel SMU 00368 After confirming that special tool Weight A and Weight B are combined and positioned on the front passenger seat as specified in the Service Manual click the OK button system Calibration System Calibration Fress OK after putting threshold weight on the seat Cancel SMU 00369 After confirming that system adjustment has end ed normally click the OK button to exit the oper ation system Calibration system Calibration sy
61. in multi information part these are not errors ECM reprogramming 1 Prepare the SDI diagnosis cable USB cable and a PC with the SSMIII application installed 2 Attach the test mode connector green NOTE The jumper harness may need to be attached sep arately depending on the type of vehicle 3 Use the diagnosis cable to connect the SDI to the data link connector of the vehicle 4 Connect the SDI to the PC with the USB cable 5 Turn on the vehicle s ignition switch 6 Double click the SSMIII icon on the PC screen to start up the SSMIII application This causes the Main Menu to appear 7 Select Reprogram from the Main Menu to exe cute it All System Diagnosis Each System Check Saved Data Display Immobilizer Reprogram Conyvert Save measurement data on driving recorder Oscilloscope Quit SMU 0061 1 8 This displays Serch FlashWrite screen Select Select Database from Option in menu A SearchFlashrite Option Country s pec Select Database dition Search Result Fack Number lM CID M Yehicle spec SMU 00801 9 This displays the Select Database window Se lect the desired database file mdb file and click the Open button Select Database _ HA Look in E Flashiw tite amp ee EE Driver EcuD ata Log PAK FILE LIST OF EC AU GE FOR S5SM 3 mdb sa PAE FILE LIST OF N AMERICA FOR SSM 3 mdb F
62. range by the reprogramming con It is prohibited to rewrite during dition check Standardized range battery charging of the battery voltage 10V to 14V 2 As for the case of Off the Car reprogramming adjust generated voltage of the inverter within the range of the standard voltage 4019 ECU flash ROM is not rewritable If you detect the flash ROM in Re try from the first step after igni Reprogramming is aborted ECM is not rewritable by the repro tion OFF gramming condition check 4021 Error occurred while rewriting lf an error on the check sum after 1 Make sure if the PAK file is cor Reprogramming is aborted the control software is transferred rect is detected 2 Re try after the data link con Failed to transfer the control soft nector is reconnected ware 3 Confirm the connection of the USB cable 4 Re try from the first step after ig nition OFF 4022 Error occurred while rewriting If an error on the check sum after 1 Make sure if the PAK file is cor Reprogramming is aborted the application software is trans rect ferred is detected 2 Re try after the data link con Failed to transfer the application nector is reconnected software 3 Confirm the connection of the USB connection 4 Re try from the first step after ig nition OFF 4023 Error occurred while rewriting If an error occurs while the control 1 Re try after the data link con Reprogramming is aborted software is t
63. switch is set to ON 189 Illumination Control On Off support no sup Illumination control function effec port tive disabled setting Set to support for vehicles equipped with illumina tion control 190 Sedan Wagon Setting Wagon Sedan Vehicle type set value Set to Wag on for wagons and to Sedan for sedans 191 MT AT Setting AT MT Transmission type set value Set to AT for AT vehicles and to MT for MT vehicles 192 6MT Setting 6MT Other than Transmission type set value Set to 6MT 6MT for 6MT vehicles 193 Double Lock On Off Set support no sup Double lock Function effective disa ting port bled set value Set to support for vehicles equipped with double lock 194 Factory or Market setting Factory Market Factory mode set value In case of setting to This item must be set to Market Factory the set val ues for No 163 to 166 all are set to no sup port so that the corre sponding items must be set again 195 Security setup ON OFF Set value of the security system This item applies only equipped or not equipped Set to ON for vehicles equipped with a security system to models for U K 299 Communication Error Code List Communication Error Code List Error Message e Interface box is not connected e Communication error has occurred e Not enough memory to execute application e Communication port could not be opened e Write operation to
64. test datal System Comment SMU 00697 67 Saved Data Display 3 This recalls the data in the file and displays it on the Digital Data Screen NOTE Supported data file name extensions are described below Use the Files of types box to select the file type you want to view ssm This extension is used for a file that contains data saved from the Digital Data Screen or Graph Screen obd This extension is used for a file that contains data saved by OBD system failure diagno SIS sdr This extension is used for a file that contains data saved by driving recorder biu This extension is used for a file that contains data saved a body integrated unit customiz ing list ocl This extension is used for a file that contains data saved by analog sampling ia 5 E2 Grapht F E F lSelect Ekme fferi Eae foNonst Eiken fejeit alele mal elox lall vio cota mE Ke AIF Correction 1 0 8 0 8 0 8 0 8 AIF Learning 1 70 7 0 7 0 7 0 Mani Absolute Pressure 35 kPa 36 35 35 NOTE You can also view saved data by double clicking the sample data file Opening the folder where the data file is located and double clicking the desired file will start up the PC application automatically and display the data s analysis screen Note however that if you start up the PC application this way you will not be able to change to the sampling screen If you want to s
65. 00475 17 From the list of fault diagnosis items select Driving recorder and then press the Enter key or left click with the mouse Engine Diagnosis Current Data Display amp Save Diagnostic Code s Display Clear Memory System Operation Check Mode Dealer Check Mode Procedure OBD System Driving recorder Select saye sampling items Back SMU 00609 176 ECM Analog Simultaneous Measurement SDR 12 On the Driving recorder menu select Mode Set tings Mode Transfer and then press the Enter key or left click with the mouse Mode Settings Mode Transfer Measurement Data Reading Back SMU 00477 13 This displays a measurement item selection screen click the Analog button Select measurement data Coolant Temp A F Correction 1 A F Leaming 1 Mani Absolute Pressure Engine Speed Vehicle Speed Ignition Timing Intake Air Temp Mass Air Flow Throttle Opening Angle LI Rear 02 Sensor Battery Voltage Air Flow Sensor Voltage Fuel Injection 1 Pulse Knocking Correction Atmosphere Pressure CI Mani Relative Pressure Accel Opening Angle Primary Control CPC Valve Duty Ratio CIALT Duty C Fuel Pump Duty KAUT Adu Ana Ament A 4 back Selection Completed SMU 00831 14 On the setup screen that appears select ECM Analog Simultaneous Measurement and click the Next button ECM Analog Simultaneous Measurement No ECM Analo
66. 171 TRIQQEr FUNCTION icicicesweciitesiinvetiesieeend 171 ECM Analog Simultaneous Measurement SDR ndash ieee Aad at scteotaeien dice ni taaieteta eect 175 Creating an SDR Setting File 175 Saving SDR Data to CF Card 178 Saving SDR Data to PC eee 179 Opening and analyzing saved data 179 PROMOS BOX in cctseatroutiunses prorcanetaavgentenissahedeees 180 Handling Precautions ceeeeeeeeeee 180 Names of Parts cccceccseeeseeeeeeeeeeeenes 180 Connecting to the SDI cceeeeeeeeeeees 180 Remote Box Functions ccccceeeeeeeeee es 180 Sampling of G Sensor Analog Output 181 Guideline for reprogramming procedure for SoM seenen 183 Notes on doing ECM reprogramming 183 ECM reprogramming ccccseeeeseeeeeees 183 Setting Screen Font Display Unit and Display LANGUAGE iinei ii ee 186 Changing the Screen Font 008 186 Changing the Display Units 186 Changing the Display Language 187 Analog Sampling ccccccsseeeesseeeeeseeeeeseees 188 Handling Precautions ceeeeeeeeeee 188 Pulse Analog Kit Contents 006 188 Getting Ready for Sampling 188 Starting a Sampling Operation 189 Configuring Analog Sampling Settings 190 Trigger Function cceeeeeeeeee eee eeeeeeees 193 Changing the Range while Using Au
67. 39 kPa 41 35 36 O Engine Speed 723 rpm 739 674 719 O Vehicle Speed 0 km h 0 0 0 Ignition Timing 11 5 deg 15 0 9 5 11 5 M Intake Air Temp 60 C 60 60 60 M Mass Air Flow 3 20 gfs 3 47 2 83 3 02 M Throttle Opening Angle 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 M Rear 02 Sensor 0 080 Y 0 110 0 065 0 080 Ml Battery Voltage 13 4 V 13 4 12 9 13 3 M Air Flow Sensor Voltage 1 22 V 1 28 1 18 1 20 M Fuel Injection 1 Pulse 2 30 ms 2 56 2 30 2 30 M Knocking Correction 0 0 deg 0 0 0 0 0 0 M Atmosphere Pressure 100 kPa 100 100 100 M Mani Relative Pressure 61 kPa 59 65 64 M Primary Control 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 m CPC Valve Duty Ratio 0 0 0 0 M Fuel Pump Duty 33 33 33 33 AIF Sensor 1 Current 0 25 MA 0 25 0 38 0 13 M A F Sensor 1 Resistance 27 ohm 28 26 26 a SMU 00719 58 Two Cursor Analysis 7 To exit the Two Cursor Analysis function click the H icon again Fe Start F3 Graphe F4 Trigeer eee paok aL pea abe SMU 00707 Data Cut and Save Data cut and save can be used in the digital data screen and either of the Graph 1 Screen or Graph 2 Screen 1 Display the sampling screen The following ex planation is for the Graph 1 Screen File View Tool Help Fy Felstart F3 Graphe F4 Trieger E5 Fe Select F Ranee F8 Print Fs Save FPoNons ikeir fFie Exit BEE nal elox mlm t viol ala mmE xf 150 fs som 9
68. 40 50 60 sec Set value for the auto locking time This item is applied only to models other than for North America and U K 160 Outside Temp Offset C 2 0 1 5 1 0 0 5 0 0 5 1 0 1 5 2 0 Offset value for discrepancy correc tion of outside air temperature and display value BIU can be set in incre ments of 0 5 C but the display only shows in crements of 1 C 294 List of Contents on Displayed Data No ltems to be displayed Unit of measure Contents Remarks 161 Rr defogger op mode Continue Normal Set value for the rear defogger oper ation time Normal Automatically stops 15 min utes after switch has been turned on Continue Turns on for 15 minutes and turns off for 2 minutes repeated ly until switch is turned off 162 Wiper deicer op mode Continue Normal Set value for the wiper deicer opera tion time Normal Automatically stops 15 min utes after switch has been turned on Continue Turns on for 15 minutes and turns off for 2 minutes repeated ly until switch is turned off 163 Security Alarm Setup ON OFF Set value for the alarm at the time of This item is applied security system operation only to models for Ja ON The alarm hazard horn or si pan and North Ameri ren operates ca OFF The alarm does not operate 164 Impact Sensor Setup ON OFF Impact sensor operation set value When set to ON it be ON The impa
69. 6 19 9 For fuel pump control mode Improvement of the part of DTC differ ent from service manuals on BIU from Ver 1 6 19 9 For before 06MY LEGACY Supports link with service manuals Excluding North America Oct 2006 Ver1 8 23 8 Ver1 8 23 9 Ver1 2 15 Saved data multiple display function is added Improvement of communication on engine system OBD mode occurred an error from Ver 1 7 19 15 For 98MY and 99MY models Improvement of analog sampling com munication occurred an error from Ver 1 7 19 15 For Windows 2000 Countermeasure for the noise of an engine speed Occasionally the rotation number data instantly goes up and down 60 rpm while sampling an engine speed Solved the air bag warning lump light ning It occurred while connecting a select monitor For O6MY and O7MY LEGACY Jan 2007 Ver1 9 26 13 Ver1 9 26 14 Ver1 2 19 Diagnosis support on O8MY vehicles PC application stand alone Added the Trigger of input data func tion for the driving recorder SDR Added the Analogue data trigger func tion for ECM analog simultaneous measurement Improvement on communication speed of the old communication in the PC application selection mode Improvement of displaying all data af ter selecting items for sampling which occurred an error on the data while stand alone sampling Improvement of showing stand alone sampli
70. Access with Push Button Start System 11 The screen shown below will appear if remote control engine starter registration ends normally Click the OK button IMMOBILIVER Completion of the remote control E G starter registration Press OK SMU 00945 12 After confirming that the keyless access with push button start system and remote control en gine starter operate normally quit the registration operation 144 Registering the Immobilizer Equipped with the Keyless Access with Push Button Start System ayes SulHus O1jUOD B OW AS By JO uoesi Ba woad ayes aulHus jO1 UOD BJOLWAI e YM p dd nb jp y a e JO p vejd u q sey WD uone 3y YAUM Y p u do Udy p soj JO p soj u y p u do 1 yy SEM JOOP SOAP pue jo paun s YOUMS uou BU Jaye SOUODSS 0 noqe payo s Buneazs y y 949d S UOIEZIeNIU JOM uogezIeyu y20 BuSS E pewJOped q snw uogespa 1z jqoww yews pue suo mau e Aq paveda q snu xoq po9 qI 34 ajqerere jou ae AaysseooV sA y qow paJaysibeu e pue paveda usaq sey IDF uone 2y UBU AA Zs poewJOed aq snu uoges a 1z qoww yews pue suo Mau q p sejd a aq JSNW xoq 9poOd qI pue DF UOl E OO JSo uaaq JO pajre aAeY Aoyssaooy s y JIGOW e U YM 1 uo1e4 s1691 Da 3u u jo uolnoexy O O uoneysibes uo1 e4 s1691 Aoyss v y Aoy W393 3upu jo uolnoex Oa pews jo uonnoaxg O j qow p 1 s 6 1
71. Angle Rear 02 Sensor Battery Voltage Cl Air Flow Sensor Voltage Fuel Injection 1 Pulse Knocking Correction Atmosphere Pressure C Mani Relative Pressure Accel Opening Angle Primary Control CPC Valve Duty Ratio LI ALT Duty C Fuel Pump Duty KAAT Adu Ana Amam A Transfer SMU 00904 174 Driving Recorder SDR 7 The message shown below will appear after the SDR setting file is created on the CF card in the SDI SUBARU Select Monitor III Transfer is completed SDI has become driving recorder mode Turn off SSM III software SMU 00905 NOTE If any message other than the one shown above ap pears perform the operation as instructed by the message to create the setting file ECM Analog Simultaneous Measurement SDR Also in driving recorder analog data and ECM data can be sampled simultaneously using the Pulse An alog Kit option The following are the steps for sampling and analys ing data 1 Create a special SDR setting file 2 Sample the vehicle data 3 Save the sampled data 4 Open and analyse the saved data Basic procedure of ECM Analog Simultaneous Measurement in driving recorder is the same as that in driving recorder Therefore this section de scribes only Creating a special SDR setting file and Sampling the vehicle data For other proce dures see the Driving Recorder SDR NOTE e This function cannot be used if the pulse analog cartr
72. Clicking the 44 icon on the Data List Toolbar makes the items go back to their initial positions Felselect FRJRaree FS Print Folsave JE mE KJEL nitialze channels SMU 00728 Data Select Screen The Data Select Screen can be used to select partic ular data from all of the data sampled and view it When there is no sampling operation being per formed click the check box in front of the item you want to view An item is selected for viewing when there is a check mark inside its check box You can also select check the checkbox of the highlighted item by pressing the space bar on the PC keyboard Item Value Unit A F Correction 1 0 81 ZJA F Learning 1 3 9 Vehicle Speed 0 km h SMU 00151 Click the icon on the Data List Toolbar or the Fs Select button on the Function Key Bar This will display the selected items only You can also display the selected items by pressing the F6 function key on the PC keyboard FS Fe Select Frere a SMU 00575 NOTE e Displaying selected data causes data sampled up to that point to be deleted e Sampling is faster when specific data items are selected This applies only to engine and trans mission sampling e f the message dialog box shown below appears while you are selecting data items it means that the limit on the number of selectable data items has been reached Selection of further data items is not possible after this me
73. Cut and Save ccccceececeeeeeeeeeeeees 58 Converting Sampled Data to CSV 61 How to Convert to CSV from Menu 61 How to Convert to CSV with Save Icon or DAVE BUON soscrits 62 In the Case of Too Many Sampled Data 63 Saving Displayed Data ccccceeeeeeeeeees 66 HOW TO SAVE seccscxceectcpciersadecemcseraespeteevexdeee 66 Saved Data Display cccccecccseeeeeeeeeeeeees 67 Display Screen Operations 000 68 Multiple display of saved data 68 Diagnostic Codes Display cccccseeeeee 71 Manual Link Excluding North America 74 Clearing Memory ccccccceececeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeees 76 System Operation Check Mode 00 78 Actuator ON OFF Operation 00 79 Fuel Pump Control cccseeeceeeeeeeeeeees 79 Fixed Idle Ignition Timing cceeeeeeees 80 Idle Speed Control ccccceececeeeeeeeeeeeees 80 Injector Control cece eceeeeseeeeeeeeeaeeeeees 80 EGR Valve Control cccceeceeeeeeeeeeeees 80 Dealer Check Mode Procedure 65 81 OBD System reese sani seatconstasdieanseccepsiednaaciancane 85 Function Check Sequence cseeeceeeeee es 89 ABS Function Check Mode 0068 90 VDC Function Check Mode 006 90 Steering Angle Sensor Neutral and Lateral G Sensor Zero Setting Mode 0 90 Fault D
74. Data Display Immobilizer Reprogram Conyvert Save measurement data on driving recorder Oscilloscope Quit SMU 00599 The SSMIII displays the screen shown below when the control system and communication sys tem are started up To cancel the diagnosis click the cancel button Communication initialization Communication with vehicle Please ait Cancel SMU 00123 Diagnosis Result Display A screen appears showing the fault detection status of all of the control system control modules and di agnostic codes that indicate details about the faults Trouble occurrence record IG counter Description amp trouble position Engine Control System No Diagnostic Code Present Cruise Control No Diagnostic Code Present Transmission Control System No Diagnostic Code Present Brake Control System No Diagnostic Code Present Number of Diagnostic Code s 0 SMU 00124 NOTE e The message No Diagnostic Code Present indi cates that no fault could be detected e The message Communication Impossible ap pears when the vehicle being inspected is not equipped with the required control systems or when something prevents communications from being performed Each System Check This type of inspection allows selection of a particu lar system from among the control system for which SSMIII diagnosis is supported Then control mod ule input output data memori
75. Diagnostic Code s Display Clear Memory System Operation Check Mode Dealer Check Mode Procedure OBD System Driving recorder Selectfsaye sampling items Back SMU 00603 76 10 This causes a memory clear confirmation mes sage to appear Use the mouse to click the Yes button SMU 00239 Executing the memory clear operation causes the message shown below to appear In accordance with the instructions of the message turn off the vehicle s ignition switch and then use the mouse button to click OK SUBARU Select Monitor x amp Done Turn Ignition Switch OFF SMU 00240 NOTE Also there are some systems that do not have a memory clear item on the fault diagnosis screen With such a system the dialog box will disappear from the display when you turn off the vehicle s igni tion switch Transmission System Memory Clear 2 On the fault diagnosis screen for the transmission system Clear Memory and Clear Memory 2 items may be displayed Selecting the Clear Memory 2 item deletes diag nostic codes and learning control values memo rized by the transmission control module Airbag System Memory Clear To execute the memory clear operation in the air bag system you must first completely service all problems If there is even one problem remaining the memory clear operation cannot be executed T7 Clearing Memory System Operation Check Mode Use the followi
76. ECM input value 88 ATF Temperature Lamp ON OFF AT temperature warning light lighting signal Becomes ON when the warn ing light lights 89 Shift Lock Solenoid ON OFF Shift lock solenoid drive signal put out from the transmission ECM or BIU Becomes ON atthe time of shift lock release 90 Economy Switch ON OFF Economy switch signal Becomes ON when the economy switch is switched ON Transmission ECM in put value 91 Power Mode Lamp ON OFF Power indicator light lighting signal Becomes ON when the power mode switch is ON Transmission ECM in put value 92 P Range ON OFF Becomes ON when the select lever is in range P Transmission ECM in put value 278 List of Contents on Displayed Data 93 Torque Control Cut Sig ON OFF Signal transmitted from the engine ECM prohibits torque reduction Be comes ON when the prohibition sig nal is received Transmission ECM input value 94 P N Signal ON OFF Starter motor drive permission signal to the engine ECM Becomes ON when the select lever is in range N or P Transmission ECM output value 95 TCS Switch ON OFF TCS switch signal Becomes ON when the TCS switch is ON Trans mission ECM output value 96 Hold Lamp ON OFF Snow hold indicator light lighting sig nal Becomes ON when the snow hold switch is ON Transmission ECM input value 97 N Range ON OFF Becomes ON when the select lever is in range N
77. Exh OCV Duty R Exhaust OCV control duty ratio bank 1 Output value of the engine ECM 95 Exh OCV Duty L Exhaust OCV control duty ratio bank 2 Output value of the engine ECM 96 Exh OCV Current R mA Exhaust OCV current value bank 1 Output value of the engine ECM 97 Exh OCV Current L mA Exhaust OCV current value bank 2 Output value of the engine ECM 98 VVL Lift Mode Display of the VVL control mode 99 Roughness Monitor 1 Count value of roughness monitor 1 100 Roughness Monitor 2 Count value of roughness monitor 2 101 Roughness Monitor 3 Count value of roughness monitor 3 102 Roughness Monitor 4 Count value of roughness monitor 4 103 Roughness Monitor 5 Count value of roughness monitor 5 104 Roughness Monitor 6 Count value of roughness monitor 6 105 Learned IGN Time Correct deg Value of only the whole learning val ue in the ignition timing learning val ue 106 Main Injection Period CA Controlled value of the main injec This item is applied tion period by engine ECM only to Diesel models 107 Final Injection Amount mm3 st Total injection amount of multiple in This item is applied jections only to Diesel models 261 List of Contents on Displayed Data No ltems Unit of measure Contents Remarks 108 Number of Times Injected Number of times injected which cor
78. F B Solenoid Pressure kPa Target oil pressure calculated by the transmission ECM for control of the front brake pressure This value de cides the indicator current value 40 I C Solenoid Pressure kPa Target oil pressure calculated by the transmission ECM for control of the input clutch pressure This value de cides the indicator current value 41 P L Solenoid Pressure kPa Target oil pressure calculated by the transmission ECM for control of the line pressure This value decides the indicator current value 42 L U Solenoid Pressure kPa Target oil pressure calculated by the transmission ECM for control of the lock up clutch pressure This value decides the indicator current value 43 AWD Solenoid Pressure kPa Target oil pressure calculated by the transmission ECM for control of the transfer clutch pressure This value decides the indicator current value 44 Yaw rate amp Gsensor ref V V Yaw rate sensor reference voltage This item is applied value put out from the yaw rate amp lat only to vehicle eral G sensor At the time of battery equipped with DCCD voltage fluctuations the yaw rate sensor uses this value for correction of the output value DCCD ECM in put value 45 FR Wheel Speed km h Value calculated from the front ABS MPH wheel speed sensor RH signal trans mitted from VDC or ABS ECM Transmission ECM input value 274 List of Contents on Displayed Data
79. Getting Ready 1 Prepare the SDI diagnosis cable USB cable and a PC with the PC application installed 2 Use the diagnosis cable to connect the SDI to the data link connector of the vehicle NOTE SDI power will turn on automatically when the diag nosis cable is connected to the vehicle If the PWR LED of the SDI does not light turn on the vehicle s ignition switch or start the engine and then press the SDI PWR key and check again to see if the PWR LED of the SDI lights J JE E 3 Use the USB cable to connect the SDI to the PC 4 Turn on the vehicle s ignition switch 5 Double click the SSMIII icon on the PC screen to start up the application g i ae SMU 00113 Fault Data Display 6 On the Main Menu that appears on the display select Each System Check and then press the Enter key or left click with the mouse All System Diagnosis Each System Check Saved Data Display Immobilizer Reprogram Conyert Save measurement data on driving recorder Oscilloscope Quit SMU 00600 7 On the System Selection Menu select Brake Control System and then press the Enter key or left click with the mouse System Selection Menu Engine Control System Transmission Control System Cruise Control System Brake Control System Image Processing Preview Control Integ unit mode Radar sensor Impact Sensor Power Steering System
80. Immobilizer Reprogram Conyert Save measurement data on driving recorder Oscilloscope Quit SMU 00600 7 On the System Selection Menu select the de sired system and then press the Enter key or left click with the mouse As an example Engine is selected System Selection Menu Engine Control System Transmission Control System Cruise Control System Brake Control System Image Processing Preview Control Integ unit mode Radar sensor Impact Sensor Power Steering System Tire pressure monitor Airbag System Occupant Detection System Back SMU 00665 8 When the PC application starts communication with the control module of the selected system a compliance verification message for the system being diagnosed appears Click the OK button NOTE The compliance verification message that appears depends on vehicle model and specifications SUBARU Select Monitor X HD 2 0 TURBO SMU 00128 This displays the fault diagnosis menu screen Engine Diagnosis Current Data Display amp Save Diagnostic Code s Display Clear Memory System Operation Check Mode Dealer Check Mode Procedure OBD System Driving recorder Selectfsaye sampling items Back SMU 00601 NOTE e The contents of the fault diagnosis menu screen depend on vehicle model and specifications and on the control s
81. Infomation Seat Position Sensor LH Rear Seat Position Sensor RH Belt Backle Switch LH Belted Belt Backle Switch RH Belted Passenger Alrbaq Status GFF SMU 00376 121 Airbag System CAN System Fault Location When there is some trouble in the CAN system the location of this trouble can be confirmed NOTE e This function corresponds only to troubles mem orized DTC In case of troubles not memorized DTC their locations are not displayed The DTC displayed by the Diagnostic Code Dis play of the CAN system are only the codes relat ed to the CAN system out of the group of DTCs displayed by Diagnostic Code Display of the Body Integrated Module Accordingly the DTC displayed by the CAN system also can be con firmed from the Body Integrated Module Start the PC application according to section Starting Up the System and display the Main Menu screen 2 On the Main Menu that appears on the dis play select Each System Check and then press the Enter key or left click with the mouse All System Diagnosis Each System Check Saved Data Display Immobilizer Reprogram Conyvert Save measurement data on driving recorder Oscilloscope Quit SMU 00600 3 On the System Selection Menu select CAN Sys tem and then press the Enter key or left click with the mouse 122 CAN System Fault Location System Selection Menu Engine Control System Tran
82. Label Destination Non Arabic EC EL EA EH E2 EP K4 K5 So rod HEAVY VEMUSTRIES LTO via FUTITTITISIIITe Applied Gadel ppn Tria Code 343 Celer Code a33 Option Code 33 Eaqing Type stagesassas 6lramsmission lype tasseseaey LU TITU SMU 01105 Body Integrated Module Destination Market Registry Excluding North America and Japan Registration Steps for Registering Vehicle Destination 1 After the vehicle destination is confirmed replace the body integrated module with a fresh spare NOTE Please refer to Service Manual for instruction of body integrated module replacement 2 Begin destination registry for the spare body inte grated module First follow steps shown in column 1 through 4 of Confirmation of vehicle destination Part 1 shown above 3 From the list of fault diagnosis items select In teg Unit customizing and then press the Enter key or left click with the mouse Integ unit mode failure diag Current Data Display amp Save Diagnostic Code s Display Clear Memory Function check Integ Unit customizing Back SMU 00674 4 The screen shown below will appear Click the OK button ECU customizing Select Parameter SMU 01107 5 Option code registry screen will then be dis played Refer to Option Code Correlation Table shown below enter the option code matching the destination correlating to the result of steps shown above and then click OK 99 ECU customizi
83. Memory System Operation Check Mode Dealer Check Mode Procedure OBD System Driving recorder Select saye sampling items Back SMU 00601 10 This displays the dialog box shown below Se lect Normal sampling and then press the Enter key or left click with the mouse As an example Normal sampling is selected Current Data Display amp Save Normal sampling Mode reading sampling Back SMU 00508 17 This displays the Digital Data Screen so sam pling is stopped The trigger function can be used while the Digital Data Screen Graph 1 Screen or Graph 2 Screen is displayed File View Tool Help fa Felstart F3 Grapht F 4 Trisser F Felselect FriRenee Fe Print Fa Save fdlNon SI AlilReturn FleExit His lolx mlm t vio eal S wifinnf ala 52 be al Jl Cursor pos 96 96 45 38 s from sampling start Bem Value Unit Maximum Coolant Temp C 96 O AIF Correction 1 0 8 0 8 0 8 0 8 O AVF Learning 1 6 3 6 3 6 3 6 3 O Mani Absolute Pressure 39 kPa 41 35 36 O Engine Speed 723 rpm 739 674 720 O Vehicle Speed 0 km h 0 0 0 O Ignition Timing 11 5 deg 15 0 9 5 11 5 O Intake Air Temp 60 C 60 60 60 O Mass Air Flow 3 20 gis 3 47 2 83 2 98 O Throttle Opening Angle 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 O Rear 02 Sensor 0 080 Y 0 110 0 065 0 080 O Battery Voltage 13 4
84. Monitor III Eg 2 Start learning ne SMU 01050 NOTE When the following screen is displayed start the en gine and click the OK button SUBARU Select Monitor III Eg I Start the Engine cne SMU 01051 Learning inspection and registration mode related to diesel engines Excluding North America 3 When the dialog box shown below appears click the OK button Fuel pump duty learning Start learning after finishing warming up the engine Cancel SMU 01052 4 The learning execution screen is displayed Please wait Fuel pump duty learning Fuel pump duty learning processing flag Fuel pump duty learning termination flag Fuel pump learning value Coolant Temp Engine Speed Vehicle Speed Battery Voltage Accel Opening Angle Fuel Temp Common rail pressure Learning OFF 35 0mA 61 C 801rpm O0km h 14 1V 0 0 57 C 26MPa Learning in progress SMU 01053 5 The learning completion screen is displayed Click the OK button Fuel pump duty learning Fuel pump duty learning processing flag Fuel pump duty learning termination flag Fuel pump learning value Coolant Temp Engine Speed Vehicle Speed Battery Voltage Not learning Accel Opening Angle Fuel Temp Common rail pressure Learning is finished SMU 01054 158 Fuel injector injection amount learning IMPORTANT At the time of injector and ECM replacement al ways execute Fuel injector
85. Monte e Bagio sale Read Diagnostic Trouble Code DT e Poor driving performance screen When view to a different Service Manual is Inspection Mode CAUTION E Drive Cycle After repair or replacement of faulty parts perform Clear Memory Mode desired return once to the System Selection ey im Inspection Mode GE 33 i Malfunction Indicator Light Ec EK EH ER KA and K4 models Menu and restart SSMIIL E Diagnostics for Engine Starting Fail i List of Diagnostic Trouble Code C a Enca with ii n 5 The DTC search result screen for the Service E DTC P0030 HO25 HEATER C E DTC P0031 HO2S HEATER C Manual is displayed Click the reference but B oreronnosneammo ME 7 l l E ee ton for the desired model gE a Io GEE SMU 00886 15 Clearing Memory Use the following procedure to delete the diagnostic codes memorized by the control modules of each system after correcting the fault Getting Ready 1 Prepare the SDI diagnosis cable USB cable and a PC with the PC application installed 2 Use the diagnosis cable to connect the SDI to the data link connector of the vehicle NOTE SDI power will turn on automatically when the diag nosis cable is connected to the vehicle If the PWR LED of the SDI does not light turn on the vehicle s ignition switch or start the engine and then press the SDI PWR key and check again to see if the PWR LED of the SDI lights
86. Number of Diagnostic Code s 19 O P0102 O P0123 O P0328 O P0118 O P0183 Mass or Yolume Air Flow Circuit Low Throttle Position Sensor A High Input Knock Sensor 1 Circuit Malfunction High Input Engine Coolant Temp Sensor Circuit High Input Fuel Temperature Sensor A Circuit High Input Intake Air Temperature Sensor Circuit Malfunction High Input Manifold Pressure Sensor Circuit Malfunction High Input IMM Circuit Failure Except Antenna Circuit Throttle Position Sensor B High Input Accelerator Position Sensor D Low Input Accelerator Position Sensor E Low Input Tumble Generated Valve Signal 2 Circuit Malfunction Open Tumble Generated Valve Signal 1 Circuit Malfunction Open Tumble Generated Valve Position Sensor 2 Circuit Low Tumble Generated Valve Position Sensor 1 Circuit Low Sec Air Pump Relay Low Sec Air Combi Valve Relay Circuit 1 Low Sec Air Pressure Sensor High Sec Air Combi Valve Relay Circuit 2 Low SMU 00881 NOTE Refer to the corresponding item for the Diagnostic Code s Display procedure 2 Enter a check mark into the checkbox for the DTC to be viewed in the Service Manual File View Tool Help fa FelClear F4 E E E Fe Print E P0102 Mass or Yolume Air Flow Circuit Low P0123 Throttle Position Sensor A High Input P0328 Knock Sensor 1 Circuit Malfunction High Input P0118 Engine Coolant Te
87. ON with op eration of the starter cut relay Application only for LEGACY 04 MY 05 MY 287 List of Contents on Displayed Data No ltems to be displayed Unit of measure Contents Remarks 76 Hazard Output ON OFF Output value of keyless answer back Becomes ON with hazard out put Only when the keyless registration connector is not connected T7 Keyless Buzzer Output ON OFF Output value to the keyless buzzer Becomes ON at the time of buzzer output Only when the keyless registration connector is not connected 78 Belt buzzer output ON OFF Output value to the belt buzzer Be comes ON at the time of output to the belt buzzer 79 Horn Output ON OFF Horn output of the security system Becomes ON at the time of a system alarm 80 Siren Output ON OFF Siren output of the security system Becomes ON at the time of a securi ty system alarm 81 D belt warning light O P ON OFF Output value of the driver s seat belt warning lamp Becomes OFF when the seat belt is fastened 82 P belt warning light O P ON OFF Output value of the passenger s seat belt warning lamp Becomes ON when a load is sensed for the front passenger seat Becomes OFF when the seat belt is fastened 83 Illumination lamp O P ON OFF Output value of illumination control signal Becomes ON when the posi tion light is turned on However
88. Output current value of the front A F sensor bank 2 Engine ECM input value 258 List of Contents on Displayed Data No Items Unit of measure Contents Remarks 57 A F Sensor 1 Resistance ohm Resistance value of the front A F sensor calculated from the output value of the front A F sensor bank 1 58 A F Sensor 2 Resistance ohm Resistance value of the front A F sensor calculated from the output value of the front A F sensor bank 2 59 A F Sensor 1 Actual lambda value calculated from the output value of the front A F sen sor bank 1 60 A F Sensor 2 Actual lambda value calculated from the output value of the front A F sen sor bank 2 61 A F Correction 3 Yo Sub correction value for the A F feedback control 62 A F Learning 3 Yo Sub learned value for the A F feed back control 63 Rear O2 Heater Voltage Voltage value of the rear O2 sensor heater Output value of the engine ECM 64 A F Adjust Voltage Value for detecting a front A F sen sor variation Engine ECM input val ue 65 Gear Position st Present gear position Input value from the transmission ECM 66 A F Heater Current 1 Current value of the front A F sensor heater bank 1 Engine ECM input value 67 A F Heater Current 2 Current value of the front A F sensor heater bank 2 Engine ECM input value 68
89. Primary Control 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 CPC Valve Duty Ratio 0 0 0 0 M Fuel Pump Duty 33 33 33 33 A F Sensor 1 Current 0 38 mA 0 25 0 63 0 13 A F Sensor 1 Resistance 27 ohm 27 26 26 E SMU 00589 NOTE To display all data after reading a mode file click the icon on the Data List Toolbar or the ilRatm button on the Function Key Bar You can also dis play to the all data screen by pressing the F11 func tion key on the PC keyboard Trigger The trigger feature lets you configure a trigger to be applied while sampling is in progress There are two types of triggers that can be configured an Trigger of input data that automatically detects the trigger in accordance with pre set parameters and a Man ual trigger that is triggered manually When sam pling is performed using a trigger data is stored from the start of the sampling until the specified time from trigger detection elapses Getting Ready 1 Prepare the SDI diagnosis cable USB cable and a PC with the PC application installed 2 Use the diagnosis cable to connect the SDI to the data link connector of the vehicle NOTE SDI power will turn on automatically when the diag nosis cable is connected to the vehicle If the PWR LED of the SDI does not light turn on the vehicle s ignition switch or start the engine and then press the SDI PWR key and check again to see if the PWR LED of the SDI lights SY N Y N A z F EW 3 Use t
90. SDI 1 Prepare the SDI pulse analog cartridge and a Phillips head screwdriver 2 Loosen the two screws that secure the cover on the back of the SDI where the caution label is af fixed and remove the cover C SMU 00613 3 Install the pulse analog cartridge in the SDI Take care that the connectors of the pulse analog cartridge and the SDI are aligned correctly when you install the cartridge SMU 00614 4 Remove the blind plug attached to the cover The pulse analog box connector will connect in at the location where you remove the blind plug O SMU 00615 5 Correctly attach the cover and then tighten the two screws to secure it in place 6 Connect the pulse analog box at the location where you removed the blind plug on the SDI back cover SMU 00616 189 Analog Sampling 7 Make sure that SDI power turns on normally to complete this procedure Upgrading Your SDI Firmware You need to update your SDI firmware version be fore performing analog sampling for the first time You will not be able to perform analog sampling us ing an old SDI firmware version A screen like the one shown below will be displayed when you start analog sampling after installing the pulse analog cartridge Follow the instructions on the screen to update your firmware version Please wait until the version update process is complete before trying to do anything else Diagnosis software version and SOI version
91. SDI pow er is turned on Always insert the bundled dummy card in the card slot when not using a CF card Take care to avoid damage to the LCD of the SDI Should the LCD panel ever become cracked and start leaking liquid do not touch the liquid If you get the liquid on your skin immediately flush the exposed area with large volumes of water Should you experience any skin abnormalities consult with a skin specialist immediately Whenever using the SSMIII for fault diagnosis while the vehicle is in motion never allow the driver to operate the SSMIII or SDI SSMIII Features The SSMIII is a fault diagnosis device that provides a standard means of automotive fault diagnosis It communicates with the various system control mod ules equipped in a vehicle to monitor control module input output data and to allow checking and dele tion of diagnostic codes generated by the control module It also provides means to reset control module learning values and other control parame ters and to force operation of engine control system actuators 1 Bi directional Communication with Vehicle Elec tronic Control Modules ECM The SSMIII makes it possible to perform bi direc tional communication between a PC and each of a vehicle s on board ECMs via a SUBARU Diag nostic Interface SDI This makes it possible to monitor ECM data check ECM diagnostic codes and force operation of actuators Before Starting Diagnosis 2 Powerfu
92. Shift solenoid 2 drive signal Be comes ON at the time of drive sig nal output Transmission ECM output value 81 Shift Solenoid 1 ON OFF Shift solenoid 1 drive signal Be comes ON at the time of drive sig nal output Transmission ECM output value 277 List of Contents on Displayed Data 82 Shift Output 4 ON OFF Signal for the sport shift indicator light Becomes ON in manual mode when shift up or shift down is possi ble Transmission ECM output val ue 83 Shift Output 3 ON OFF Signal for the sport shift indicator light Becomes ON at the time of manual mode when the gear posi tion is gear 4 Transmission ECM output value 84 Shift Output 2 ON OFF Signal for the sport shift indicator light Becomes ON at the time of manual mode when the gear posi tion is gear 2 or gear 3 Transmis sion ECM output value 85 Shift Output 1 ON OFF Signal for the sport shift indicator light Becomes ON at the time of manual mode when the gear posi tion is gear 1 or gear 3 Transmis sion ECM output value 86 Diagnosis Lamp ON OFF AT warning light lighting signal Be comes ON when the warning light lights Transmission ECM output val ue 87 RR Diff Oil Temp SW ON OFF Rear differential temperature switch This item is applied signal Becomes OFF when the tem only to vehicle perature rises and the contact be equipped with DCCD comes OFF Normally ON DCCD
93. This item can be used to select the display lan guage for SDI screens 1 On the Menu Selection screen use the UP and DOWN keys to select User Language and then press the ENT key Jate and ime ser Lansuase nit Selection LLU Contrast SMU 00466 2 This causes the Language Selection screen to appear Use the UP and DOWN keys to se lect the desired language and then press the ENT key To return to the Menu Selection screen press the C key Japanese German rench SMU 00453 241 SDI Stand alone Diagnosis NOTE The display language is set to English regardless of the preset language when the SDI power is turned on with the C key of the SDI held down 3 Selecting Measurement Units This item specifies the numeric unit for values dis played on SDI screens 1 On the Menu Selection screen use the UP and DOWN keys to select Unit Selection and then press the ENT key Uate and Time User Language Umit Selection LL Cont rast SMU 00467 2 This causes the Unit Selection screen to appear Use the UP and DOWN keys to select the de sired measurement item and then use the LEFT and RIGHT keys to change its meas urement unit Finally press the ENT key To return to the Menu Selection screen press the C key sain Pressure kPa Air Flow a s SMU 00454 4 Adjusting Display Contrast The contrast of the LCD can be adjusted
94. Transmission ECM in put value 98 Judgement of AWD ON OFF Signal for drive type identification Becomes ON for a vehicle with AWD Transmission ECM output val ue 99 Inhibitor SW 1 HIGH LOW Inhibitor switch signal The transmis sion ECM judges the current range position from the combination of 1 2 3 and 4 Transmission ECM input value 100 Inhibitor SW 2 HIGH LOW Same as Inhibitor SW1 101 Inhibitor SW 3 HIGH LOW same as Inhibitor SW1 102 Inhibitor SW 4 HIGH LOW Same as Inhibitor SW1 103 Inhibitor SW 3 Monitor HIGH LOW Open circuit diagnostic signal for the inhibitor switch 3 input circuit Trans mission ECM input value 104 Back Lamp Relay ON OFF Back up light relay drive signal Be comes ON at the time of drive signal output Transmission ECM output value 105 AT Power Relay ON OFF PV ignition relay drive signal Be comes ON with reverse connection of the battery terminals Relay for ECM protection Transmission ECM output value 279 List of Contents on Displayed Data 106 H amp LR C Fluid Pressure ON OFF High amp low reverse clutch oil pres sure switch signal Becomes ON when the contact point is ON be cause of the oil pressure Transmis sion ECM input value 107 D C Fluid Pressure ON OFF Direct clutch oil pressure switch sig nal Becomes ON when the contact point is ON because of the oil pres sure Transmission ECM input
95. a a M EHEH H OTETI 2 x Custom colors it i a a a E fof fof a Define Custom Colors gt gt cancel SMU 00096 42 Current Data Display and Save Changing the Graph Line Thickness One of three different thicknesses can be selected for the graph line When there is no sampling operation being per formed click the icon on the Data List Toolbar On the setting dialog box that appears click the de sired graph line thickness and then click OK CL x x s Tpt Cancel i Zot i 3pt SMU 00203 NOTE If sampling is started while 2 pt or 3 pt is selected for the graph line thickness sampling results will be displayed in a line thickness of 1 point 1 pt This is done to prevent lag of the screen refresh operation by the PC application The graph line will change to selected thickness when sampling is stopped Marking Function Marking a particular point on the graph is possible while sampling is processing or stopped Once marked data is stored the markings will ap pear even when the stored data is shown again To do marking during sampling press one of the number keys alphabet keys or symbol keys on the PC at the time you want to mark a certain point To do marking while sampling is stopped or after a save move the graph cursor and press one of the number keys alphabet keys or symbol keys on the PC at the position you want to mark a certain point Marking numbers
96. an error occurs while communi 1 Re try after the data link con Reprogramming is aborted cating with ECM Request Down nector is reconnected load 2 Confirm the connection of the USB connection 3 Re try from the first step after the ignition OFF 4 Make sure the harness of the vehicle 4409 Error occurred while rewriting If an error occurs while transfer the 1 Re try after the data link con Reprogramming is aborted program nector is reconnected 2 Confirm the connection of the USB connection 3 Re try from the first step after the ignition OFF 4 Make sure the harness of the vehicle 311 ECM Reprogramming Error Code List ol Error Message Cause Corrective action Code 4411 Error occurred while rewriting lf an error occurs while communi 1 Re try after the data link con Reprogramming is aborted cating with ECM Request Trans nector is reconnected fer Exit 2 Confirm the connection of the USB connection 3 Re try from the first step after the ignition OFF 4 Make sure the harness of the vehicle 4412 Error occurred while rewriting lf an error is detected on the check 1 Confirm if the PAK file is correct Reprogramming is aborted SUM after the program was trans 2 Re try after the data link con ferred or no response to the re nector is reconnected quirement 3 Confirm the connection of the USB connection 4 Re try from the first
97. back up light SW is set to ON 49 Kick Down Switch ON OFF Input value from the kick down switch This data is not being used now 50 R wiper ON SW input ON OFF ON switch input value of the rear wiper switch Becomes ON when the rear wiper switch is set to the ON po sition 285 List of Contents on Displayed Data No ltems to be displayed Unit of measure Contents Remarks 51 R wiper INT SW input ON OFF INT switch input value of the rear wiper switch Becomes ON when the rear wiper switch is set to the INT po sition 52 R washer SW input ON OFF Input value from the rear washer switch Becomes ON when the rear washer switch turn on 53 Wiper deicer SW input ON OFF Input value from the wiper deicer switch Becomes ON when the wiper deicer switch turn on 54 Rear Defogger SW ON OFF Input value from the rear defogger switch Becomes ON when the rear defogger switch turn on 55 Drivers Seat SW input ON OFF Input value from drivers seat buckle switch Becomes ON when the seat belt is fastened 56 P seatbelt SW input ON OFF Normally ON when no load acts onto the passenger seat When a load acts onto the passen ger seat it becomes ON when the seat belt has been fastened and OFF when the seat belt has not been fastened 57 Fr wiper input ON OFF Input value from the front wiper switch
98. but SMU 00911 ton NOTE When you wish to return to the Main Menu screen click the QUIT button 6 The registration mode selection dialog box ap pears Click the Smart Immobilizer Registration After inputting Security ID Press OK button IMMOBILIVER Press OK Smart ECM Registration Engine ECM Registration SMU 00914 Readout the number of mobile key registration Delete the mobile key ID 9 Stand by as the security ID is being collated IMMOBILIZER Help H Return Remote Control Engine Starter Registration SMU 00912 7 On the registration mode confirmation dialog box that appears click the OK button Security ID is being collated Please Wait SMU 00915 130 Registering the Immobilizer Equipped with the Keyless Access with Push Button Start System 10 Wait until the smart immobilizer is then being 2 Hold the Subaru ornament side to the push en registered gine switch push button ignition switch side 3 Bring it close until it touches the push engine IMMOBILIZER switch push button ignition switch Help H e The procedure to hold a mobile key access key over the push engine switch push button ignition switch has to be done within 30 seconds after the screen above appears Ses pee saa ge Aa 12 When screen displays mobile key access key registration mode shown below hold one mobile key access key you wish to register additionally over the push engine swit
99. conditions such as vehicle model and elevation the actual idle speed may not go up when the idle speed setting is raised e Always execute Clear Memory after operating this function 80 System Operation Check Mode Injector Control This function has two modes Injection Stop Mode and Injection Quantity Control mode NOTE e The test mode connector does not need to be connected to operate this function e Always execute Clear Memory after operating this function Injection Stop Mode This function allows you to stop any cylinder injector when identifying which cylinder is malfunctioning Follow the on screen instructions to execute this procedure Injection Quantity Control The injection quantity can be increased according to the set percentage This function can be used in cases such as when the engine is not running prop erly and you need to check whether the problem is a lean air fuel ratio Follow the on screen instructions to execute this procedure IMPORTANT e Keep in mind that increasing the injection quantity may cause fuel to stick to the spark plugs result ing in engine malfunction e Avoid running the engine for a long period of time with the injection quantity increased or else the emissions will deteriorate EGR Valve Control This function allows you to operate the EGR valve in a preset number of steps and control the EGR rate to a desired value It is a means of checkin
100. confirming if the keyless access with push button start system works properly by using a mobile key access key which has the ID not deleted Registering the Remote Control Engine Starter You can get remote control engine starter regis tered in the keyless access with push button start system NOTE Remote control engine starter is the specification only for the Japan 1 Start the PC application according to section Starting Up the System and display the Main Menu screen Registering the Immobilizer Equipped with the Keyless Access with Push Button Start System 2 On the Main Menu that appears on the display select Immobilizer and then press the Enter key or left click with the mouse All System Diagnosis Each System Check Saved Data Display Immobilizer Reprogram Conyvert Save measurement data on driving recorder Oscilloscope Quit SMU 00663 3 Click the YES button if the system selection screen is displayed System Check Select the System for Registration Immobilizer System YES Audio System NO Back Cancel no Cancer SMU 00946 NOTE Audio System is the specification only for the U K 4 On the next screen confirm the system is keyless access with push button start system Click the YES button System Selection Press YES if it is a smart system otherwise press MO SMU 00910 NOTE The term smart system that appears on thi
101. data 16 Fuel level resistance 2 O 102 3 ohm Fuel level sensor resistance value Output value from the BIU to the combination meter CAN data 282 List of Contents on Displayed Data No ltems to be displayed Unit of measure Contents Remarks 17 Fuel consumption cc s Momentary injection quantity every 50 msec converted to the injection quantity per second Received from Engine ECM CAN data 18 Coolant Temp 40 130 C Engine coolant temperature Re ceived from Engine ECM CAN data 19 Vehicle longitudinal G m s 2 Acceleration deceleration rate in the longitudinal direction Received from VDC ABS ECM CAN data 20 SPORT Shift Stages 0 7 Step Manual mode operation information Received from Transmission ECM 0 light OFF 1 5 gear position 6 fail 7 ATF temperature High Low CAN data 21 Shift Position P range 7 R range 6 N range 5 D range 4 Manual 8 no in put With switching to manual mode no input 8 is reached and the SPORT shift stages is changed Received from Transmission ECM CAN data 22 VDC ABS condition Operating condition of VDC ABS Received from VDC ABS ECM 0 ABS 1 TCS 2 VDC O overs teering 3 VDC U understeering 4 VDC OFF CAN data 23 Destination Code O 16 Vehicle specification classification Recei
102. data link connector of the vehicle NOTE SDI power will turn on automatically when the diag nosis cable is connected to the vehicle If the PWR LED of the SDI does not light turn on the vehicle s ignition switch or start the engine and then press the SDI PWR key and check again to see if the PWR LED of the SDI lights YN N y a a ne 3 Use the USB cable to connect the SDI to the PC 4 Connect the pulse analog box to the SDI il a 5 Connect the pulse analog probe to the pulse an alog box 6 Connect the pulse analog probe to the location where you want to sample 7 Turn on the vehicle s ignition switch 197 ECM Analog Simultaneous Measurement 8 Double click the SSMIII icon on the PC screen to start up the application 9 On the Main Menu that appears on the display select Each System Check and then press the Enter key or left click with the mouse All System Diagnosis Each System Check Sayed Data Display Immobilizer Reprogram Conyert Save measurement data on driving recorder Oscilloscope Quit SMU 00600 10 0n the System Selection Menu select the de sired system and then press the Enter key or left click with the mouse As an example Engine is selected System Selection Menu Engine Control System Transmission Control System Cruise Control System Brake Control System Image Processing Pre
103. diag nosis cable is connected to the vehicle If the PWR LED of the SDI does not light turn on the vehicle s ignition switch or start the engine and then press the SDI PWR key and check again to see if the PWR LED of the SDI lights QMX Wy B E ne 5 SMU 00113 4 After the SDI is turned on sampling will start au tomatically and the screen shown below will ap pear on the SDI SUR mode bampe ime SMU 00548 NOTE In case that the SDI operates as a driving recorder SDR mode is shown on the screen 5 When sampling reaches the point you want to save hold down the SDI TRG key or the trigger switch of the remote box for at least one second Pressing the TRG key or the trigger switch caus es SDR data to be saved on the CF card The message shown below appears on the SDI dis play when SDR data is saved on the CF card SUR mode having rigger SMU 00549 6 Sample restarts automatically after the SDR data is saved to the CF card If you want to stop sampling disconnect the diag nosis cable from the vehicle s data link connector or hold down both the MENU key and the DOWN key of the SDI for at least two seconds in order to turn off the SDI NOTE To sample engine start data without Remote Box turn the ignition switch to the ON position and keep it for a while The engine is turned off at this mo ment When the message Sampling appears on the SDI display
104. e ss j Y 145 ayes SulHue O1jUOD B OWAS ay Jo uoesi Ba woad ayes suua OJ UOD 3940W e YIM peddinbs ajdIYaA e JO p vejd u q sey IDF uone ay UBUM r p u do Ud p soj JO p soj u y p u do JOULE SEM JOOP SJOALUP pue zzo POUIN s YOUMS uou 34 Jaye SPUODES 0 JNOGe payo s Buneazs y JI 4 9 dw09 S UOIEZIeIU y40Mm uogezIjegu YOO BuSS E pewJOped q snw uogespa J8ZI IGOWWLUI yews pue suo mau e Aq paveda aq snu xoq po9 qI 24 ajqerere jou sue AaysseooV sA y qow paJajsibeu e pue peoejdes usaq sey DF uonejjoo 2y UdU A Zs p unop d aq snu uogens a 1z qoww yews pue suo mau Aq paveda q JSNW xoq 9poOd qI pue DF uogos JSo uaaq JO pajre aAeY Aoyssaooy SASy pqow e U YM 1 Registering the Immobilizer Equipped with the Keyless Access with Push Button Start System uo1e1 s1691 uo1 e4 s1691 A 5 Aoyss voy Aoy s 5 Og uu jo uono xg WOW yews jo uolnoexy giqow p s uo uo01 24 S1691 440M uo1 e4 s1691 5 5 Aeysseooy J o 5 W93 upu jo uopno xg uonezyenu yoo Bunos WOQ Hews jo uonnoaxg giqow p s uoQ uo1 24 S1691 440M uolyeujsibas 5 o Aoyss voy Aoy 5 o W93 upu jo uopno xg uonezyenu yoo Bunos WOQ Hews jo uonnoaxg qowu p s uo uonessibes 13Z111q Aoyss voy shox va OWU 9 8 6 R 9 pews jo uonnoaxg giiqow paaysibe
105. gt You can also display the Graph 2 Screen by press ing the F3 function key on the PC keyboard twice F1 tart FS Grapht SMU 00587 Graph 2 Screen ile View Tool Help f Felstart FlSnapshot F4 Trieger F F6 Select F7 Ranee F5 Print F9 Save F Nons ffllReturn Exit mel al lolx gt a viol als mjmE l SMU 00588 Clicking the G button in front of an item causes the G button color to change to red and displays the name of the item to be displayed for the vertical axis in the graph area To cancel an item selection click its G button again Item O G Engine Speed O G Coolant Temp O G AVF Correction 1 O AVF Learning 1 SMU 00214 NOTE e You can display data for up to eight items on a single screen e The location of item axes depends on the se quence the items are selected The first four items that are selected are displayed to the left of the graph while the fifth through eighth items se lected are displayed to the right e You can use the same procedures as those for Graph 1 Screen to start and stop sampling to move the graph cursor to display data select to change the range to change the graph line color and thickness marking function etc 45 Current Data Display and Save Setting All Clear Function All of the following sett
106. is displayed Select the desired manual and click the OK button a T y 15 x onl Danes NOTE aatlaal al a This screen is not displayed when the search result G2390GE 00 shows only one model 6 The fault diagnosis screen for the Service Manual is displayed For the operation procedure from this point on refer to the Service Manual Guide Z Service Manual Microsoft Internet Explorer E lol x File Edit View Favorites Tools Help e 7 i Bak gt Q fat Search Favorites S Media EY amp Manuals incompatible with Manual Link ae hat display ed Address je C Program Files Subaru Select Monitor Link Manual G2390GE index html gt Go Links hes RELEASE July OF Cancel Control Systems Model Selection Menu TOP Visual Contents Index DTC Wiring Diagram E Synchronization SMU 00884 I ENGINE DIAGNOSTICSKH4S0 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS CH4SQ0 gt Diagnostic Procedure with Basic Diagnostic Procedure Diagnostic Trouble Code DTC Shack Last for interview DTC P0123 THROTTLE PEDAL POSITION SENSOR SWITCH A General Description N OT E a Electrical Component Location ERESI la teln Oo Engine Control Module ECM I C DTC DETECTING CONDITION i F C EN RAR Immediately at fault recognition The Service Manual selected here is applied until Se TROUBLE GYMBTOM General Scan Tool e Erroneous idling return is made to the System Selection Menu GE Siar Sect
107. j z ne SMU 00113 2 After pressing the SDI MENU key plug the ve hicle connector of the diagnosis cable into the ve hicle data link connector and then check to make sure that the PWR LED of the SDI lights NOTE SDI power will turn on automatically when the diag nosis cable is connected to the vehicle If the PWR LED of the SDI does not light turn on the vehicle s ignition switch or start the engine and then check if the PWR LED lights when you press the SDI PWR key while holding down the SDI MENU key 248 SDI System Menu 3 The software version screen will appear on the display and then it will be replaced by the system MENU screen Use the UP and DOWN keys to select the de sired item and then press the ENT key To quit the system mode select QUIT on the MENU screen SMU 00322 NOTE SDI power may turn off automatically if no SDI op eration is performed for a preset period This is indi cated when the PWR LED goes out If this happens hold down the MENU key press the PWR key while holding down the MENU key to turn the SDI back on SELF CHECK SDI Self check Selecting SELFCHECK on the MENU screen causes the SELF CHECK MENU to appear on the display Use the UP and DOWN keys to select the desired item and then press the ENT key To return to the system MENU screen press the MENU key E E hia IF REM KEY Batre H D HF D CHE CHE TT
108. mismatch Update SDI version cancel _ SMU 00617 Starting a Sampling Operation 1 Prepare the SDI diagnosis cable USB cable a PC with the PC application installed the pulse analog box and the pulse analog probe 2 Use the diagnosis cable to connect the SDI to the data link connector of the vehicle NOTE SDI power will turn on automatically when the diag nosis cable is connected to the vehicle If the PWR LED of the SDI does not light turn on the vehicle s ignition switch or start the engine and then press the SDI PWR key and check again to see if the PWR LED of the SDI lights I Wy B D L SMU 00113 3 Use the USB cable to connect the SDI to the PC 4 Connect the pulse analog box to the SDI 5 Connect the pulse analog probe to the pulse an alog box 6 Connect the pulse analog probe the location where you want to sample 7 Turn on the vehicle s ignition switch 8 Double click the SSMIII icon on the PC screen to start up the application 9 On the Main Menu that appears on the display select Oscilloscope and then press the Enter key or left click with the mouse All System Diagnosis Each System Check Sayed Data Display Immobilizer Reprogram Convert Save measurement data on driving recorder Oscilloscope Quit SMU 00618 10 This displays the Graph 1 screen and automati cally starts sampling File View Tool Help E Fe H
109. module or a combination meter In case of replacing a steering lock ECM execute the Registering the Smart ECM procedure When replacing the ID code box Registering the Engine ECM and Registering the Smart ECM must be performed in this order In case of replacing an engine ECM execute the Registering the Engine ECM procedure Immobilizer registration is NOT necessary when a power supply ECM or a gateway ECM is re placed When turning the ignition on press the push en gine switch push button ignition switch twice without stepping on the brake pedal Power sup ply status changes to ACC ON IG ON OFF ACC ON accordingly as pressing the push en gine switch push button ignition switch once At the time of engine start press the push engine switch push button ignition switch once with the brake pedal depressed in case of an AT vehicle In case of an MT vehicle press the push engine 229 SDI Stand alone Diagnosis switch push button ignition switch once with the clutch pedal depressed When performing either one of the operations shown below perform also the registration of the remote control engine starter 1 Installing remote control engine starter 2 Replacing remote control engine starter 3 Replacing collation ECM of a vehicle equipped with remote control engine starter At the time of replacement of the body integrated module and the combination meter perform Registering the Smart Immobilizer
110. of the USB connection 3 Re try from the first step after ig nition OFF 4042 Cannot clear the memory If an error occurs while communi 1 Perform the following steps cating with the ECM Memory 1 The ignition key is OFF for 3 Clear seconds then ignition key is It may occur the error if the ignition ON for 3 seconds key is operated too quickly 2 Perform memory clear by us Wait 3 seconds after the ignition ing SSMIII key is off 3 The ignition key is OFF for 3 seconds If reprogramming starts it is successful 2 Make sure the connection of the USB connector 4043 Cannot erase the Flash ROM on If an error occurs while communi 1 Re try after the data link con the ECU cating with ECM Erase Flash nector is reconnected Reprogramming is aborted 2 Make sure the connection of the USB connection 3 Re try from the first step after ig nition OFF 4045 Cannot reprogram when the vehi If speed of the vehicle is detected The vehicle stops vehicle speed cle is running Stop the vehicle to retry by the reprogramming condition check iS zero 306 ECM Reprogramming Error Code List Error Error Message Cause Corrective action Code 4046 Error occurred in the Pass Thru lf an error is detected from the 1 Re try after the data link con device pass thru device s error nector is reconnected 2 Make sure the connection of the US
111. of the Save As dialog box can be used to save general comments associated with the data or file 10 This causes the message shown below to ap pear To continue using the current setting file for sam pling click the Yes button To delete the current setting file and stop sam pling click the No button SUBARU Select Monitor IIIT xj i Continue Driving Recorder measurement with current set up File SMU 00486 To read data from a card slot of the PC NOTE You will need to purchase a PC card adapter if your PC does not have built in CF card slot 7 Double click the SSMIII icon on the PC screen to start up the application 2 On the Main Menu that appears on the display select Convert Save measurement data on driv ing recorder and then press the Enter key or left click with the mouse All System Diagnosis Each System Check Saved Data Display Immobilizer Reprogram Convert Save measurement data on driving recorder Oscilloscope Quit SMU 00610 3 On the Convert Save measurement data on driv ing recorder screen that appears select Read SDR data from CF card inside computer and then press the Enter key or left click with the mouse Convert Save measurement data on driving recorder Read SDR data from CF card inside SDI Read SDR data from CF card inside computer Back SMU 00490 4 insert the CF card that contains the SDR sample data into t
112. of the auto lock equipped Must be set to OFF for or not equipped vehicles not equipped ON Control in auto locking installed with auto locking mode This item is applied to OFF Control in auto locking not in models other than for stalled mode North America and U K 174 Initial Keyless Setting Function for initializing the set values No 141 30 sec related to the keyless entry system No 150 OFF No 151 ON No 152 ON No 153 OFF 175 Initial button setting Function for initializing the set values No 140 Normal for the various function settings No 142 Normal No 143 Normal No 147 ON 176 Initial Security setting Function for initializing the set values No 144 OFF related to the security system No 145 OFF No 146 ON No 149 OFF 177 Select unlock switch Selection ALL Set value for switching between se This item is applied lect unlock and all seats unlock only to European mod Selection Control in select unlock els mode ALL Control in all seats unlock mode 178 Passive Alarm ON OFF Passive alarm system ON OFF set This item is applied value only to North American ON Control in passive alarm system models equipped mode OFF Control in passive alarm sys tem not equipped mode 179 Door open warning Support no sup Set value for the door open warning port function support When door open condition continues for 30 minutes or more the room lamp the key ring
113. omp m ntry Customized Setting el e Auto ene COO a POS ecuri larm Setup OOO O yj Impact Sensor Setup 9 larm delay setup Lockout prevention Impact sensor O Siren setting eee Answer back buzzer setup Hazard answer back setup r TOO ERER TER Auto locking Initial keyless setti ial but COO TENESON Door open warning Z O O O OO C AIC ECM _ _ O i Prw Center dis setti Semana a WREN Factory initial setting elect unl switcl larm e Dome Light Alarm S T M Setting o O aaa urity setup emp It Warni witc PI Sw eo ee SMU 00878 NOTE a The items displayed in the list depend on vehicle model and specifications 104 9 This displays a confirmation dialog box for the function setting status Click the Yes button SUBARU Select Monitor Ill i j Continues oe SMU 00859 10 After completing confirmation of function setting status data will be input in blanks This also dis plays a save confirmation dialog box simultane Ously E fa E E E FB E F8 Print E mo E fe Exit Customer s Name I Vehicle Registration Number Vehicle Number et Dealership J Inspector s Name Date of Inspection 03 06 2006 Customized Setting Off delay time Normal Auto lock time 30 Se SE Omi SSS paoa Security Alarm Setup OFF Impact Sensor Setu OFF SESA COO aa a Impact sensor OFF Siren setting OFF rani o N AETAT o N O pn Auto locking ON Initial keyless setting we Ital bat
114. reaches the point where you want to apply the trigger click the FltezeS button on the Function Key Bar or the F5 function key on your PC keyboard After you do data is collected for the specified time and then sampling stops au tomatically File View Tool Hi H Felst F3 Graph2 fFa Trigeer EES Fb Select F7 Ranee FS Print Fa Save Fio ST R PER art male tal elol mlm t vio S mm al Manual trigger K gt from trigger Item Range Graph a EJ coolant Temp 150 z 63 C 40 O AF Correction 1 50 0 Fi 0 8 50 0 i O AIF Learning 1 50 0 0 0 50 0 hi O Mani Absolute Pressure 200 pi 0 5 secidiy 20 5 21 0 21 5 220 225 23 0 23 5 240 245 25 0 25 5 El SMU 00771 NOTE e Clicking the icon on the Data List Toolbar dur ing sampling will terminate sampling immediate ly regardless of whether or not there is a trigger This is also true if the Function Key Bar button is clicked or the F2 function key on the PC keyboard is pressed e On the graph trigger points are shown as vertical green chain lines e Trigger information is displayed on the left side of the Sampling Status Bar 55 Trigger Two Cursor Analysis Two Cursor Analysis is provided with two functions display cursor numerical value information between two points and cut and save data As cursor numerical val
115. recorder Select saye sampling items Back SMU 01055 Learning inspection and registration mode related to diesel engines Excluding North America Injector or Engine Replacement IMPORTANT Injector code registration At the time of injector or engine replacement Injec tor or Engine Replacement must be executed 1 Select Injector or Engine Replacement from the item selection screen and press the Enter key or click the left mouse button Injector Code Registration Mode SMU 01059 ECM Replacement o Injector Code Display 5 The injector code input screen is displayed Enter Back the injector code and click the OK button SMU 01056 Injector code registration 2 This displays the dialog box shown below Select Injector Code New Registration SSM to ECM Enter the injector code 1 and then press the Enter key or left click with the mouse B300 0000 p O E e500 F400 0000 a2 Injector Code New Registration SSM to ECM SMU 01057 3 As instructed by the display message turn on the Cancel vehicle s ignition switch make sure that the en gine is currently not running SMU 01060 Click the OK button to go to the next screen NOTE e Enter four digits into each input column two digits SUBARU Select Monitor Il only for the input column at the right bottom for a LD Turn Ignition Switch ON with Engine OFF total of 30 digits e The injector code is listed on the top of
116. repair work procedures e Transmitter replacement e Tire rotation causing change of transmitter posi tion e Tire pressure monitoring control module replace ment NOTE Be sure to perform transmitter ID registration work in accordance with the Service Manual Getting Ready Adjust the air pressure of all of the tires so they are at the standard value 7 On the Initial Menu screen use the UP and DOWN keys to select SUBARU Vehicle and then press the ENT key SUBARU Vehicle Function setup belt Check Exit SMU 00513 2 This causes the Menu Selection screen to appear Use the UP and DOWN keys to select System Check and then press the ENT key To return to the Initial Menu screen press the C key or select Exit and then press the ENT key JTE check IMM regist 1T SMU 00735 3 This causes the System Selection screen to ap pear Use the UP and DOWN keys to select Tire pressure and then press the ENT key To return to the Menu Selection screen press the C key brake Cont rol Imager rocess ing review Control lire pressure r SMU 01111 4 This displays a compliance verification message for the system being diagnosed Press the ENT key Tire intlation Pressure moniter Press ENT SMU 01112 5 This causes the Fault Diagnosis Menu screen to appear Use the UP and DOWN keys to select ID regst amp cnfrm and then press
117. secidi SMU 00640 NOTE e Sampling cannot be performed with the time axis range set to 1 msec div or 2 5 msec div The set ting will change to 5 msec div automatically if 1 msec div or 2 5 msec div is selected The 1 msec div and 2 5 msec div settings are valid for analy sis only e A longer time axis range causes a corresponding ly slower sampling cycle 4 After selecting the graph vertical axis and hori zontal axis ranges click the OJ icon on the Data List Toolbar or the Elok button on the Function Key Bar to apply the ranges You can also apply the range settings by pressing the F11 function key on the PC keyboard FSI am Fl OK Fle Gancel Elojx m 4 viol SMU 00586 To cancel the range change operation click the X icon on the Data List Toolbar or the Hatari button on the Function Key Bar You can also cancel the range change operation by pressing the F12 function key on the PC keyboard Initialize Item Settings Clicking the J icon on the Data List Toolbar re turns all item settings to the initial defaults as shown below FS Araloe Fe Select F7 Ranee FS Print r JEJ mm 2 SMU 00645 e Input Range 25V e Screen Range AUTO range settings e Sampling Mode Continuous e Time Axis 5msec div e Trigger Without trigger 196 Analog Sampling Other Operations With analog sampling the following tasks can be performed using the same procedures as those de scribed under
118. signal to the drain valve Be comes ON at the time of valve drive Output value of the engine ECM This item is applied only to North American models Atmosphere open when the valve is OFF 172 P S Solenoid Valve ON OFF Drive signal to the solenoid used when the intake air mass is in creased at the time of power steer ing ON Intake air mass increase when power steering is ON 173 Assist Air Sol Valve ON OFF Drive signal to the air assist injector solenoid valve Becomes ON at the time of valve drive Output value of the engine ECM This item is applied only to North American models 174 Tank Sensor Cntl Valve ON OFF Drive signal to the tank sensor con trol valve Becomes ON at the time of solenoid valve drive Output value of the engine ECM 266 List of Contents on Displayed Data No Items Unit of measure Contents Remarks 175 Relief Valve Solenoid 1 ON OFF Drive signal to the relief valve sole noid valve 1 for twin turbocharger system control Becomes ON at the time of solenoid valve drive Output value of the engine ECM This item is applied only to twin turbo mod el 176 Relief Valve Solenoid 2 ON OFF Drive signal to the relief valve sole noid valve 2 for twin turbocharger system control Becomes ON at the time of solenoid valve drive Output value of the engine ECM This item is applied only to twin turb
119. start the engine to sample the data 168 Driving Recorder SDR Saving SDR Data to PC Save SDR data stored in a CF card to hard disk of your PC SDR data can be read from a CF card in the card slot of the SDI or in the card slot of a PC NOTE Be sure to turn off SDI power before installing a CF card into or removing a CF card from its card slot Inserting or removing a CF card while SDI power is turned on runs the risk of damaging CF card con tents To read data from the CF card slot of the SD 7 Insert the CF card that contains the SDR data into the CF1 card slot of the SDI 2 Connect the main connector of the diagnosis ca ble to the diagnosis communication connector of the SDI 3 Connect the vehicle connector of the diagnosis cable to the vehicle s data link connector and confirm that the PWR LED of the SDI lights NOTE SDI power will turn on automatically when the diag nosis cable is connected to the vehicle If the PWR LED of the SDI does not light turn on the vehicle s ignition switch or start the engine and then press the SDI PWR key and check again to see if the PWR LED of the SDI lights V N t F e F EW 4 Use the USB cable to connect the SDI to the PC 5 Turn on the vehicle s ignition switch 6 Double click the SSMIII icon on the PC screen to start up the application 7 On the Main Menu that appears on the display select Convert Save measurement data on driv ing recorde
120. step after the ignition OFF 4413 Error occurred in communication If an error occurs while communi 1 Re try after the data link con Reprogramming is aborted cating with ECM Request Down nector is reconnected load 2 Confirm the connection of the USB connection 3 Re try from the first step after the ignition OFF 4 Make sure the harness of the vehicle 4414 Cannot erase the Flash ROM on If the ECM flash ROM cannot be 1 Re try after the data link con the ECM deleted nector is reconnected Reprogramming is aborted 2 Confirm the connection of the USB connection 3 Re try from the first step after the ignition OFF 4415 Error occurred while rewriting If an error occurs while transfer the 1 Re try after the data link con Reprogramming is aborted program nector is reconnected 2 Confirm the connection of the USB connection 3 Re try from the first step after the ignition OFF 4 Make sure the harness of the vehicle 4416 Error occurred while rewriting lf an error occurs while communi 1 Re try after the data link con Reprogramming is aborted cating with ECM Request Trans fer Exit nector is reconnected 2 Confirm the connection of the USB connection 3 Re try from the first step after the ignition OFF 4 Make sure the harness of the vehicle 312 ECM Reprogramming Error Code List Error Error Message Cause Corrective action Co
121. switch operation Engine ECM in put value 210 Body Int Unit Data OFF ON Status of CAN data reception from the body integrated unit Display whether received any data 211 Body Int Unit Count OFF ON Update status for the CAN data from the body integrated unit Display whether the counters being transmit ted are updated sequentially or not 212 Sec Air Combi V Relay 2 ON OFF Secondary air combination valve re lay 2 drive signal Becomes ON at the time of drive signal output Out put value of the engine ECM 213 Sec Air Pump Relay ON OFF Secondary air pump relay drive sig nal Becomes ON at the time of drive signal output Output value of the en gine ECM 214 Sec Air Combi V Relay 1 ON OFF Secondary air combination valve re lay 1 drive signal Becomes ON at the time of drive signal output Out put value of the engine ECM 215 distance change SW ON OFF Display of the ON OFF status of the vehicle distance setting switch used by the ADA cruise control This item is applied only to Japanese mod els 216 CC Cancel SW ON OFF Signal of the cruise control cancel switch of the cruise control system Becomes ON at the time of switch operation Engine ECM input value 217 MIL On Flag ON OFF Lighting indication of the malfunction indicator light 218 Boost Pressure Control Mode Feedback Open Mode to control boost
122. system selection screen is displayed System Check Select the System for Registration Immobilizer System YES Audio System N Back Dancel Cancel SMU 01097 4 Click YES after confirming if the ignition switch is ON as following screen will be displayed Contirm lenition SW Check if lenition Sw is turned OM SMU 00909 5 In response to the compliance verification dialog box that appears click the OK button IMMOBILIZER 5 25 SOHC SMU 00876 6 Input the teaching operation code and then click the OK button IMMOBILIVER Input teaching operation code press OK key SMU 0091 1 7 On the registration mode confirmation dialog box that appears click the OK button IMMOBILIZER 2 0 DIESEL Audio ID Registration mode Is executed Press OK or Cancel SMU 01098 8 Please stand by while the audio or navigation system registering is underway 149 Registering the Audio Security U K Only IMMOBILIZER 2 0 DIESEL Audio ID is registering Please Wait SMU 01099 NOTE While registering is underway audio or navigation system screen displays REENTRY message 9 The screen shown below will appear if registra tion ends normally Click the OK button IMMOBILIZER 2 0 DOHC Help H Audio ID registration is complete SMU 01100 NOTE When registering is completed audio or navigation system screen displays COMPLETE message 10 Please stand b
123. that ap pears during data communication is the same as the version shown on the version check screen After checking the version press the ENT key SL Yer 1 0 54 ESIT ENT SMU 00523 CLOCK IC CHECK This item provides a means to check whether the date and time setting operation of the SDI built in clock is correct Check to make sure that the year month day day of the week hour minute and second indicators at the bottom of the display change to Jan 01 2000 Sat 00 00 00 After checking the clock press the ENT key LETO TIMER CHE gt Dec sl ALS SPSCrRF ia oo oes DD SMU 00350 NOW TIME CHECK This item displays the current date and time setting of the SDI built in clock To return to the Menu Selection screen press the ENT key Show TIME CH Mas 2 ees CSS i 12 16 15 SMU 00347 247 SDI Stand alone Diagnosis SDI System Menu The SDI System Menu can be used to perform diag nosis of SDI LCD LED keypad and buzzer opera tion and self diagnosis of SDI memory This menu also can be used to configure the settings of the SDI built in clock the self shutoff time display bright ness and contrast and the key operation confirma tion buzzer Getting Ready Starting Up the SDI in the System Mode 1 Plug the main connector of the diagnosis cable into the SDI diagnosis communication connector and secure it in place with the two screws Vy lt Wy 5 x
124. the Fault Diagnosis Menu screen 215 SDI Stand alone Diagnosis Too lL arvek Eme SMU 00737 Data Select Screen The Data Select Screen can be used to select par ticular data from all of the data sampled and view it 1 Select the sampled items you want to view and press TRG key This causes asterisk to ap pear on the selected items SMU 00738 2 After selecting the sampled items you want to view press the ENT key This causes only sam pled items with asterisk to appear SMU 00739 To return to the All Data Screen press the ENT The selected sampled items with asterisk are saved even if the SDI power is turned off At the next starting up the items will remain selected Saving Sampled Data You can save sampled data on stand alone diagno sis as well You can save sampled data which is stored in CF card to hard disk of your PC in order to analyze NOTE e Sampled data saved in a CF card cannot be ana lyzed For analysis the data needs to be saved in a PC e Cannot save sampling data if free space on a CF card is less than 10MB If so delete unnecessary data in the CF card or replace it with another CF card which has enough space How to save in a CF card 1 Display the current data Engine is taken as an example Tol lL arve Eme SMU 00737 2 Hold down the MENU key of the SDI for at least two seconds 3 Stand by as the message below will appear on t
125. the communication port failed e Read operation from the communication port failed e Error occurred while communicating with the interface box e Communication initialization failed e Interface box cannot be found e A valid interface box is not connected e System does not Support this Function e Printing cannot be executed with the selected printer Select another printer and execute the command again Error Code Required Action 4007 Check the status of the USB cable connection 4112 There may be a break in the USB cable 4008 Data is not being sent from the control module of the system for which fault diagnosis is being per 4015 formed Confirm that the ignition switch is turned on Also confirm that interface box power is turned on 4112 4100 There is not enough PC memory If there are other applications running on the PC shut them down 4108 There is a problem with the USB port that is currently being used If the PC has more than one USB 4109 port try using a different one If the PC has only one USB port it may be defective Check the USB port 4110 4112 4111 Digital noise may be getting into the USB cable and or diagnosis cable causing a problem with commu 4112 nication Eliminate the source of the digital noise 4113 4114 4115 4116 4117 4118 4119 The USB device driver is not installed on the PC Re install the latest PC application 4200 4201 The vehicle for which fault diagnosis is
126. to apply them You can also apply the range settings by pressing the F11 function key on the PC keyboard Fy rll HOK Fli Cancel lE al Hal elox Fle t VS SMU 00586 To cancel the range change operation click the X icon on the Data List Toolbar or the H lGancel button on the Function Key Bar You can also cancel the range change operation by pressing the F12 function key on the PC keyboard NOTE lf sampling is started while 30 sec div or 60 sec div is selected with the time axis range box sampling results will be displayed at 10 second intervals This is done to prevent lag of the screen refresh opera tion by the PC application Stopping the sampling operation displays the 30 sec div or 60 sec div time axis screen Changing the Graph Line Color Graph line colors can be changed to make graphs easier to view You can change the line color of a specific item or for all items To change the line color for a specific item select the cell for the item and then click the Il icon on the Data List Toolbar On the setting dialog box that appears select the desired line color and then click the OK button Color aed Basic colors E o i hie Define Custom Colors gt gt cancel SMU 00096 To change line color for all items click the ll icon On the setting dialog box that appears click the de sired graph line color and then click the OK button Basic colors oe Eee _ L A L L En Ree NNE E
127. trigger source C Coolant Temp O A F Correction 1 O AF Learning 1 C Mani Absolute Pressure Engine Speed 1500 rpm O Vehicle Speed C Ignition Timing O Intake Air Temp C Mass Air Flow O Throttle Opening Angle C Rear 02 Sensor MI D ahan Vialan Edit K SMU 00902 173 NOTE e To change a trigger setting select the desired item and then click the Edit button to display the Setup trigger of input data screen e To exclude the setting of an item that is currently configured for a trigger clear the check box of the applicable item e f the message dialog box shown below appears while you are configuring an item setting it means that the limit on the number of selectable items has been reached Selection of further data items is not possible after this message appears To select other items uncheck the unnecessary checked items of sampling items step 1 or setup trigger items step 3 and then select another item to which you want to assign a trigger E A No other selections can be made SUBARU Select Monitor Ill SMU 00903 6 Assigning an trigger to an item causes T to ap pear in item s checkbox After clicking the Selec tion Completed button click the Transfer button Select measurement data Coolant Temp A F Correction 1 A F Learning 1 Mani Absolute Pressure T Engine Speed Vehicle Speed Ignition Timing Intake Air Temp Mass Air Flow Throttle Opening
128. uone 2y UdU A Zs poewJOed aq snw uoes6a 1z jqoww yews pue suo mau Aq paveda aq snu xoq 9poOd qI pue DF uonejoa So uaaq JO pajre aAeY Aoyssaooy SASy 9 IGOW e U YM 1 uo1 24 S1691 Y10M uo1e4 s1691 Aoyss voy J W93 upu jo uoyno xg uonezyenu yoo Bunaas WOQ Hews jo uonnoaxg O O O giqow p s uo O O O l uo edjsibes J8ZII1G pasajsibes aq 0 Aay ve oww pews jo uonnoaxg O O O ss 99Y s J qow y O O O uonessibes 13Z111q Aeysseoov shox va oww pews jo uonnoaxg O O O giqow poaysibe y O O O E uoHedjsibes J9ZII1G pasajsibes aq 0 Aay ve oww pews jo uonnoaxg O O O ss 99y s J qow y O O O uUOneSsIBes J8ZI 1G poajsibes aq 0 Aey va oww pews jo uonnoaxg O O ssa00Vy s J qow y O O O La uogens 6a 1aZ1q p 1 s 16 1 aq 0 Aey va oww pews jo uonnoaxg O O ssa00Vyy s J qow y O O O uOnesIBes 18ZI 1G poajsibes aq 0 Aey va oww pews jo uonnoaxg O O ssa00Vy s J qow y O O O uUOnesIBes 18ZI 1G poajsibes aq 0 Aey va oww pews jo uonnoaxg O O ss 99y s J qow y O O O uoge s1631 13Z1 1q pasajsibes aq 0 Aay va oww pews jo uonnoaxg O O ss 99y Ss J qow y O O O uUOnesIBes 1Z1q poajsibes aq 0 Aey va oww pews jo uonnoaxg O O ss 99y s J qow y O O O p ppe q 0 Aeysseoov y jqow s Aaysseo0y Asy jqo
129. value from the manual lock switch for the power window main switch part Becomes ON when the manual lock switch is unlocked 40 Lock SW ON OFF Input value from the door status switch of the latch part of the door on the driver s side Becomes ON when the lock status of the door on the drivers side is locked 41 Bright SW input ON OFF Input value from the bright switch Becomes ON when the bright switch is set to ON The bright switch is the function for switching the illumination of instru ment panel monitor heater control panel and audio to bright when the position light is ON 42 Shift Button SW Input ON OFF Input value from the shift lock cancel button of the shift lever Becomes ON when the shift lock cancel button is pressed 43 Economy Switch ON OFF Input value from the economy switch Becomes ON when the economy switch is turn on 44 Tiptronic Mode Switch ON OFF Input value from the tiptronic mode switch manual mode switch Be comes ON in manual mode 45 TIP UP SW input ON OFF Becomes ON with shifting up in manual mode 46 TIP DOWN SW input ON OFF Becomes ON with shifting down in manual mode 47 P SW ON OFF Input value from the P range switch Becomes ON only in the P range 48 MT Reverse Switch ON OFF Input value from the MT back up light SW Becomes ON when the shift lever is in the R range and the
130. y uonedsibes JAZII1G pasajsibes aq 0 Aay ps o o o o oww pews jo uonnoaxg ss 9y SAay jqow y uonesibes 13Z111q Aoyss ooy shox v OUJUU 2 g 6 g 9 pews jo uonnoaxg giiqow palaysibe y uonedjsi6es J9ZI 919 s1691 aq 0 Ad SUR L Uoneds M110 A m 7 gue 1 oy A i oww pews JO uonnoaxg ss 9y s y j qow y La uonesibes JEZI 1G poajsibes aq 0 Aey ps _ o _ o o oww pews jo uonnoaxg ss 9y SAay jqow y L uone sibel 1eZI 1g poajsibes aq 0 Aey v Oww Wews 2 E 2 jo uonnoaxg ss 9y SAay jqow y La uoneysibes 1aZ1q polajsibes aq 0 Aey ps o o o oww pews jo uonnoaxg ss 9y s y jqow y p ppe oq o AaysseooVy Aey jqowu s Aaysseo0y Aey ayiqow uoneysibes 1SO 10 pale Jo qI 24 Jo 5 Aeysseooy Aoy S e u ym uogesi6a zq WOW eulbue jo uoyno xg uoNsjep a Aeysseooy giqow p s uo oww pews jo uonnoaxg y ajiqow y Jo uoy j q p ppe q 0 Aeysseooy y jqow s amp yss y Ady ajiqow soj JO payies e jo qI 34 Jo uo1e1 s1691 uo1e4 s1691 5 Aoyss voy Aoy 5 5 e u ym uonesipa aziq uonajap q Aeyss ooy WOW eulbue jo uoyno xg Wg yews jo uolnoexy giqow p s uo oww pews jo uonnoaxg Aey qow y zo uoejeq p ppe q 0 Aeysseooy y j qow s amp yss y Ady ajiqow soj JO payies e jo qI 34 Jo MOM uo1e4 s1691 5 Aoyss voy J a 5 e u ym uonesipa azi
131. 0 Iv a 30 000 30 000 CH3 cH 3 1 000 0 000 Iv E 33 000 33 000 CH4 cHa 1 000 0 000 lv C 30 000 30 000 Cancel Save Setting Load Settings SMU 00624 With the User settings you can specify desired values for each channel for data display You can also specify a conversion rate to display data in physical values instead of simple voltage values 191 Analog Sampling 1 Item The input name appears on the measurement screen under Item 2 Conversion Rate This is a per Volt conversion value For information about conversion rate values see the user docu mentation that comes with the device you are using 3 Offset This is the offset of the converted value 4 Unit This specifies the unit 5 Auto Range Each channel can be individually configured with the auto range setting or with user settings The channels you checked can be drawn by the auto range based on the values calculated from conver sion rates and the offsets 6 Maximum This specifies the maximum screen range setting 7 Minimum This specifies the minimum screen range setting NOTE After inputting values or other information for a set ting item you can apply the setting by moving the mouse cursor to another input box or by pressing the Enter key on your PC keyboard You can move the mouse cursor to another input box either by clicking with the mouse or by pressing the Tab key on your PC keyboard Selec
132. 00272 Start the engine of the vehicle Click button to advance to the next screen or the _ lt Back button to return to a previ ous screen To exit the Dealer check mode click the Cancel button Vehicle Speed Signal Check Inspection D Check Mode l x Drive the Vehicle more than 10km h 6MPH lt Back B Next N gt Cancel SMU 00276 Run the vehicle at a speed of at least 10km h 6 MPH IMPORTANT When performing the Dealer check mode while the vehicle is in operation never allow the driver to op erate the SSMIII or SDI Click button to advance to the next screen or the _ lt Bsck button to return to a previ ous screen To exit the Dealer check mode click the Cancel button O2 Sensor Check Inspection D Check Mode E x Keep Engine Speed between 2000 to 3000rpm for more than 1 Minute D Check Diagnosis in Progress Next gt Cancel SMU 00280 Increase engine speed to the range of 2000 to 3000 rom and keep it there for at least one minute A diagnostic result display will appear after the Dealer check mode is complete To cancel the Dealer check mode part way through click the Cancel button When no fault is detected by the Dealer check mode procedure The dialog box shown below appears when no fault is detected Click the OK button DTC No Diagnostic Code Present at Inspection D Check Mode SMU 00282 This displays dealer check m
133. 09 Registering the Transmitter 6 On the Main Menu that appears on the display select Each System Check and then press the Enter key or left click with the mouse All System Diagnosis Each System Check Sayed Data Display Immobilizer Reprogram Conyert Saye measurement data on driving recorder Oscilloscope Quit SMU 00600 7 On the System Selection Menu select Keyless Unit Mode and then press the Enter key or left click with the mouse NOTE For model with body integrated module select Keyless ID registration from Integ Unit Mode System Selection Menu Engine Control System Transmission Control System Cruise Control System Brake Control System Image Processing Preview Control Entry YIN Tire pressure monitor Integ unit mode Radar sensor Occupant Detection System Impact Sensor Airbag System Brake Yacuum Pump System Keyless Unit Mode Power Steering System Back SMU 00761 8 This displays a compliance verification message for the system being diagnosed Click the OK button SMU 00762 9 From the list of keyless diagnosis items select Keyless ID registration and then press the Enter key or left click with the mouse Keyless Unit Mode Keyless ID registration Keyless unit customizing SMU 00763 10 This displays Keyless ID Input screen Input the ID and the
134. 1 Prepare the SDI diagnosis cable USB cable and a PC with the PC application installed 2 Use the diagnosis cable to connect the SDI to the data link connector of the vehicle NOTE SDI power will turn on automatically when the diag nosis cable is connected to the vehicle If the PWR LED of the SDI does not light turn on the vehicle s ignition switch or start the engine and then press the SDI PWR key and check again to see if the PWR LED of the SDI lights Ww Wy B tS Te TK SMU 00113 3 Use the USB cable to connect the SDI to the PC 4 Turn on the vehicle s ignition switch 5 Double click the SSMIII icon on the PC screen to start up the application 6 On the Main Menu that appears on the display select Each System Check and then press the Enter key or left click with the mouse All System Diagnosis Each System Check Saved Data Display Immobilizer Reprogram Conyert Save measurement data on driving recorder Oscilloscope Quit SMU 00600 48 Sampling Item Memory 7 On the System Selection Menu select Engine Control System and then press the Enter key or left click with the mouse System Selection Menu Engine Control System Transmission Control System Cruise Control System Brake Control System Image Processing Preview Control Integ unit mode Radar sensor Impact Sensor Power Steering System Tire pressure m
135. 1 On the Initial Menu screen use the UP and DOWN keys to select Function Setup and then press the ENT key SUBARU Vehicle SMU 00514 2 This causes the Menu Selection screen to ap pear Use the UP and DOWN keys to select the de sired item and then press the ENT key To return to the Initial Menu screen press the C key late and ime User Language Writ Selection LEU Contrast SMU 00452 1 Setting the Date and Time This item provides a means for configuring the date and time setting of the SDI built in clock 1 On the Menu Selection screen use the UP and DOWN keys to select Date and Time and then press the ENT key late and ime User Language nit Selection LCL Contrast SMU 00452 2 This displays the DATE AND TIME screen The following setting items are displayed from left to right lt Month gt lt Day gt lt Year gt lt Hour gt lt Minute gt lt Second gt Use the LEFT and RIGHT keys to select the desired item and then use the UP and DOWN keys to change the selected setting After configuring the settings press the ENT key To cancel the setting procedure press the MENU key NOTE The day of the week setting is configured automati cally in accordance with the date that set DATE AND TIME oe c27 SAI CSS 12 18 31 MOVE LEFT FE IHT CHANGE P A O SMU 00352 2 Selecting a User Language
136. 12 13 93 s from sampling start Item Ve Unit El Coolant Temp 58 C A F Correction 1 1 6 1 6 1 6 1 6 NOTE In the digital data screen the cursor is not dis played So check the cursor position by the cursor position time to the side of the cursor selection but ton 5 Select Cursor B by the cursor selection button and move Cursor B to the desired position File View Tool Help E F lStart F3 Graphi F4 Trisser F F6 Select F7 Fanse F8 Print FoNons A Return F1e Exit aelel Hla elol mlm t vio ala mmE s C CursorA 13 93 Interval 29 24 sec 4 J K Cursor pos 94 112 43 17 s from sampling start D Coolant Temp AIF Correction 1 SMU 00718 6 Check the numerical value information between the two cursors In the digital data screen the numerical value in formation of all sampling items is calculated to lin ear information and displayed when you move the cursor position File View Tool Help fal Felstart F3 Graph1 F4 Trieger F5 FejSelect F7anee Fa Print Tjele mE Eo mle e viol cals mE 34 FslSave FoNons iket fiejExit C CursorA 15 29 sec Interval 30 09 sec 4 tl O AF Correction 1 AJF Learning 1 Mani Absolute Pressure
137. 2 Close all applications opened 3 Re start Windows 4 Re install SSMHI PC applica tion 103 Error occurred while reading file If failed to read from the PAK 1 Make sure if the PAK file is cor rect 2 Close all applications opened 3 Re start Windows 4 Re install SSMHI PC applica tion 104 Error occurred while writing file If failed to write to the PAK file 1 Make sure if there is enough space in selected drive for its safe 2 Make sure if the PAK file is cor rect 3 Close all applications opened 4 Re start Windows 5 Re install SSMII PC applica tion 105 The file s format is invalid Specify a correct file If the PAK file format is invalid 1 Make sure if the PAK file is cor rect 2 Close all applications opened 3 Re start Windows 4 Re install SSMHI PC applica tion 107 Error occurred in the encryption If failed to encrypt the PAK file 1 Close all applications opened 2 Re start Windows 3 Re install SSMII PC applica tion 108 Error occurred in the decryption Check the decryption keyword If failed to create a complex file 1 Confirm the complexed key word 2 Make sure if the PAK file is cor rect 1000 Memory allocation error occurred If the PC memory does not have enough space 1 Close all applications opened 2 Re start Windows 1001 The file s format is invalid or not Supported
138. 590 2 Click the icon on the Data List Toolbar Select the desired file from the list of files that ap pears on the display 69 Saved Data Display Felselect FRReree gt MME Load saved data SMU 00591 3 The dialog box with a list of saved data files is dis played After selecting Files of type designate the file you need and press the Enter key or click the Open button Lookin Daa 0 s e A el EB E 041216153232 ssm 88 041225154333 ssm E 041225154430 ssm 041226133240 ssm File name 041226133240 sem Files of type Various system sampling data ssm v Cancel Detail of saved data E ngine Control System System Comment SMU 00891 4 The targeted file is displayed For additional dis play of other saved data return to step 2 and se lect the saved data NOTE e Saved data multiple display can also be done by double clicking the saved file of sampling data By double clicking multiple files after opening the folder in which the saved files are saved the mul tiple saved data analysis screens are displayed however that if you start up the PC application this way you will not be able to change to the sampling screen If you want to sample data start up the PC application using the procedure under Starting Up the System Multiple display is possible for the following types of files ssm This extension is used
139. 6 C 40 i AIF Correction 1 50 0 zon nd 0 0 BNO eee eal RR RNR i anion ae AIF Learning 1 50 0 i pese 1 6 50 0 i TER RRG Mani Absolute Pressure 200 16 kPa o Engine Speed 10000 4328 rpm 0 bt O Vehicle Speed 100 0 km h 0 Ignition Timing 11 5 deg 0 5 secidiy SMU 00705 2 Click the Hf icon on the Data List Toolbar Fe Start F3 Graphe F4 Trigeer wee E O x mlm t vie SMU 00707 Two Cursor Analysis 3 The cursor selection buttons cursor position 7 This displays the Select how to save data screen displayed on the Sampling Status Bar the OK button Cursor4 60 7 sec Interval 0 00 sec Save All data CursorB 80 77 sec Calculate Save data between two cursors 4 The cursor selection button Cursor A is select ed Move graph Cursor A light blue to the de SMU 00721 sired position NOTE If you select Save All data at this time cut and ne eee save will not be performed and all sampled data will CursorB 80 77 sec p J p e be saved 8 This causes the sampled data save dialog box to appear The name of the data file being saved is generated automatically in accordance with the current time and date If you want to use the gen erated file name as is click the dialog box Save button If you want to change to a different file 5 Select Cursor B by the cursor selection bu
140. 7 REMOTE SW CHECK This item checks operation of the TRIGGER switch of the driving recorder remote box To check operation of the TRIGGER switch press the ENT key Fl n i l IH SMU 00338 Operate the TRIGGER switch as instructed by the messages that appear on the display The check is complete when CHECK OK appears on the display Press the ENT key 251 SDI System Menu To return to the SELF CHECK screen press the MENU key REMO TRG CHK keer Pushing REMOTE TRta SW CANCEL MENT SMU 00339 BEEP CHECK This item checks the frequency and the volume of the SDI buzzer Use the UP and DOWN keys to select the desired item on the BEEP CHECK screen and then press the ENT key To return to the SELF CHECK screen press the MENU key BEEP ol CHE Pao ERT CEs IT MEM SMU 00340 1 BEEP FREQ CHECK This item can be used to check buzzer operation and adjust its frequency Selecting it displays the current buzzer frequency setting Press the UP key to raise the buzzer frequency or the DOWN key to lower the buzzer frequency After checking the buzzer frequency press the ENT key BEEP FREG CHE FREGUEMCY PEEM CHANGE WP ADO SMU 00341 2 BEEP VOL CHECK This item can be used to check buzzer operation and adjust its volume Selecting this item displays the current buzzer vol ume level Press the UP key to
141. 7 SDI Stand alone Diagnosis Key Fee DK Ree 2nd key TES EMT ANO C SMU 00754 14 Turn off the ignition switch and then change the key to one to be registered NOTE You need to change key within about 30 seconds It OFF ey Chanse SMU 00755 15 Turn off the ignition switch and the screen shown below will appear Insert the key you want to reg ister into the key cylinder and turn on the ignition switch key chana gt I G Of SMU 00756 16 In response to the key registration confirmation screen that appears press the ENT key Execute KEY FEE Fress ENT SMU 00752 17 Stand by as the key is registered Ree i ster ine Ke SMU 00753 18 The screen shown below will appear if registra tion ends normally If you have another key to be registered press the ENT key If you do not have any more keys to be registered press the C key and advance to step 22 Key Fee OK Ree 2rd key TES EMT ANO C SMU 00757 19 Repeat steps 14 through 17 20 The screen shown below will appear if registra tion ends normally If you have another key to be registered press the ENT key If you do not have any more keys to be registered press the C key and advance to step 22 Key Fee OK Ree dAth ker F TES EMT Mosc SMU 00758 21 Repeat steps 14 through 17 22 The screen shown below will appear if registra tion ends normally
142. AN data 106 SPORT Shift buzzer 2 ON OFF ATF abnormally high temperature alarm Becomes ON at the time of output to the buzzer Received from the Transmission ECM and transmit ted to the combination meter CAN data 107 ABS VDC Judging ABS VDC Vehicle identification information Received from VDC ABS ECM CAN data 108 ADA Existence Judging support no sup port Vehicle identification information Becomes support if ADA Active Driving Assist is equipped CAN data 109 Small Light SW ON OFF Input value from the position light switch Becomes ON when the posi tion lights are set to ON 290 List of Contents on Displayed Data No ltems to be displayed Unit of measure Contents Remarks 110 Headlamp ON OFF Input value from the headlight switch Becomes ON when the headlights are turned on 111 DRL ON OFF Input value of the DRL Daytime Running Lights output of the DRL ECM Becomes ON when the DRL are ON 112 High Beam ON OFF Vehicle travelling information for ADA Becomes ON when the head lights are switched to high beam 113 Lh Turn ON OFF Vehicle travelling information for ADA Becomes ON when the left turn signal becomes ON 114 Rh Turn ON OFF Vehicle travelling information for ADA Becomes ON when the right turn signal becomes ON 115 Rr Defogger SW ON OFF Input value from the re
143. B connection 4046 7 Cannot open communication port If SDI is not connected 1 Make sure if the ignition switch is in ON position 2 Confirm if the power of SDI is ON 3 Re try after the data link con nector is reconnected 4 Make sure the connection of the USB cable 4047 Programming voltage is below If the voltage Vpp for writing is 1 Check the harness of the vehi specified low limit below the standard cle Reprogramming is aborted It might be a harness failure 2 Replace ECM 4048 Programming voltage is above If the voltage Vpp for writing is 1 Check the harness of the vehi specified high limit higher than the standard cle Reprogramming is aborted 2 Replace ECM 4049 Programming voltage is out of If the voltage Vpp for writing 1 Check the harness of the vehi specified range does not meet the standard cle Reprogramming is aborted It might be a harness failure 2 Replace ECM 4053 Cannot set reprogramming volt If failed to apply the voltage Vpp 1 Re try after the data link con age for writing nector is reconnected Reprogramming is aborted 2 Make sure the connection of the USB connection 4054 Cannot find the supported device If the pass thru device registered Re install SSMHI PC application Reprogramming is aborted in the registry can not be found 4055 Entry of boot mode has failed Migration to the ECM reprogram 1 Re try after the data link con ming mo
144. Configuring the wrong settings can cause abnormal system operation and other problems 7 On the Initial Menu screen use the UP and DOWN keys to select SUBARU Vehicle and then press the ENT key 221 SDI Stand alone Diagnosis SUBARU Vehicle Function setup belt Check Exit SMU 00513 2 This causes the Menu Selection screen to ap pear Use the UP and DOWN keys to select System Check and then press the ENT key To return to the Initial Menu screen press the C key or select Exit and then press the ENT key OTC check Syveten Check xit SMU 00735 3 This causes the System Selection screen to ap pear Use the UP and DOWN keys to select Integ unit and then press the ENT key To return to the Menu Selection screen press the C key Brake Lont raol Preview Control a 4 This displays a compliance verification message for the system being diagnosed Press the ENT key SMU 00740 Integ unit Press ENT SMU 00741 5 This causes the Fault Diagnosis Menu screen to appear Use the UP and DOWN keys to select Cus tomizing and then press the ENT key Press C key to return to the System Selection screen Integ unit Data Display Clear Memor Custom Zine SMU 00742 6 On the screen that appears use the UP and DOWN keys to select the setting s to be config ured and then press the ENT key Pre
145. D control system learning in progress SMU 01086 77 Follow the screen instructions and depress the brake pedal all the way AT learning mode Fully depress the brake pedal SMU 01082 NOTE Afterwards leave the brake pedal depressed until step 19 12 The following screen is displayed Please wait AT learning mode Fully depress brake pedal and keep pressing SHIFT control system learning in progress SMU 01087 13 Follow the screen instructions and set the select lever to range R AT learning mode Fully depress brake pedal and keep pressing Select to R range SMU 01088 154 Learning and inspection mode related to AT 14 The following screen is displayed Please wait AT learning mode Fully depress brake pedal and keep pressing SHIFT control system learning in progress SMU 01087 15 Follow the screen instructions and set the select lever to range N AT learning mode Select to N range SMU 01089 16 Follow the screen instructions and switch off the ignition switch AT learning mode Turn off the ignition switch SMU 01079 17 The following screen is displayed Please wait AT learning mode Registering Please wait SMU 01091 78 Follow the screen instructions and start the en gine AT learning mode Start the engine Cancel SMU 01080 19 The following screen is displayed when learning has been completed correctly Click the OK but ton
146. Diagnosis Current Data Display amp Save Diagnostic Code s Display Cancel Code s Display Clear Memory System Operation Check Mode Dealer Check Mode Procedure OBD System Driving recorder Select save sampling items Back SMU 00774 NOTE Roughness Monitor is not displayed if the pulse analog cartridge is not installed 14 From the list of diagnosis items select High Grade Roughness Monitor and then press the Enter key or left click with the mouse Roughness monitor Simple Roughness Monitor High Grade Roughness Monitor Back SMU 00777 15 This displays the High Grade Roughness Moni tor screen Click icon on the Data List Tool bar or the button on the Function Key Bar or press the F2 function key on the PC keyboard You can also start sampling by selecting Auto Sampling from Sampling in menu File F Edit E Yiew Sampling S Help H F1 Help Fe Start FS F4 ereeE Has Stare SMU 00778 16 This displays a verification message for the cam shaft position sensor signal to be taken out Con firm the signal to be taken out and then click the OK button Roughness Monitor A Camshaft positioning sensor signal is taken out to the Following Confirm 4 Cylinder Engine 2 4 cylinder side 6 Cylinder Engine 41 3 5 cylinder side cancel _ SMU 00779 17 Stand by as sampling is started automatical
147. Diagnosis Each System Check Sayed Data Display Immobilizer Reprogram Convert Save measurement data on driving recorder Oscilloscope Quit SMU 00602 2 The dialog box with a list of saved data files is dis played After selecting Files of type designate the file you need and press the Enter key or click the Open button 62 8 050318152705 ssm Converting Sampled Data to CSV Open 21x Look in a Data x Ci Ea 010705134700 ssm 010705134710 ssm 010705141149 ssm Filename 010705141149 ssm Files of type Various system sampling data ssm x Cancel Detail of saved data System Engine Control System Comment test data1 SMU 00697 3 Click the E icon on the Data List Toolbar or the Falsave button on the Function Key bar You could also press the F9 function key on the PC keyboard FS Print Falsave FI0 Mon SI TUTE SMU 00577 4 This displays a save dialog Select Save data in CSV csv in Save as type Savein EpData S Jenga E 050325174210 ssm E 050505134620 ssm E 050505163018_50957data ssm File name 0505051 63018_50957data ssm Save as type Various system sampling data ssm x arious system sampling data ssm Detail of sav EELEE EENAA ES System Engine Control System Comment 4196secly SMU 00827 5 Enter the desired file name and click the Save b
148. F Blower fan switch input signal Be comes ON when the switch is ON Engine ECM input value 154 Light Switch ON OFF Light switch input signal Becomes ON when the switch is ON Engine ECM input value 155 Wiper Switch ON OFF Wiper switch input signal Becomes ON when the switch is ON Engine ECM input value 156 A C Lock Signal ON OFF A C compressor lock fault signal Becomes ON in case of a compres sor lock fault Engine ECM input val ue 157 A C Mid Pressure Switch ON OFF A C mid pressure switch signal Be comes ON when the switch is ON Engine ECM input value 158 A C Compressor Signal ON OFF A C compressor drive signal Be comes ON at the time of drive signal output Output value of the engine ECM 159 Radiator Fan Relay 3 ON OFF Not used 160 Radiator Fan Relay 1 ON OFF Radiator fan relay drive signal Be comes ON at the time of drive signal output Output value of the engine ECM 161 Radiator Fan Relay 2 ON OFF Radiator fan relay drive signal Be comes ON at the time of drive signal output Output value of the engine ECM 162 Fuel Pump Relay ON OFF Fuel pump relay drive signal Be comes ON at the time of drive signal output Output value of the engine ECM 163 Int cool auto washer relay ON OFF Intercooler water spray relay drive signal Becomes ON at the time of drive sign
149. Function Key Bar or by pressing the F8 function key on the PC keyboard SMU 00865 File View Tool Help Print Ctrl P Print preview Setup printer Register tead user information Exit application SMU 00666 106 Display the List of Function Setting Integ Unit Customizing Impact Sensor Impact Sensor sensitivity adjustment on the securi ty system can be done by this function It is necessary to refer to service manuals when you do this adjustment 1 Prepare the SDI diagnosis cable USB cable and a PC with the PC application installed 2 Use the diagnosis cable to connect the SDI to the data link connector of the vehicle NOTE SDI power will turn on automatically when the diag nosis cable is connected to the vehicle If the PWR LED of the SDI does not light turn on the vehicle s ignition switch or start the engine and then press the SDI PWR key and check again to see if the PWR LED of the SDI lights VN Wy BD Ir TC SMU 00113 3 Use the USB cable to connect the SDI to the PC 4 Turn on the vehicle s ignition switch 5 Double click the SSMIII icon on the PC screen to start up the application 6 On the Main Menu that appears on the display select Each System Check and then press the Enter key or left click with the mouse All System Diagnosis Each System Check Saved Data Display Immobilizer Reprogram Conyert Savye measurement data on driv
150. I diagnosis cable USB cable and a PC with the PC application installed 2 Use the diagnosis cable to connect the SDI to the data link connector of the vehicle NOTE SDI power will turn on automatically when the diag nosis cable is connected to the vehicle If the PWR LED of the SDI does not light turn on the vehicle s ignition switch or start the engine and then press the SDI PWR key and check again to see if the PWR LED of the SDI lights SY WY t eS a E iP OT 3 Use the USB cable to connect the SDI to the PC 4 Turn on the vehicle s ignition switch 5 Double click the SSMIII icon on the PC screen to start up the application Sampling Item Memory 6 On the Main Menu that appears on the display select Each System Check and then press the Enter key or left click with the mouse All System Diagnosis Each System Check Sayed Data Display Immobilizer Reprogram Conyert Save measurement data on driving recorder Oscilloscope Quit SMU 00600 7 On the System Selection Menu select Engine Control System and then press the Enter key or left click with the mouse System Selection Menu Engine Control System Transmission Control System Cruise Control System Brake Control System Image Processing Preview Control Integ unit mode Radar sensor Impact Sensor Power Steering System Tire pressure monitor Airbag Syste
151. M 34 Front O2 Heater 2 Current value of the front O2 sensor heater Control value of the engine ECM 35 Fuel Level Output value of the fuel level sensor Engine ECM input value Total value of main and sub 36 Radiator Fan Control Yo Radiator fan control duty ratio Con trol of the radiator fan control unit Output value of the engine ECM This item is applied only to H6 model 37 Primary Control Yo Primary charging pressure control signal Control duty ratio of the charging pressure control solenoid valve Output value of the engine ECM This item is applied only to turbo model 38 Secondary Control Yo Secondary charging pressure con trol signal Control duty ratio of the charging pressure control solenoid valve Output value of the engine ECM This item is applied only to turbo model 39 CPC Valve Duty Ratio Yo CPC valve control duty ratio Output value of the engine ECM 40 TGV Position Sensor R Output value of the TGV position sensor RH Engine ECM input value 257 List of Contents on Displayed Data No Items Unit of measure Contents Remarks 41 TGV Position Sensor L V Output value of the TGV position sensor LH Engine ECM input value 42 ISC Valve Duty Ratio o ISC valve control duty ratio Output value of the engine ECM 43 A F Lean Correction o Sometime
152. M port number for the PC cable connec tion is as the same number as the one specified at the option 2 Confirm the connection of the PC cable 3 Make sure if the NSM power is ON 4 Close all of the other applica tions opened Especially for an application which is using the COM port 3002 Cannot read from serial port If you failed to receive from the RS 232C communication port us ing for writing to the cartridge 1 Make sure if the COM port number for the PC cable connec tion is as the same number as the one specified at the option 2 Confirm the connection of the PC cable 3 Make sure if the NSM power is ON 4 Close all of the other applica tions opened Especially for an application which is using the COM port 3012 User cancelled If the rewriting process of the car tridge is cancelled by clicking NO key during the process Perform the down load Remote again if necessary 3022 Error occurred while erasing the cartridge If failed to erase the cartridge flash ROM 1 Make sure the PC cable con nection 2 Re install SSMIII PC applica tion 3 Replace the cartridge 315 ECM Reprogramming Error Code List Error Error Message Cause Corrective action Code 3023 Error occurred while writing the If failed to write to the cartridge 1 Make sure the PC cable con cartridge flash ROM nection 2 Re ins
153. M standard is specified nector is reconnected by ECM 2 Make sure the connection of the USB connection 3 Re try from the first step after ig nition OFF 4103 Rewrite time exceeds the limit If exceeded the limit of the number Replace ECM of ECM reprogramming 4104 The range of the Rewriting Volt If the voltage Vpp input to the 1 Re try by reconnecting the ca age is not satisfied ECM for writing does not meet the ble connector or replace the cable Check the contact of OBD Con standard judged by ECM with a new one due to it might be a nector It might be a harness failure contact failure of the connector After try to rewrite again 2 Make sure the harness of the vehicle 4105 Software for rewrite control is NG If the control software on ECM is Make sure if the PAK file is correct not correct 4106 Rewritten software for engine con If the engine control software on Make sure if the PAK file is correct trol in ECM is NG ECM is not correct 4107 Error occurred in communication Communication error with ECM Re try from the first step after the ignition OFF 4108 Programming voltage is below Communication error Re try from the first step after the specified low limit ignition OFF Reprogramming is aborted 4150 Is IG SW on The error for rewriting request on 1 Keep the following steps engine is stalling Procedure is trying again ECM ECM refuses its rewrite If
154. Mobile Key Ree St Number Execute read YES ENT ANO C SMU 00971 8 The number of mobile keys access keys cur rently registered will be displayed After pressing the ENT key the screen will return to the Initial Menu screen OF FEE Keys FILA Press ENT SMU 00972 Delete the Mobile Key Access Key ID Unnecessary mobile key access key ID registered on the keyless access with push button start system can be deleted In this procedure the necessary ID will not be deleted NOTE You cannot delete all of mobile key access key ID by this function The ID of a mobile key access key placed over the push engine switch push button ig nition switch will not be deleted 7 On the Initial Menu screen use the UP and DOWN keys to select SUBARU Vehicle and then press the ENT key SUBARU Vehicle Function Setup belt Check Exit 2 This causes the Menu Selection screen to ap pear Use the UP and DOWN keys to select IMM regist and then press the ENT key To return to the Initial Menu screen press the C key or se lect Exit and then press the ENT key SMU 00513 OTG check votem Check IMM resist xit SMU 00746 237 SDI Stand alone Diagnosis 3 Press the ENT key if the system selection screen is displayed Select Res Sys mmobi Svs ENT Audio Sys RG Back L SMU 00949 NOTE Audio System is the specificatio
155. Mode reading sampling Back SMU 00508 11 This displays the Digital Data Screen and auto matically starts sampling File View Tool Help a Fe Hold malela aa cal As FalGrapht Faiirigeer ES FolSelect FriRanee Fe iPrint FalSave HA at EE al Ej E Coolant Temp O AVF Correction 1 0 8 0 8 1 6 1 6 O AIF Learning 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 O Mani Absolute Pressure 39 kPa 39 37 38 The Digital Data Screen shows in real time cur rent values maximum values minimum values and average values of control module s input out put data and control data 34 Current Data Display and Save Digital Data Screen Operations Changing the Width of Screen Cells The widths of cells on the screen can be adjusted as desired Move the mouse pointer to the arrow on the screen below so the cell width adjustment pointer appears Then move the pointer left or right to ad just the cell width for easy reading File View Tool Help Felstart Fs Grapht F4 Trieeer Beet EF F Print A Non SI eun fx Aelel maj lolx mlm t Yio Bla mmE z yv y y m Coolant Temp O AVF Correction 1 0 8 0 0 1 6 1 6 O AF Learning 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 O Mani Absolute Pressure 37 kPa 39 37 37 Scrolling the Screen You can scroll the screen either by dragging the scroll bar on the right side of the screen or by click ing the scroll
156. Mode reading sampling Start sampling SMU 00506 49 Sampling Item Memory 13 This displays the digital data screen You can start and stop sampling and perform oth er operations using the same procedures as those described under Current Data Display and Save For details about these operations see Current Data Display and Save Fie View Tool Help EJ Fe Hoid FelGrapht FalTrigeer E Felselect FriRenee Fe iPrint Felsave BoNo St AllRetur HeExt Hie 21O1x gt in Haemme rT a Number of samples 133 11 76 s from sampling start Bem Value nit Maimu a Minimum Average _ Coolant Temp C 91 90 90 AIF Correction 1 1 6 0 8 1 6 1 6 M AIF Learning 1 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Mani Absolute Pressure 35 kPa 37 35 35 Engine Speed 715 rpm 744 700 721 Vehicle Speed 0 km h 0 0 0 M Ignition Timing 13 0 deg 13 5 8 5 11 5 m Intake Air Temp _ 53 C iz 53 53 53 M Mass Air Flow 2 92 gis 3 09 2 83 2 93 M Throttle Opening Angle 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 M Rear 02 Sensor 0 080 Y 0 105 0 075 0 085 M Battery Voltage _ o 13 5 Y O J 13 6 13 4 o 13 4 M Air Flow Sensor Voltage 1 18 V_ 1 24 1 18 1 20 M Fuel Injection 1 Pulse 2 05 ms 2 30 2 05 2 05 M Knocking Correction 0 0 deg 0 0 0 0 0 0 M Atmosphere Pressure 100 kPa 100 100 100 Mani Relative Pressure 65 kPa 63 65 65
157. N LED RED ESIT ENT SMU 00333 REMO LED CHECK This item checks if the SIGNAL LED on the driving recorder remote box lights or flashes green or red This check confirms the operational status of the SIGNAL LED Use the UP and DOWN keys to select the desired item on the REMO LED CHECK screen and then press the ENT key To return to the SELF CHECK screen press the MENU key LEC RED CHE GOT ENT e Ex IT MENL SMU 00334 1 LED GREEN CHECK This item checks whether the SIGNAL LED repeats a pattern of four green flashes followed by 10 sec onds of steady green lighting After checking the remote control LED green press the ENT key REMO LED CHE gt REMO LED GREEN EXTTSENT SMU 00335 2 LED RED CHECK This item checks whether the SIGNAL LED repeats a pattern of four red flashes followed by 10 seconds of steady red lighting After checking the remote control LED green press the ENT key REMO LED CHE gt REMO LED RED SMU 00336 KEY IN CHECK This item checks for operational defects in the SDI keypad keys Key names appear on the display in the following sequence UP gt DOWN gt RIGHT gt LEFT gt ENT gt TRG gt C MENU Press the di rected key in order If pressing any key besides MENU does not switch to the next keypad key operation screen press the MENU key to quit KEY IN CHK Push UP Kes SMU 0033
158. OFF Output value to the tail amp illumination relay Becomes ON when the tail amp illumination relay is operated 152 Lighting I Lamp Output ON OFF Output value to the low beam relay Becomes ON when the low beam re lay is operated 153 Lighting Hi Lamp Output ON OFF Output value to the high beam relay Becomes ON when the high beam relay is operated For North American models Becomes ON also at the time of DRL lighting 154 Front Fog Lamp Output ON OFF Output value to the front fog light re lay Becomes ON when the front fog light relay is operated 155 DRL Cancel Output ON OFF Output value to the DRL Daytime Running Lights cancel circuit Be comes ON when the Dimmer amp Passing switch is set to the High beam position This item is applied only to North American models 156 Power Supply Tr ON OFF Output value to the transistor supply ing back up voltage to the headlight Becomes ON in the following cases When the ignition SW is OFF and the lighting SW is set to the Tail po sition Becomes ON when the light ing SW is set to the ACC position or to ON 157 Foot Lamp Output ON OFF Output value to foot lamp RH or LH Becomes ON when foot lamp RH or foot lamp LH is switched on 158 Off delay time OFF Short Nor mal Long Set value for the delay time until the room lamp goes out 159 Auto lock time 20 30
159. ON OFF Output value to the door lock actua tor Becomes ON when the lock sig nal is output 67 All seat UNLOCK output ON OFF Output value to the door lock actua tors of all seats Becomes ON with output of the unlock signal 68 D seat UNLOCK output ON OFF Output value to the driver s door lock actuator Becomes ON when the un lock signal is output 69 R gate trunk UNLK output ON OFF Output value to the rear gate trunk lid lock actuator Becomes ON when the unlock signal is output 70 Double lock output ON OFF Output value to the door lock actua tors Becomes ON when the double lock signal is output 71 R wiper output ON OFF Output value to the rear wiper motor Becomes ON when the rear wiper is operated 72 Shift Lock Solenoid ON OFF Output value to the shift lock sole noid This solenoid becomes ON when both P range switch and brake switch are turn on 73 Key locking output ON OFF Output value to the key lock sole noid Becomes ON when the sole noid is operated The key lock functions that the key cannot be re moved when the selector lever posi tion is except for the P range 74 wiper deicer output ON OFF Output value to the wiper deicer re lay Becomes ON when the wiper deicer relay is operated 15 Starter cutting output ON OFF Starter relay cut signal for the immo bilizer system Becomes
160. Please Wait SMU 00926 134 Registering the Immobilizer Equipped with the Keyless Access with Push Button Start System 17 The dialog box to confirm already registered mo bile keys access keys appears Hold one of those mobile keys access keys over the push engine switch push button ignition switch After the buzzer sounds once move the mobile key AccessKey away from the push engine switch push button ignition switch and go to the next step IMMOBILIVER Confirming one of the registered Mobile Key verification Hold a registered mobile key over the start SW SMU 00927 NOTE When holding the mobile key AccessKey up to the push engine switch push button ignition switch bring the mobile key AccessKey close to the push engine switch push button ignition switch as shown below 1 Let the mechanical key insertion opening of the mobile key AccessKey face down 2 Hold the Subaru ornament side to the push en gine switch push button ignition switch side 3 Bring it close until it touches the push engine switch push button ignition switch The procedure to hold a mobile key access key over the push engine switch push button ignition switch has to be done within 30 seconds after the screen above appears 12 Smart ECM registration is then automatically ex ecuted When the registration ends normally the following screen appears Click the OK button 135 IMMOBILIZER Smar
161. SDI power is turned on runs the risk of damaging CF card contents When using this function always take measure ments after you have created a setting file for the desired vehicle model Measurement is not pos sible if the setting file stored in the CF card is for another vehicle model Creating an SDR Setting File Use the following procedure to create a setting file which selected the items to be sampled on the CF card 1 Prepare the SDI diagnosis cable the USB cable a PC with the PC application installed and a CF card with the CF application installed 165 Driving Recorder SDR 2 Insert the CF card into the CF1 card slot of the SDI 3 Connect the main connector of the diagnosis ca ble to the diagnosis communication connector of the SDI 4 Connect the vehicle connector of the diagnosis cable to the vehicle s data link connector and confirm that the PWR LED of the SDI lights NOTE SDI power will turn on automatically when the diag nosis cable is connected to the vehicle If the PWR LED of the SDI does not light turn on the vehicle s ignition switch or start the engine and then press the SDI PWR key and check again to see if the PWR LED of the SDI lights QMX Wy B ne 5 SMU 00113 5 Use the USB cable to connect the SDI to the PC 6 Turn on the vehicle s ignition switch 7 Double click the SSMIII icon on the PC screen to start up the application 8 On the Main Menu that appears
162. SDI screen select the Read CF application measurement data all together or Read CF application measurement data separately Read out CF application measurement data from the CF card inside SDI Read CF application measurement data all together Read CF application measurement data separately Back SMU 00843 lt If you selected Read CF application measure ment data all together in Step 3 gt 4 Select the directory to save sampled data which was read out from the CF card Select the desired directory and then click the OK button Browse for Folder Select a folder For saving the measurement data O Immb H Roughness B Select Monitor O Database O Driver O Firm 5 Help O Locale gt Log O Param H Sdr IF I Ininet i SMU 00844 NOTE e On the initial setting sample data files are saved in the Data folder where the PC application is in stalled e The name of the data file being saved is generat ed automatically in accordance with the time and date of saving in CF card e After the sampled data is saved in a PC that in CF card will be deleted automatically 5 After all of the sampled data in the CF card are saved a screen below will appear Click the OK button 217 SDI Stand alone Diagnosis SUBARU Select Monitor Ill i Reading CF application measurement data is completed Back to main menu SMU 00845 lt If you selected Read CF application measure ment d
163. SMU 00596 NOTE a The operations for this screen are identical to those described under Saved Data Display See Saved Data Display for more information Trigger Function It is possible to set a trigger in advance for a sam pling item to detect the trigger automatically and to save the sampling data automatically Trigger setup is performed at the time of creation of a setup file for a selected sampling item There is a trigger setting method Trigger of input data where a trigger is set in advance to a sam pling item for ECM data Driving Recorder SDR 7 Display the sampling item selection screen and 3 Specify the trigger source click the Trigger button after item selection In the list select the checkbox next to the item Select measurement data Coolant Temp 4S back A F Correction 1 A F Leaming 1 Mani Absolute Pressure Engine Speed Tri Vehicle Speed o Tow Ignition Timing _ Intake Air Temp Selection Completed Mass Air Flow Throttle Opening Angle C Rear 02 Sensor Battery Voltage C Air Flow Sensor Voltage Fuel Injection 1 Pulse Knocking Correction Atmosphere Pressure C Mani Relative Pressure Accel Opening Angle Primary Control CPC Valve Duty Ratio LJ ALT Duty C Fuel Pump Duty KAUT Adu Ana Ament A whose setting you want to change or double click the item Setup trigger Select trigger source item Level Unit Slope Combinations
164. SY YS Wy 6 t z ne SMU 00113 3 Use the USB cable to connect the SDI to the PC 4 Turn on the vehicle s ignition switch 5 Double click the SSMIII icon on the PC screen to start up the application 6 On the Main Menu that appears on the display select Each System Check and then press the Enter key or left click with the mouse All System Diagnosis Each System Check Sayed Data Display Immobilizer Reprogram Convert Save measurement data on driving recorder Oscilloscope Quit SMU 00600 Clearing Memory 7 On the System Selection Menu select the de sired system and then press the Enter key or left click with the mouse As an example Engine is selected System Selection Menu Engine Control System Transmission Control System Cruise Control System Brake Control System Image Processing Preview Control Integ unit mode Radar sensor Impact Sensor Power Steering System Tire pressure monitor Airbag System Occupant Detection System Back SMU 00665 8 This displays a compliance verification message for the system being diagnosed Click the OK button SUBARU Select Monitor Ill x HD 2 0 TURBO SMU 00128 9 From the list of fault diagnosis select Clear Memory and then press the Enter key or left click with the mouse Engine Diagnosis Current Data Display amp Save
165. This ECU is not suitable for repro If the sub ECM is not an applica Reprogramming is not necessary gramming ble one when the main logic and the sub logic are rewritten simulta neously 4062 Rewrite is not done If there is no applicable ECM for Reprogramming is not necessary reprogramming 4063 The delivery mode connector is If the test mode connector is not Make sure the connection of the not connected connected test mode connector Connect the delivery mode con nector to retry 4064 Auto Mode is not valid for this ve If the auto mode is selected to the Perform reprogramming after se hicle manual selection data lecting the manual mode Use Manual Mode 4065 Selected PART NO ROM ID are The error occurs if a vehicle is not Perform reprogramming by re se not for this vehicle the one with selected parts lecting the applicable one for writ Select the Part NO ROM ID again number and the ROM ID which ing in the manual mode are specified when the manual se lection was rewritten 4066 Session mode failure Turn off the Error on the session mode due to 1 Re try after the data link con ignition switch and retry it is the default session nector is reconnected If it is the default session after the 2 Confirm the connection of the session was changed to the ex USB connection tended session 3 Re try from the first step after the ignition OFF 4067 Session mode failure Turn off the Error on t
166. Tire pressure monitor Airbag System Occupant Detection System Back SMU 00669 8 This displays a compliance verification message for the brake control system Click the OK but ton SUBARU Select Manito SMU 00308 9 From the list of fault diagnosis items select Freeze Frame Data and then press the Enter key or left click with the mouse Brake Control Diagnosis Current Data Display amp Save Diagnostic Code s Display Clear Memory Function Check Sequence Freeze Frame Data SMU 00608 10 Selecting Freeze Frame Data displays a screen like the one shown below The select box at the top of the screen can be used to select and display the data for up to three fault detection instances File View Tool Help fz E E FA E 5 E Fe Print F FoNonsi Fi Exit Latest FR Wheel Speed Sensor 07BO_O5F3 U3FFF Undefined trouble FR Wheel Speed 3 km h FL Wheel Speed 3 km h RR Wheel Speed 3 km h RL Wheel Speed 3 km h Vehicle Speed 3 km h ABS_CM Power Voltage 12 88 V SMU 00316 NOTE e The control module always maintains the three latest fault information entries in memory e f the screen shows a diagnostic code with a question mark it means that the fault informa tion was not stored correctly by the control mod ule when the fault was detected 92 Fault Data Display Selection of Parameter Thi
167. Using this Manual Though the SSMIII is designed for fault diagnosis operations using an interactive user interface there may be times that you will need to refer to this man ual to find out more about using more complex pro cedures When performing actual fault diagnostic work you should also refer to the Service Manual Click the title in contents to go to the relevant page Contents Using this Manual cccceseeeceeeeseeeeneees 1 Introduction oo e cece ec ecceceseceeeeeeeeeeesaueusaueeeeeanes 5 List of Abbreviation sisissnerceitvintiaicrediwwusriala nen 6 Before Starting Diagnosis ccseceeeseeeee ees 9 Handling Precautions cccccceseeeseeeeeeees 9 SSMIINI Features ss icssrcidiosecsstensecadinesseiaoteretic 9 Switching the SDI Mode c ccceceeeseeeees 11 SDI Mode Types cccceccceeeeceseeeeseeeees 11 Switching a Mode cecccseeeeeeeeeeseeeeees 11 Display Software Version Information 12 PC Application Version Information 12 CF Application Version Information 12 Starting Up the System cecceeeeeeeeeeeeees 13 Main Menu Items sneen 13 Quitting the System 2 0 eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 14 Wireless LAN Communication c 008 16 Caution items ec ccce eee eese esse eeeeeeneees 16 Parts required for wireless LAN COMMUNICATION urciccnteetiirecimsancinssacis eiauiaiw 17 Outline of the wireless LAN c
168. a Graph2 E Range Fe Print F9 Save F Nons i GlPeturn fielExit REE EE EEEE F4 Trieeer E FBIBelect SMU 00580 Starting a Sampling Operation Click the icon on the Data List Toolbar or the Fe Stat button on the Function Key Bar to start sampling You can also start sampling by pressing the F2 function key on the PC keyboard Fe Start F4 Trigeer FE F F3 Graphi start data acquisition SMU 00581 Stopping a Sampling Operation Click the mJ icon on the Data List Toolbar or the F2 Hold button on the Function Key Bar to stop sampling You can also stop sampling by pressing the F2 function key on the PC keyboard Fe Hald Eal Graphi Fairizeer E E Haj eljo x gt a Vv Bl SMU 00582 Moving the Graph Cursor On the Graph Screen move the mouse pointer to your desired position and click with the mouse The graph cursor moves to that position Dragging the graph cursor also moves the graph cursor to the de sired position The graph cursor can also be moved by operating the left and right arrow keys on the PC At this time you can also move the cursor position 10 data items at a time by each press of either the left or right ar row key with the Ctrl key held down 39 Current Data Display and Save NOTE When operating the mouse cursor of the Graph Screen to move the graph cursor cursor operations are only on the currently disp
169. a folder where the PC application is installed To change to another storage location specify the location you want in the Save in box of the save data dia log box e The Comment box of the Save As dialog box can be used to save general comments associated with the data or file 8 This causes the message shown below to ap pear To continue using the current setting file for sam pling click the Yes button To delete the current setting file and stop sam pling click the No button SUBARU Select Monitor III Continue Driving Recorder measurement with current set up File SMU 00486 Opening and analyzing saved data 1 Double click the SSMIII icon on the PC screen to start up the application 2 On the Main Menu that appears on the display select Saved Data Display and then press the Enter key or left click with the mouse All System Diagnosis Each System Check Sayed Data Display Immobilizer Reprogram Conyert Save measurement data on driving recorder Oscilloscope Quit SMU 00602 3 This displays a dialog box with a list of saved files After selecting Driving recorder sampling data sdr for Files of type select the file you want and then press the Enter key or click the Open button Open Look in Sy Data gt e Es 010605141548 sdr 0106051 41759 sdr File name 010605141759 scr Files of type Driving recorder
170. agnosis Current Data Display amp Save Diagnostic Code s Display Clear Memory System Operation Check Mode Dealer Check Mode Procedure OBD System Driving recorder Select saye sampling items Back SMU 00606 10 This causes the OBD system menu screen to appear Select the desired item and then click the mouse NOTE The items that appear depend on the system being diagnosed OBD Menu Current Data Display amp Save Freeze Frame Data Display Diagnostic Code s Display Diagnostic Code s Cleared O2 Sensor Monitor Test Result of on board monitor test Temporary Code s Inspection Getting of vehicle information Back SMU 00545 Current Data Display amp Save Selecting Current Data Display amp Save on the OBD menu screen displays the screen shown be low Current Data Display amp Save All data display Analogue data display O2 sensor system data display Diagnosis process display Sayed Data Display Back SMU 00546 86 OBD System The following describes the items that appear on this screen All data display Use this item to check OBD system diagnostic re sults and control module input signals which are needed for diagnosis E Fe Hold i Hig Z O x piel Hza aemm FeiGrapht Faiirigeer FS Felselect FaRenee FalPrnt i Number of Dia
171. al output Output value of the engine ECM 265 List of Contents on Displayed Data No Items Unit of measure Contents Remarks 164 CPC Solenoid Valve ON OFF Purge control solenoid valve drive signal Becomes ON at the time of drive signal output Output value of the engine ECM 165 Blow by leak Connector ON OFF Detection of disconnection of blow by hoses This item is applied only to turbo model for North America 166 PCV Solenoid Valve ON OFF Pressure control solenoid valve drive signal Becomes ON at the time of drive signal output Output value of the engine ECM This item is applied only to North American models 167 TGV Output ON OFF Drive signal to the TGV motor Be comes ON at the time of TGV opera tion When duty output is above 0 Output value of the engine ECM 168 TGV Drive Open Close Display of the TGV drive status Be comes Open at the time of TGV open status Engine ECM control status 169 Variable Intake Air Sol ON OFF Drive signal to the variable intake air solenoid Becomes ON at the time of drive signal output Output value of the engine ECM 170 Pressure Sources Change ON OFF Solenoid used for atmosphere pres sure detection with the absolute pressure sensor When ON the ab solute pressure sensor detects at mosphere pressure 171 Vent Solenoid Valve ON OFF Drive
172. alog box will appear when commu nication error occurs for some reasons such as PC or SDI power OFF or disconnection of diagnosis cable or USB cable during reprogramming In this case refer to the notes below and reprogram again according to the instruction appeared on the screen Basically communication error during reprogram ming will not damage the ECM However be careful that the erroneous action may cause damage to the ECM when you take the countermeasure FlashWrite 4024 Error occurred while rewriting Reprogramming is aborted SMU 00773 185 Guideline for reprogramming procedure for SSMIII NOTE When the reprogram is performed using SSMIII the information associated with reprogramming of the ECM will be stored in the hard disc of the PC This information is used in the future reprogram ming Also this information is overwritten every time the ECM is reprogrammed Therefore reprogram ming becomes impossible when an error occurs but reprogramming is done for another ECM before at tempting to re reprogram the affected parts since the information stored in the hard disc has been overwritten To prevent this whenever the commu nication error occurs be sure to re reprogram the affected ECM before the information associated with the reprogramming in the hard disc is overwrit ten The information stored in the hard disc will not be erased even if the PC power is OFF Reprogramming of main microcomputer a
173. am ple data start up the PC application using the pro cedure under Starting Up the System Display Screen Operations The Data List Toolbar buttons and the Sampling Status Bar functions on the saved data display screen are somewhat different from those on the Digital Data Screen and Graph Screen The buttons and functions on the saved file display screen are designed to make it easy to find a desired location within the recalled data Data Scroll Buttons The data scroll buttons on the Data List Toolbar are for moving the graph cursor Clicking lt or gt scrolls back or forward by one data item You can also scroll back or forward by 1 data item by pressing the left or right arrow key on PC keyboard Clicking lt lt or gt gt moves the graph cursor one screen back or forward You can also make the graph cursor jump back or forward by 10 data items by holding down the Ctrl key and pressing the left or right arrow key on the PC keyboard lt gt SMU 00220 Data Cut and Save After displaying previously saved sampling data you can cut and save parts of the displayed data and store it in another file For information about how to do this see Two Cur sor Analysis NOTE The name of the data file you take out from the orig inal data CANNOT be the same as that of the origi nal file In case of cutting and saving data the file name must be changed to something different from the origi
174. an be viewed on the SDI display 1 Press the both MENU key and C key on the SDI at the same time more than two seconds 2 The software version screen will appear on the display and then it will be replaced by the Initial Menu screen On the Initial Menu screen use the UP and DOWN keys to select SUBARU Vehicle and then press the ENT key SIBARI Yehicle Function setup belt Check Exit SMU 00513 3 This causes the Menu Selection screen to ap pear Use the UP and DOWN keys to select System Check and then press the ENT key To return to the Initial Menu screen press the C key or se lect Exit and then press the ENT key JIL CEC IMM resist xlt SMU 00735 This causes the System Selection screen to ap pear Use the UP and DOWN keys to select En gine and then press the ENT key For this ex ample Engine is selected To return to the Menu Selection screen press the C key Transmission Cruise Control rake Control SMU 00447 5 This displays a compliance verification message for the system being diagnosed Press the ENT key 2 2 SUHL Press ENT SMU 00448 214 SDI Stand alone Diagnosis 6 This causes the Fault Diagnosis Menu screen to appear Use the UP and DOWN keys to select DTC check and then press the ENT key Press C key to return to the System Selection screen SMU 01032 Da
175. ansmitted from the engine ECM Transmission ECM in put value 29 H amp LR C Solenoid Current A High amp low reverse clutch solenoid actual current value Transmission ECM output value 30 D C Solenoid Current Direct clutch solenoid actual current value Transmission ECM output value 31 F B Solenoid Current Front brake solenoid actual current value Transmission ECM output value 32 I C Solenoid Current Input clutch solenoid actual current value Transmission ECM output value 33 P L Solenoid Current Line pressure solenoid actual cur rent value Transmission ECM out put value 34 L U Solenoid Current Lock up solenoid actual current val ue Transmission ECM output value 273 List of Contents on Displayed Data 35 AWD Sol Current A Transfer solenoid actual current val ue Transmission ECM output value 36 Yaw rate sensor voltage V Yaw rate sensor voltage value put out from the yaw rate amp lateral G sensor Transmission ECM input value 37 H amp LR C Solenoid Pres kPa Target oil pressure calculated by the sure transmission ECM for control of high amp low reverse clutch pressure This value decides the indicator current value 38 D C Solenoid Pressure kPa Target oil pressure calculated by the transmission ECM for control of the direct clutch pressure This value de cides the indicator current value 39
176. ar defogger switch Becomes ON when the rear defogger switch is turned on 116 Australia Judging Flag Australia Others Output from the BIU to the Engine ECM 117 Large Diameter Tire Large Tire Tire identification information for the Others combination meter of models with 18 inch wheels Correction of the error in the vehicle speed indication because of the 18 inch wheels It is not become Large Tire even when 18 inch wheels are mounted on a 17 inch vehicle 118 Number of cylinders 4 Cylinder Discrimination information of vehicle CAN data 6 Cylinder 119 Cam shaft specification DOHC SOHC Discrimination information of vehicle CAN data 120 Turbo no support Discrimination information of vehicle CAN data TURBO 121 E G displacement 2 5L 2 5 L OFF Discrimination information of vehicle CAN data 122 E G displacement 3 0L 3 0 L OFF Discrimination information of vehicle CAN data 123 AT Vehicle ID Signal ON OFF Discrimination information of vehicle CAN data 124 Blower fan information ON OFF Blower fan information Becomes CAN data ON when the blower fan is not OFF Received from Engine ECM 125 Heater cock valve output ON OFF Output value to the heater cock valve Becomes ON at the time of heater cock valve operation 291 List of Contents on Displayed Data No ltems to be displayed Unit of measure Contents Remarks 126 Power Window UP ON OFF Output
177. ard for the characters to be entered Internet Protocol TCP IP Properties General You can get IP settings assigned automatically if your network supports this capability Otherwise you need to ask your network administrator for the appropriate IP settings Obtain an IP address automatically Use the following IP address IP address Subnet mask Default gateway Use the following DNS server addresses Preferred DNS server Alternate DNS server SMU 00994 10 Do not enter anything for Default gateway and leave the field blank 17 Do not enter anything for Preferred DNS server and Alternate DNS server and leave the fields Wireless LAN Communication 12 After confirmation of the entered setting con 14 Click the button Add tents click the button OK and close the window 4 Wireless Network Connection Properties General Wireless Networks Advanced Use Windows to configure my wireless network settings Internet Protocol TCP IP Properties _ as General Available networks You can get IP settings assigned automatically if your network supports To connect to an available network click Configure this capability Otherwise you need to ask your network administrator for the appropriate IP settings Obtain an IP address automatically Use the following IP address IP address Preferred networks Subnet mask mi J Au
178. are automatically assigned in the order the key on the PC is pressed Engine Load 33 7 Coolant Temp 86 C 40 SMU 00461 NOTE e f the keys on the PC are pressed faster than the sampling speed the marking may not be dis played in numerical order e Marking is not possible with some keys Marking Delete Function You can delete markings There are two following methods to delete mark ings 1 Deleting from marking edit screen 2 Deleting by PC keyboard Deleting from Marking Edit Screen 1 Display a graph on the screen and select Edit Markings from Tool in menu File view Help Edit Markings SMU 00853 2 This displays an Edit Markings screen Put a check mark in the marking number to be deleted and then click the Confirm on Delete button Edit Markings Time Stamp 6 71 sec 8 10 sec 10 39 sec 11 53 sec 12 43 sec OOO Confirm on Delete SMU 00854 NOTE e Clicking the Confirm on Delete causes markings on the edit screen to be deleted However mark ings on the graph are not deleted at this time 43 Current Data Display and Save e You can also select check the checkbox by pressing the space bar on the PC keyboard 3 Click the OK button to close the edit screen Markings on the graph screen will be deleted as soon as the edit screen is closed Edit Markings 6 71 sec 11 53 sec 12 43 sec
179. arning switch ON OFF ten times within ten sec onds while keeping the door lock switch to ON 91 EK alarm output ON OFF The door opening status is put out to the alarm unit Becomes ON when any door is open 92 TL alarm output ON OFF Alarm output of the door alarm func tion Becomes ON when a door is opened illegally while the door is in locked condition 93 CC Main Lamp ON OFF Becomes ON when the cruise con trol main switch is set to ON Re ceived from the Engine ECM and transmitted to the combination me ter CAN data 94 CC Set Lamp ON OFF Becomes ON when the cruise con trol set switch is set to ON Received from the Engine ECM and transmit ted to the combination meter CAN data 95 SPORT Lamp ON OFF Becomes ON with shifting into sports mode Received from the Transmis sion ECM and transmitted to the combination meter CAN data 96 SPORT Blink Blink OFF Brinks at the time of an AT fault Re ceived from the Transmission ECM and transmitted to the combination meter CAN data 97 ATF Temperature Lamp ON OFF Becomes ON when the ATF temper ature is abnormally high Received from the Transmission ECM and transmitted to the combination me ter CAN data 289 List of Contents on Displayed Data No Items to be displayed Unit of measure Contents Remarks 98 ATF Blink Blink OFF Br
180. assword x UserID Password Confirm Password a cae SMU 00407 12 Check the results of the search then double click the PAK file listed in the Pack Number col umn or after clicking to make a selection click the Continue button Search Result Search Condition Mv CID F Vehicle spec CID XXXXXXXX Vehicle Spec Continue Update s for Long cranking Hesitation Hard start Step 2 INeccesal ry conne ctor E G 1 KXXXXXXXXX ISSM Pass Thru capable No Decryption keyword XXXXXXXX New data install from CD SUM value XXXX New CID XXXXXXXX SMU 00687 NOTE You can print out information of the selected items in Search Result column and each of their detailed information by clicking the Print button 13 Select the reprogramming device you are using in this case select SUBARU SELECT MONI TOR III and then click the Pass thru button to start reprogramming E FlashWrite UD S202_pak File View Tools Help SELECT THE REPROGRAMMING DEVICE YOU ARE USING SUBARU SELECT MONITOR Ill SSMll C SUBARU SELECT MONITOR SSM To proceed select the reprogramming method by clicking on a button below SMU 00541 14 Perform reprogramming in accordance with the instructions that appear on the screen For more information on reprogramming see the Flash Write HELP file Action to be taken when communication error occurs during reprogramming The following di
181. ata Display ccccccceecseeeeeeeeeeeeenes 91 Selection of Parameter cc ccccseeeeeeeees 93 Registration Procedure cccccseeeeeeeees 93 Confirm On Parameter ccccecececececececececes 95 Confirm Procedure ccccccececcecececeeaeass 95 Body Integrated Module Destination Market Registry Excluding North America ANG SAD AM asetin 97 Confirmation of Vehicle Destination PANT dooies 97 Confirmation of Vehicle Destination AREZ a aa nn ct tern tao me ear rar 98 Registration Steps for Registering Vehicle DESINAT eiae jaca tet Giece cee 99 Body Integrated Module Function Check 100 Body Integrated Module Function Setting Integ Unit CUSTOMIZING ecceeeeeeeeeeees 102 Display the List of Function Setting Integ Unit CUSTOMIZING erena i 104 How to Display the List cceee 104 Displaying Saved Files cccceeee 105 PRIMING ING Data arain cea ntaseooas 106 IMPACT SENS OF sisao 107 Registering the Transmitter 08 109 Keyless Entry Control Module Function Setting Keyless unit Customizing 111 Registering the Tire Pressure Monitoring System Transmitter ID ccccceeeeeeeeeees 113 Calibrating the Occupant Detection SV SIE oa ES 116 AMIDAG SYSISMT sencstudccsiiven eee ieieicsgadatewlareeriaeen 120 CAN System Fault Location 0000 122 Registering the Immobilizer Not Equi
182. ata items is not possible after this message appears To select other items deselect the check boxes next to the currently selected checked items of ECM data and then select the new items SUBARU Select Monitor Ill Ei A No other selections can be made SMU 00154 20 After clicking the Selection Completed button click the Transfer button 178 ECM Analog Simultaneous Measurement SDR Select measurement data Coolant Temp A F Correction 1 A F Leaning 1 Mani Absolute Pressure Engine Speed Vehicle Speed Ignition Timing Intake Air Temp Mass Air Flow Throttle Opening Angle C Rear 02 Sensor Battery Voltage C ir Flow Sensor Voltage Fuel Injection 1 Pulse Knocking Correction Atmosphere Pressure J Mani Relative Pressure Accel Opening Angle MA Priman antral Transfer SMU 00837 21 The message shown below will appear after the SDR setting file is created on the CF card in the SDI SUBARU Select Monitor Ill Fa A Transfer it completed SDI has become driving recorder mode Turn off SSM H software SMU 00480 NOTE If any message other than the one shown above ap pears perform the operation as instructed by the message to create the setting file Saving SDR Data to CF Card SDR data can be saved to the CF card by pressing the TRG key while sampling is being performed or by pressing the trigger switch of the optional remote box NOTE e Be sure to turn off SDI
183. ata separately in Step 3 gt 4 This causes the sampled data save dialog box to appear The name of the data file being saved is generated automatically in accordance with the time and date of saving in CF card If you want to use the generated file name as is click the dialog box Save button If you want to change to a dif ferent file name type in the name you want Save in O Data O F e m E os0831124809 ssm E090705144440 ssm f 050831124925 ssm o90805163747 ssm 050831124947 ssm E 090805163755 ss5m E 050831125336 ssm 050831 125349 ssm E 090705144426 ssm File name 080509164212 ssm SMU 00846 NOTE e Sample data files are saved in the Data folder where the PC application is installed To change to another storage location specify the location you want in the Save in box of the save data dia log box e The Comment box of the Save As dialog box can be used to save general comments associated with the data or file e After the sampled data is saved in a PC that in CF card will be deleted automatically SDI Stand alone Diagnosis 5 After all of the sampled data in the CF card are 3 Insert the CF card that contains the sampling saved a screen below will appear Click the OK data into the card slot of the PC Click the OK button button SUBARU Select Monitor III A SUBARU Select Monitor III I Reading CF application measurement data is completed o f l Insert the CF card with CF ap
184. atically restored the next time the PC application is started up e Display order of Digital Data Screen and Graph Screen items e Display cell width settings Starting Up the System e Data select function setting items e Graph Screen range settings e Graph Screen graph line colors and thicknesses e Display language e Display unit settings e Display font settings e Print settings Wireless LAN Communication The normal communication method connection method between PC and SDI is by USB cable but when a wireless LAN card is used wireless LAN communication without a USB cable is possible This chapter explains the setting method for wire less LAN communication when the following envi ronment is used lt Use environment gt OS Windows XP or Windows 2000 Wireless LAN PC built in or external type PC card Slot Caution items e When a wireless LAN is used immobilizer regis tration reprogramming CF application installa tion and SDI firmware updating cannot be done Use a USB connection for execution of these functions The illustration is an example for up dating the SDI firmware SUBARU Select Monitor Ill T Diagnosis software and SDI versions are not matched Mow the wireless LAM connection Update the SDI version after changing to 4 USB connection SMU 00993 e Switch off the SDI power supply before inserting or removing a wireless LAN card When a wire less LAN card is inserted or removed whi
185. atus of all control system control mod ules for which SSMIII diagnosis is supported and memorized diagnostic codes Each System Check Selecting this item makes it possible to select a par ticular system from among the control systems for which SSMIII diagnosis is supported and perform fault diagnosis This item can be used to view input output data of the system control modules that perform fault diag nosis memorized diagnostic codes and other data on the PC display This menu item is also used after repair work is complete to delete diagnostic codes to configure control module settings etc Saved Data Display This item can be used to save various data sampled during fault diagnosis operations and to load data for viewing after work is complete Immobilizer This item performs immobilizer registration Reprogram This item performs reprogramming of the control module Read CF application measurement data This item performs reading stand alone measure ment data saved in a CF card to hard disk of your PC Convert Save measurement data on driving recorder Loads data sampled on the driving recorder to the PC from the CF card and converts and saves that data Oscilloscope After attaching the optional pulse analog cartridge to SDI connect the pulse analog box to the SDI and using pulse analog probe to perform analog sam pling NOTE e A message may appear during system startup in structing you to update
186. ause Corrective action Code 4404 Failed to change the session If an error occurs while communi 1 Re try after the data link con mode cating with ECM Diagnostic Ses nector is reconnected Reprogramming is aborted sion Control 2 Confirm the connection of the USB connection 3 Re try from the first step after the ignition OFF 4 Make sure the harness of the vehicle 4405 Error occurred in communication If an error occurs while communi 1 Re try after the data link con Reprogramming is aborted cating with ECM Control DTC nector is reconnected Setting 2 Confirm the connection of the USB connection 3 Re try from the first step after the ignition OFF 4 Make sure the harness of the vehicle 4406 Error occurred in communication If an error occurs while communi 1 Re try after the data link con Reprogramming is aborted cating with ECM Communication nector is reconnected Control 2 Confirm the connection of the USB connection 3 Re try from the first step after the ignition OFF 4 Make sure the harness of the vehicle 4407 The verification has failed If an error occurs on security veri 1 Re try after the data link con Reprogramming is aborted fication before the reprogram nector is reconnected ming 2 Confirm the connection of the USB connection 3 Re try from the first step after the ignition OFF 4 Make sure the harness of the vehicle 4408 Error occurred in communication If
187. automatically when the diag nosis cable is connected to the vehicle If the PWR LED of the SDI does not light turn on the vehicle s ignition switch or start the engine and then press the SDI PWR key and check again to see if the PWR LED of the SDI lights QMX Wy B ne 5 SMU 00113 5 Use the USB cable to connect the SDI to the PC 6 Turn on the vehicle s ignition switch 7 Double click the SSMIII icon on the PC screen to start up the application 8 On the Main Menu that appears on the display select Each System Check and then press the Enter key or left click with the mouse All System Diagnosis Each System Check Saved Data Display Immobilizer Reprogram Conyvert Savye measurement data on driving recorder Oscilloscope Quit SMU 00600 9 On the System Selection Menu select Engine Control System and then press the Enter key or left click with the mouse system Selection Menu Engine Control System Transmission Control System Cruise Control System Brake Control System Image Processing Preview Control Integ unit mode Radar sensor Impact Sensor Power Steering System Tire pressure monitor Airbag System Occupant Detection System Back SMU 00474 10 This displays a compliance verification message for the system being diagnosed Click the OK button SUBARU Select Monitor Ill Fa G 25 SOHC SMU
188. ay be affected by noise leading to inaccurate measurement 7 Connect the ground lines negative side of ECM to COM terminal of pulse analog box using pulse analog probe 8 Start the Engine 9 Double click the SSMIII icon on the PC screen to start up the application 10 On the Main Menu that appears on the display select Each System Check and then press the Enter key or left click with the mouse All System Diagnosis Each System Check Sayed Data Display Immobilizer Reprogram Conyvert Save measurement data on driving recorder Oscilloscope Quit SMU 00600 11 On the System Selection Menu select Engine Control System and then press the Enter key or left click with the mouse System Selection Menu Engine Control System Transmission Control System Cruise Control System Brake Control System Image Processing Preview Control Integ unit mode Radar sensor Impact Sensor Power Steering System Tire pressure monitor Airbag System Occupant Detection System Back SMU 00665 12 This displays a compliance verification message for the system being diagnosed Click the OK button SUBARU Select Monitor 5 2 0 TURBO x SMU 00128 206 Roughness Monitor 13 From the list of fault diagnosis items select Roughness Monitor and then press the Enter key or left click with the mouse Engine
189. ayed Data Display Immobilizer Reprogram Conyert Save measurement data on driving recorder Oscilloscope Quit SMU 00600 7 On the System Selection Menu select the de sired system and then press the Enter key or left click with the mouse As an example Engine is selected System Selection Menu Engine Control System Transmission Control System Cruise Control System Brake Control System Image Processing Preview Control Integ unit mode Radar sensor Impact Sensor Power Steering System Tire pressure monitor Airbag System Occupant Detection System Back SMU 00665 8 This displays a compliance verification message for the system being diagnosed Click the OK button SUBARU Select Monitor x HD 2 0 TURBO SMU 00128 9 From the list of fault diagnosis items select Cur rent Data Display amp Save and then press the En ter key or left click with the mouse Engine Diagnosis Current Data Display amp Save Diagnostic Code s Display Clear Memory System Operation Check Mode Dealer Check Mode Procedure OBD System Driving recorder Select saye sampling items Back SMU 00601 10 This displays the dialog box shown below Se lect Normal sampling and then press the Enter key or left click with the mouse Current Data Display amp Save Normal sampling
190. being performed does not support the SSMIII Also there may 4202 be some abnormality with some of the PC application data Re install the latest PC application 4208 Printing cannot be executed with the selected printer Select another printer and execute the command again Also check the printer cable connection and printer settings 300 Communication Error Code List Error Message e Present software doesn t support this System Communication will be finished Error Code Required Action None The vehicle for which fault diagnosis is being performed does not support the SSMIII Also there may be some abnormality with some of the PC application data Re install the latest PC application Error Message e Communication Initialization Failed Communication initialization will be finished Error Code Required Action None e The selection on the menu for selecting a particular system may be for a system that is not equipped on the vehicle for which fault diagnosis is performed e Perform the same action as that described for error code 4112 301 ECM Reprogramming Error Code List ECM Reprogramming Error Code List PC Display Pass Thru lt SSMIII gt amp Remote lt NSM gt ECM Reprogramming Error Code List Error Code Error Message Cause Corrective action 102 Cannot open file If failed to open the PAK file 1 Make sure if the PAK file is cor rect
191. ble to connect the SDI to the data link connector of the vehicle NOTE SDI power will turn on automatically when the diag nosis cable is connected to the vehicle If the PWR LED of the SDI does not light turn on the vehicle s ignition switch or start the engine and then press the SDI PWR key and check again to see if the PWR LED of the SDI lights SY YS Wy 6 t z ne SMU 00113 3 Use the USB cable to connect the SDI to the PC 4 Turn on the vehicle s ignition switch 5 Double click the SSMIII icon on the PC screen to start up the application 6 On the Main Menu that appears on the display select Each System Check and then press the Enter key or left click with the mouse All System Diagnosis Each System Check Sayed Data Display Immobilizer Reprogram Convert Save measurement data on driving recorder Oscilloscope Quit SMU 00600 Diagnostic Codes Display 7 On the System Selection Menu select the de sired system and then press the Enter key or left click with the mouse As an example Engine is selected System Selection Menu Engine Control System Transmission Control System Cruise Control System Brake Control System Image Processing Preview Control Integ unit mode Radar sensor Impact Sensor Power Steering System Tire pressure monitor Airbag System Occupant Detection System Back
192. button at the upper lower end of the scroll bar 4 b Cursor pos 121 121 56 80 s from sampling start __Maximum Minimum Average 5 41 3 01 4 27 0 780 0 070 0 355 2 14 2 00 2 10 33 32 32 13 7 12 9 13 5 i 0 54 0 54 0 54 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 33 2 05 2 56 1 44 1 20 1 32 55 37 46 0 0 0 0 0 0 100 100 100 45 63 54 1 08 1 05 1 05 0 0 0 0 0 0 SMU 00137 NOTE Pressing the up or down arrow key on the PC key board will scroll the screen by one cell Pressing the Page Up or Page Down key on the PC keyboard will scroll one screen Stopping a Sampling Operation Click the ml icon on the Data List Toolbar or the Fe Hold button on the Function Key Bar to stop sampling You can also stop sampling by pressing the F2 function key on the PC keyboard Fe Hald Elea reee E FE Zal jox gt z 2l WAL alal SMU 00571 Starting a Sampling Operation Click the icon on the Data List Toolbar or the Fe Stat button on the Function Key Bar to start sampling You can also start sampling by pressing the F2 function key on the PC keyboard Start Fo Graphi F4 Trigeer FE Felsel tal lolx gt ls t xih Bla start data acquisition SMU 00572 Switching to the Graph 1 Screen If a sampling operation is being performed stop it Click the icon on the Data List Toolbar or the F3 Grapht_ button on the Function Key Bar to display the Graph 1 Screen Each press of the F3
193. button on the Function Key Bar cycles in the following sequence F3 Graph1 F3 Graph2 gt F3 Snapshot You can also display the Graph 1 Screen by press ing the F3 function key on the PC keyboard Fa tart Fa Graphi Display graphi SMU 00573 Selecting Graph 2 Screen Single screen 8 channel Graph If a sampling operation is being performed stop it Click the Gapht_ icon on the Data List Toolbar twice or click the E button on the Function Key Bar to display Graph 2 Screen 35 Current Data Display and Save Each press of the F3 button on the Function Key Bar cycles in the following sequence gt F3 Graph1 gt F3 Graph2 F3 Snapshot You can also display the Graph 2 Screen by press ing the F3 function key on the PC keyboard twice Fa tart F2 Grapht Display graph SMU 00574 Changing the Item Sequence The sequence that the items appear on the display can be changed as desired Select the item you want to move Next while hold ing down both the Ctrl key and Shift key on the PC keyboard press the up or down arrow key to move the selected item upwards or downwards Item Value Unit Engine Speed 791 4q Coolant Temp A F Correction A F Learning 1 Move up by one Ctrl Shift Up Move down by one Ctrl Shift Down 4 7 SMU 00150 Initializing the Item Sequence The items sequence shown on the display can be initialized
194. ccess with push button start system Click the YES button System Selection Fress YES if it is a smart system otherwise press NO SMU 00910 NOTE The term smart system that appears on this screen is synonymous with the term keyless access with push button start system used in this text 5 Input the teaching operation code and then click the OK button IMMOBILIZER Input teaching operation code press OK key SMU 0091 1 NOTE When you wish to return to the Main Menu screen click the QUIT button Registering the Immobilizer Equipped with the Keyless Access with Push Button Start System 6 The registration mode selection dialog box ap pears Click the Smart ECM Registration button re IMMOBILIZER After inputting Security ID Press OK Engine ECM Registration Readout the number of mobile key registration Press OK Delete the mobile key ID Remote Control Engine Starter Registration Return SMU 00914 9 Stand by as the security ID is being collated SMU 00924 IMMOBILIZER 7 On the registration mode confirmation dialog box that appears click the OK button IMMOBILIZER Security ID is being collated Please Wait Execute Smart ECM Registration Mode Press OK or Cancel SMU 00915 10 Wait until the smart ECM is then being regis tered SMU 00925 IMMOBILIVER 8 Input the security ID and then click the OK but ton Smart ECM Registration in progress
195. ccess with push button start system Press the ENT key Smart system ENT Utherwise L SMU 00947 NOTE The term Smart system that appears on this screen is synonymous with the term keyless ac cess with push button start system used in this text 5 Input the teaching operation code and then press the ENT key Press C key to return to the Menu Selection screen NOTE The UP and DOWN keys allow to input numbers The RIGHT and LEFT keys allow to move over digits of number G00 Enter teach of code YES ENMT NOa co SMU 00950 6 The registration mode selection screen appears Use the UP and DOWN keys to select Smrt ECM Reg and then press the ENT key mrt Immobi Ree mrt ECM Res Ela ELM Ree SMU 00963 7 n response to the registration mode confirmation screen that appears press the ENT key 233 SDI Stand alone Diagnosis SSF ECM Feei st Execute TES ENT Ma C SMU 00964 8 Input the security ID and then press the ENT key Ho000 Enter sec DBD SERMT SMU 00953 9 Stand by as the security ID is being collated LConearimne os SMU 00954 10 Wait until the smart ECM is then being regis tered FEk i Ster in aa SMU 00955 11 The dialog box to confirm already registered mo bile keys access keys appears Hold one of those mobile keys access keys over the push en
196. cedure after confirming if the keyless access with push button start system works properly by using a mobile key access key which has the ID not deleted Registering the Remote Control Engine Starter You can get remote control engine starter regis tered in the keyless access with push button start system NOTE Remote control engine starter is the specification only for the Japan 7 On the Initial Menu screen use the UP and DOWN keys to select SUBARU Vehicle and then press the ENT key SUBARU Vehicle Function Setup belt Check SMU 00513 2 This causes the Menu Selection screen to ap pear Use the UP and DOWN keys to select IMM regist and then press the ENT key To return to the Initial Menu screen press the C key or se lect Exit and then press the ENT key JTG check votem Check IMM resist xit SMU 00746 3 Press the ENT key if the system selection screen is displayed Select Res Sys mmobi sys ENT Audio Sys TRG Back 0 SMU 00949 239 SDI Stand alone Diagnosis NOTE Audio System is the specification only for the U K 4 On the next screen confirm the system is keyless access with push button start system Press the ENT key Smart system ENT Utherwise L SMU 00947 NOTE The term Smart system that appears on this screen is synonymous with the term keyless ac cess with push button start system used in this t
197. ch push button ignition switch Please Wait IMMOBILIZER Help H SMU 00916 11 The dialog box to confirm already registered mo bile keys access keys appears Hold one of Hold a mobile key to be registered over the start SW those mobile keys access keys over the push Registered number 1 engine switch push button ignition switch After the buzzer sounds once move the mobile key AccessKey away from the push engine switch push button ignition switch and go to the Press the Quit bution if completed next step IMMOBILIZER Help H SMU 00918 NOTE Confirming one of the registered Mobile Key verification When the buzzer has sounded twice the work of holding the mobile key AccessKey up has been completed but for 10 seconds after the work the mobile key AccessKey should be kept inside the vehicle near the select lever For registration of the next mobile key Access Key the previously registered mobile key Ac cessKey should be removed from the vehicle Do not click the Quit button until you finish reg SMU 00917 istering all the mobile keys access keys you wish to register Hold a registered mobile key over the start SW NOTE e When you hold a mobile key access key over e When holding the mobile key AccessKey up to the push engine switch push button ignition the push engine switch push button ignition switch do so with 30 seconds after above switch bring the mobile key Acce
198. ch off the ignition switch AT learning mode Turn off the ignition switch SMU 01079 5 Follow the screen instructions and start the en gine 153 Learning and inspection mode related to AT AT learning mode Start the engine Cancel SMU 01080 6 Follow the screen instructions and depress the brake pedal all the way AT learning mode Fully depress the brake pedal SMU 01082 NOTE Afterwards leave the brake pedal depressed until step 8 7 Follow the screen instructions and set the select lever to range D AT learning mode Once engine speed gets stablized after starting the engine select to D range SMU 01124 8 The following screen is displayed Please wait AT learning mode Fully depress brake pedal and keep pressing AT learning promoting SMU 01084 NOTE e During the learning process if above screen is being shown for more than two minutes release the brake pedal and execute the learning proce dure again e During the learning process there are cases that hunting of the engine may occur and accordingly learning may end abnormally In such cases ex ecute the learning procedure again with the head lights in the High beam condition 9 Follow the screen instructions and release the brake pedal AT learning mode Release the brake pedal SMU 01085 10 The following screen is displayed Please wait AT learning mode Release the brake pedal AW
199. checkbox e On the graph the trigger level is indicated as a purple chain lines while the trigger points are in dicated by vertical green chain lines e Trigger information is displayed on the left side of the Sampling Status Bar Clicking the Details button displays the Information of trigger of input data screen which you can use to view detailed information about the currently assigned trigger Information of trigger of input data Upward SMU 00636 Changing the Range while Using Auto Range You can use the following procedure to change the range manually even if AUTO range settings is selected as the screen range setting 195 Analog Sampling 1 While sampling is stopped click the JE icon on the Data List Toolbar or the F Ranee button on the Function Key Bar You could also press the F7 function key on the PC keyboard FolSelect F7 Ranee Fe Print Fave mele Hal x gt ja t vls SMU 00585 2 After the screen below appears input a value to specify the vertical axis range of the graph into the range box Range Graph 30 000 30 000 l 30 000 SMU 00639 3 To specify the graph horizontal time axis range click the range selection box in the lower left cor ner of the screen and then select the desired time setting 1 msec diy 2 5 msecidiy 10 msec di 25 msecidiv 50 msec div 100 msec div 250 msec di 0 5 secidi 1 secidiv 2 5 secidi 5
200. ck the Exit button Setup trigger x Set trigger operations Pre trigger time 100 000 msec 0 050 msec 249 950 msec After trigger time 50 000 msec 0 050 msec 249 950 msec Trigger dot display in hold mode transit Di 0 Div 10 Div pee SMU 00634 1 Pre trigger Time This setting specifies until how much before starting from the point when the trigger was de tected you wish to save the data All data previ ous to the specified pre trigger time is to be abandoned 2 After Trigger Time This setting is the sampling time after the trigger is detected 3 Trigger dot display in hold mode transit This setting is the display location of the trigger point when sampling is complete 7 This will display the measurement screen and au tomatically start sampling If the trigger is detect ed during sampling data is collected for the specified time and then sampling stops automat ically File View Tool Help E Felstart F3 Graph2 F4 Trisser F5 Analoe F6 Select F Ranee F Print Fo Save aut BEE tal Elok mlm t viol ala mmlE al rigger of input data 4 J gt al cH1 10 044 Y E e 26 000 5 000 D aa een aa a e ea e 5000 5 000 e 5 000 5 000 e 5 000 SMU 00772 NOTE e Assigning a trigger to an item causes T to ap pear in item s
201. completed but for 10 seconds after the work the mobile key AccessKey should be kept inside the vehicle near the select lever For registration of the next mobile key Access Key the previously registered mobile key Ac cessKey should be removed from the vehicle Do not press the C key until you finish register ing all of the mobile keys access keys The procedure to hold a mobile key access key over the push engine switch push button ignition switch has to be done within 30 seconds after the screen above appears 13 Stand by as the mobile key access key is being registered AEs i StF in aa SMU 00955 14 Once the registration ends normally the Regis tered No increases by one as you can see on the screen below If you have another mobile key access key to be registered repeat steps 12 through 13 If you do not have any more mobile keys access keys to be registered press the C key and advance to step 15 key to be rEg ist Hold over STS Res istered No 2 wait Key SMU 00958 15 Once following screen appears turn the push engine switch push button ignition switch off Then open or close the vehicle s door depending on its status i Ignition Si iS turned off jeriPres Poor Si SMU 00959 16 Then following screen appears Turn the ignition on so AN of SMU 00960 17 Stand by as the registration to the engine ECM is being completed
202. cond indicators in the figure below change to Jan 01 2000 Sat 00 00 00 After checking the SDI built in clock IC press the ENT key LETO TIMER CHE gt Dec STALE SSCrr iJ oo 65 EXTTSENT SMU 00350 NOW TIME CHECK This item displays the current date and time setting of the SDI built in clock To return to the SELF CHECK screen press the MENU key Sho TIME CHE gt Mas te ee CST i ee oe EXIT MEM SMU 00347 VERSION CHECK Selecting VERSION CHECK on the MENU screen causes the SDI software version screen to appear on the display To return to the system MENU screen press the ENT key SLI Yer 1 0 59 SMU 00523 FUNCTION SETUP SDI Function Setup Selecting FUNCTION SETUP on the MENU screen causes the FUNCTION SETUP screen to appear on the display Use the UP and DOWN keys to select the desired item and then press the ENT key To return to the system MENU screen press the MENU key ke Fa ZELF SHI BACK LoD Ds Wor g s m Lip 414m Al aia SMU 00351 DATE AND TIME This item provides a means for configuring the date and time setting of the SDI built in clock Use the RIGHT and LEFT keys to move to the desired setting and then use the UP and DOWN keys to configure the setting as desired After configuring the settings press the ENT key To cancel the setting procedure pr
203. control duty ratio Transmission ECM output val ue 10 Lock Up Duty Ratio Yo Lock up duty solenoid control duty ratio Transmission ECM output val ue 11 Transfer Duty Ratio o Transfer duty solenoid control duty ratio Transmission ECM output val ue 12 Throttle Sensor Power Throttle position sensor power sup ply voltage Transmission ECM out put value 13 Turbine Revolution Speed rom In case of 4AT Input shaft speed calculated from the torque converter turbine speed sensor signal In case of 5AT Input shaft speed calculated from the signals of torque converter tur bine speed sensor 1 and torque con verter turbine speed sensor 2 14 Brake Clutch Duty Ratio Yo 2 4 Brake duty solenoid control duty ratio Transmission ECM output val ue 15 Rear Wheel Speed km h MPH Rear wheel speed calculated from the rear vehicle speed sensor 16 Mani Pressure Voltage Manifold absolute pressure sensor output value transmitted from the en gine ECM Transmission ECM input value 17 Lateral G Sensor Output value of lateral G sensor or yaw rate amp lateral G sensor Trans mission ECM input value 18 Low Clutch Duty Yo Low clutch duty solenoid control duty ratio Transmission ECM output val ue 19 High Clutch Duty Yo High clutch duty solenoid control duty ratio Transmission ECM output value 20 L a
204. could also press the F9 function key on the PC keyboard F7 Raree Fe Print Falsave FldlMon SI 9 All Return rll t vio gls mimJE 4 4 erval 0 96 sec SMU 00720 64 Converting Sampled Data to CSV NOTE The Select how to save data screen in the next step can be displayed by selecting Converting sampling data to CSV from File in menu 7 This displays the Select how to save data screen Select Save data between two cursors and click the OK button Select how to save data C Save All data Save data between two cursors cene SMU 00721 8 This displays a save dialog Select Save data in CSV csv in Save as type Save in B baa s ex FE Gi 050316152705 ssm E 050325174210 ssm E 050505134620 ssm E 050505163018_50957data ssm 0505051 63018_50957data ssm Save as type Various system sampling data ssm ie arious system sampling data ssm Detail of sav EELEE elena eka ES Engine Control System 4196secly File name Cancel System Comment SMU 00827 NOTE If you select Converting sampling data to CSV from File in menu this step is not necessary Converting Sampled Data to CSV 9 Enter the desired file name and click the Save button Save in Data ex e Filename 050505163018_50957data csv Save as type IE Cancel Detail of saved data System Comm
205. creen instructions to execute this procedure IMPORTANT This mode should be executed at the time of idling When the accelerator pedal has been depressed etc so that the engine is not in idling condition this mode is stopped and the fuel pump becomes ON ON OFF Drive Use this function to turn the fuel pump ON OFF and remove the fuel in the fuel tank Follow the on screen instructions to execute this procedure IMPORTANT Do not operate the fuel pump if there is no fuel in the fuel tank otherwise the fuel pump may be dam aged Fixed Idle Ignition Timing This function fixes the ignition timing during idling and by stopping the idle ignition timing correction it allows you to check the basic idle ignition timing and whether the idle ignition timing control is oper ating properly Follow the on screen instructions to execute this procedure NOTE e The test mode connector does not need to be connected to operate this function e The ignition timing fixed value varies depending on the vehicle model Also the fixed value cannot be changed e The engine speed may vary while this mode is operated e Always execute Clear Memory after operating this function Idle Speed Control This function allows you to set the idle speed you want Follow the on screen instructions to execute this procedure NOTE e he test mode connector does not need to be connected to operate this function e Depending on
206. ct sensor operates comes effective when OFF The impact sensor does not the Impact sensor is operate set to ON This item is applied only to models for Ja pan and North Ameri ca 165 Alarm delay setup ON OFF Set value for the delay time of the se This item is applied curity system only to models for Ja ON The alarm monitoring function pan and North Ameri operates 30 sec after keyless lock ca ing OFF The alarm monitoring function operates simultaneously with key less locking 166 Lockout prevention ON OFF Set value for the key lockout preven This item is applied to tion function ON The lockout prevention function operates OFF The lockout prevention func tion is stopped models other than U K 295 List of Contents on Displayed Data No ltems to be displayed Unit of measure Contents Remarks 167 Impact sensor ON OFF Set value of the impact sensor Must be set to OFF for equipped or not equipped vehicles not equipped ON Control in impact sensor in with an impact sensor stalled mode Warning hazard horn OFF Control in impact sensor notin or siren operates erro stalled mode neously when set to ON This item is applied only to models for Ja pan and North Ameri ca 168 Siren setting ON OFF Set value of the siren equipped or Must be set to OFF for not equipped vehicles not equipped ON The siren operates at
207. ction Indication Lamp MT Manual Transmission NSM New Select Monitor OBD On Board Diagnosis OCV Oil flow Control solenoid Valve OS Operating System OSV Oil Switching solenoid Valve P W Power Window PAK Pack Pass Passing PC Personal Computer PTC Positive Temperature Coefficient PV Power system supply Voltage 1 RAM Random Access Memory RH Right Hand ROM Read Only Memory RTC Real Time Clock SAE Society of Automotive Engineers SDI SUBARU Diagnostic Interface SDR SUBARU Driving Recorder SI International System of Units SSMIII SUBARU Select Monitor IT SW Switch TCM Transmission Control Module TCS Traction Contorol System TGV Tumble Generator Valve List of Abbreviation Abbreviation Spell out TPMS Tire Pressure Monitoring System Tr Transistor USB Universal Serial Bus VDC Vehicle Dynamics Control VVL Variable Valve Lift VVT Variable Valve Timing 1 There are two power supplies Power system supply voltage actuates an actuator and Sensor system supply voltage activates a sensor Before Starting Diagnosis Handling Precautions e The SDI is a precision measuring instrument Prevent water oil grease or other substance from getting on the SDI e Never try to take the SDI or its bundled items apart Never disconnect the diagnosis cable from the vehicle data link connector or the SDI while the system is ON Doing so can damage the SDI Never insert or remove a CF card while
208. d 3 Combinations When there are multiple triggers these settings can be used to configure combinations NOTE If you set the trigger on multiple items unify the se lection in either OR or AND When a sampling item is switch input Setup trigger of input data Trigger source AFC Switch Level Slope condition Upward C Downward Combinations OR C AND Cancel SMU 00901 1 Level This specifies the trigger level the value that de tects triggers The setting is configured by button operation This setting cannot be selected for cer tain sampling items 2 Slope condition This setting specifies the data condition for trigger detection when the sample data values reach the trigger level Selecting Upward detects a trigger at the OFF ON point Selecting Downward detects a trigger at the ON OFF point Selecting Both detects a trigger at either the OFF ON point or the ON OFF point whichev er occurs first Driving Recorder SDR 3 Combinations When there are multiple triggers these settings can be used to configure Combinations NOTE If you set the trigger on multiple items unify the se lection in either OR or AND 5 Checkboxes of the channels to which you set trig gers are checked If you want to configure multiple triggers repeat steps 3 and 4 After configuring all of the triggers you want click the Exit button Setup trigger Select
209. d 100 0 km h 0 0 5 secfdiy 0 0 05 1 0 1 5 2 0 2 5 3 0 3 5 4 0 45 5 0 i SMU 00705 Two Cursor Analysis 2 Click the HF icon on the Data List Toolbar Eu Fe Start F3 Graphe F4 Trigeer F5 Hee Hal elol m t vie SMU 00707 3 The cursor selection buttons cursor position times cursor interval and Calculate button are displayed on the Sampling Status Bar Cursora 0 7 sec Interval 0 00 sec Calculate SMU 00708 CursorB 90 77 sec 4 The cursor selection button Cursor A is select ed Move graph Cursor A light blue to the de sired position Cursor amp 76 94 sec Interval 3 83 sec C CursorB 80 77 sec Range Graph SMU 00709 5 Select Cursor B by the cursor selection button Move graph Cursor B purple to the desired po sition C Cursor 76 94 sec Interval 0 96 sec CursorB 77 90 sec Range Graph 150 40 BOO eee SMU 00710 6 After selecting the sampling item click the al icon on the Data List Toolbar or the Calculate button on the Sampling Status Bar Fe Start F3 Graph2 F4 Trigger FS Fe Select Fz Fan ge Fe Print 0 x mle t vo alal mlm xl C Cursor 13 46 sec Interval 0 47 sec Calculate SMU 00712 f CursorB 13 93 sec 7 This displays the numerical value information screen To close this screen click the OK button Calculation data Mani Absolute Pr
210. d Minimum Engine Speed to 100 rpm less than minimum engine speed at Auto Sampling 208 Roughness Monitor 4 This displays a verification message for the cam shaft position sensor signal to be taken out Con firm the signal to be taken out and then click the OK button Roughness Monitor A Camshaft positioning sensor signal is taken out to the Following Confirm 4 Cylinder Engine 2 4 cylinder side 6 Cylinder Engine 1 3 5 cylinder side cancel _ SMU 00779 5 Stand by as sampling is started automatically To cancel sampling click the Cancel button You can stop sampling also by clicking m icon on the Data List Tool bar or the kase button on the Function Key Bar or pressing the F2 function key on the PC keyboard Roughness Monitor Sampling Please wait Cancel SMU 00851 NOTE After dialog box above disappears next dialog box may not appear immediately Wait until it appears 6 After sampling ends a dialog box below will ap pear Click the OK button EJ nN Sampling is Finished Roughness Monitor SMU 00866 7 This displays the graph screen File F Edit E Views Sampling s Help H i FijHelp festat F3 Fa oir e Ea Standard Deviation on a ae ea a E a O T S S E E Quit Sampling 47628 Ea SMU 00782 Changing Graph Range High Grade Roughness Monitor sets the vertical axis range of the graph automatica
211. d alone Diagnosis 5 The software version screen will appear on the display and then it will be replaced by the Initial Menu screen Use the UP and DOWN keys to select the de sired item and then press the ENT key SUBAR Yehicle Function setup belt Check Exit SMU 00513 NOTE SDI power may turn off automatically indicated when the PWR LED of the SDI goes out if no SDI operation is performed for a preset period If this happens press the PWR key to turn the SDI back on To quit the stand alone mode select Exit on the Initial Menu screen and then press ENT key SUBARU Yehicle Function setup elf Lheck SMU 00516 All Systems Diagnosis Selecting this item displays the fault detect status of all control system control modules for which SSMIII diagnosis is supported and memorized diagnostic codes When a particular control system cannot be identi fied as the causes of a vehicle s problem perform this diagnosis and use the displayed diagnostic codes to perform diagnosis NOTE e For a vehicle equipped with a cruise control sys tem turn on the cruise control switch before per forming inspection e This inspection mode may not function in the case of certain vehicle models and vehicle spec ifications 7 On the Initial Menu screen use the UP and DOWN keys to select SUBARU Vehicle and then press the ENT key SUBARU Vehicle Function Setup belt Check
212. de 4417 Error occurred while rewriting If an error is detected on the check 1 Confirm if the PAK file is correct Reprogramming is aborted SUM after the program was trans 2 Re try after the data link con ferred or no response to the re nector is reconnected quirement 3 Confirm the connection of the USB connection 4 Re try from the first step after the ignition OFF 4418 Error occurred in communication If an error occurs while communi 1 Re try after the data link con Reprogramming is aborted cating with ECM Request Up nector is reconnected load 2 Confirm the connection of the USB connection 3 Re try from the first step after the ignition OFF 4 Make sure the harness of the vehicle 4419 Error occurred in communication If an error occurs while communi 1 Confirm if the PAK file is correct Reprogramming is aborted cating with ECM Read out ROM 2 Re try after the data link con or while the verification nector is reconnected 3 Confirm the connection of the USB connection 4 Re try from the first step after the ignition OFF 4420 Error occurred while rewriting If an error occurs while communi 1 Re try after the data link con Reprogramming is aborted cating with ECM Request Trans nector is reconnected fer Exit Read out ROM 2 Confirm the connection of the USB connection 3 Re try from the first step after the ignition OFF 4 Make sure the harness of the vehicle 4421 Can
213. de is failed nector is reconnected 2 Make sure the connection of the USB connection 3 Re try from the first step after ig nition OFF 4056 Error occurred in communication Communication error 1 Re try after the data link con nector is reconnected 2 Make sure the connection of the USB connection 4057 Latest logic has already been in If the sub logic has already been Reprogramming is not necessary stalled updated when the main logic and the sub logic are rewritten simulta neously 4058 Latest logic has already been in If the main logic has already been Reprogramming is not necessary stalled updated when the main logic and the sub logic are rewritten simulta neously 307 ECM Reprogramming Error Code List ol Error Message Cause Corrective action Code 4059 No response from the ECU If no response from the sub logic 1 Re try after the data link con when the main logic and the sub nector is reconnected logic are rewritten simultaneously 2 Make sure the connection of the USB connection 3 Re try from the first step after ig nition OFF 4060 No response from the ECU If no response from the main logic 1 Re try after the data link con when the main logic and the sub nector is reconnected logic are rewritten simultaneously 2 Make sure the connection of the USB connection 3 Re try from the first step after ig nition OFF 4061
214. delete the diagnostic codes memorized by the control modules of each system after correcting the fault 7 On the Initial Menu screen use the UP and DOWN keys to select SUBARU Vehicle and then press the ENT key SUBARU Yehicle Function Setup Delt heck SMU 00513 2 This causes the Menu Selection screen to ap pear Use the UP and DOWN keys to select System Check and then press the ENT key To return to the Initial Menu screen press the C key or select Exit and then press the ENT key JTL check IMM regist xlt SMU 00735 3 This causes the System Selection screen to ap pear Use the UP and DOWN keys to select En gine and then press the ENT key For this ex ample Engine is selected To return to the Menu Selection screen press the C key 220 SDI Stand alone Diagnosis Transmission Cruise Control Brake Control 4 This displays a compliance verification message for the system being diagnosed Press the ENT key SMU 00447 2 9 SUHE Press ENT SMU 00448 5 This causes the Fault Diagnosis Menu screen to appear Use the UP and DOWN keys to select Clear Memory and then press the ENT key Press C key to return to the System Selection screen Olear Memory SMU 00464 6 This causes a memory clear confirmation mes sage to appear and then press the ENT key To cancel the memory clear operat
215. does not light turn on the vehicle s ignition switch or start the engine and then press the SDI PWR key and check again to see if the PWR LED of the SDI lights oe ll J HE JE i IVA SMU 00113 3 Use the USB cable to connect the SDI to the PC 4 Turn on the vehicle s ignition switch 5 Double click the SSMIII icon on the PC screen to start up the application 116 Calibrating the Occupant Detection System 6 On the Main Menu that appears on the display select Each System Check and then press the Enter key or left click with the mouse All System Diagnosis Each System Check Saved Data Display Immobilizer Reprogram Conyert Saye measurement data on driving recorder Oscilloscope Quit SMU 00600 7 On the System Selection Menu select Occupant Detection System and then press the Enter key or left click with the mouse System Selection Menu Engine Control System Transmission Control System Cruise Control System Brake Control System Image Processing Preview Control Integ unit mode Radar sensor Impact Sensor Power Steering System Tire pressure monitor Airbag System Occupant Detection System Back SMU 00679 8 This displays a compliance verification message for the system being diagnosed Click the OK button SUBARU Select Monitor Ill a i eU05Mo Load Cell Type Occupant Detectio
216. e C Engine Speed C Vehicle Speed lgnition Timing Intake Air Temp Career save C Mass Air Flow epee sees a Save as type Save data mod Cancel C Rear 02 Sensor C Front 02 Sensor 2 Detail of saved data C Battery Voltage C Air Flow Sensor Voltage System Engine Control System C Throttle Sensor Voltage C Diff Press Sen Vol C Fuel Injection 1 Pulse Comment SMU 00500 dada SMU 00502 If the message dialog box shown below appears while you are selecting data items it means that the NOTE limit on the number of selectable data items has e Mode files are saved in one of the folders shown been reached Selection of further data items is not below which ate located in the directory where possible after this message appears To select oth the PC application was installed er items deselect the check boxes next to the cur Data folder Engine or Transmission folder rently selected checked items and then select the To change to another storage location specify new items the location you want in the Save in box of the Save As dialog box SUBARU Select ienitana x e The Comment box of the Save As dialog box can be used to save general comments associated AN Mo other selections can be made with the data or file SMU 00154 47 Reading a Mode File for Sampling NOTE This function may not be available in the case of certain vehicle models and vehicle specifications
217. e Function Setting Keyless unit Customizing The following procedure can be used to configure operational details operation time and other set tings for the actuators controlled by the keyless con trol module IMPORTANT Make sure you perform setting operations in ac cordance with the Service Manual when using the unit customization function Configuring the wrong settings can cause abnormal system operation and other problems NOTE For model with body integrated module this cus tomizing can be performed in Body Integrated Module Function Setting Integ Unit Customizing 1 Prepare the SDI diagnosis cable USB cable and a PC with the PC application installed 2 Use the diagnosis cable to connect the SDI to the data link connector of the vehicle NOTE SDI power will turn on automatically when the diag nosis cable is connected to the vehicle If the PWR LED of the SDI does not light turn on the vehicle s ignition switch or start the engine and then press the SDI PWR key and check again to see if the PWR LED of the SDI lights YV Wy BY iP EW SMU 00113 3 Use the USB cable to connect the SDI to the PC 4 Turn on the vehicle s ignition switch 5 Double click the SSMIII icon on the PC screen to start up the application 6 On the Main Menu that appears on the display select Each System Check and then press the Enter key or left click with the mouse All System Diagnosis Each Syste
218. e Comment box of the Save As dialog box can be used to save general comments associated with the data or file System SMU 00862 Displaying Saved Files 7 On the Main Menu select Saved Data Display and then click with the mouse All System Diagnosis Each System Check Immobilizer Reprogram Read CF application measurement data Convert Save measurement data on driving recorder Others Quit SMU 00863 2 This displays the Open dialog box Click Files of type and select Customized settings biu Lookin O Daa dengam E o90805162133 biu E 090805162703 biu File name P Files of type All SSM files ssm obd sdr biu ocl cym Cancel Various system sampling data ssm Detail of sayd DBD sampling data obd Driving recorder sampling data sdr Syst gs biu one Analog sampling data ocl Roughness monitor sampling data cym ea AILSSM files ssm obd sdr biuzocl cym SMU 00864 3 After selecting the desired file clicking the Open button allows to open saved file Lookin O Daa denam 090805162133 biu 9 090805162703 biu File name 090805162133 biu Files of type Customized settings biu X Cancel Detail of saved data System Customized Setting Comment Printing the Data Click the File menu and then select Print You can also print by clicking the amp J icon on the Data List Toolbar by clicking the F lFrint button on the
219. e Control System Image Processing Preview Control Integ unit mode Radar sensor Impact Sensor Power Steering System Tire pressure monitor Airbag System Occupant Detection System Back SMU 00669 8 This displays a compliance verification message for the brake control system Click the OK but ton SUBARU Select Manito SMU 00308 9 From the list of fault diagnosis items select Function Check Sequence and then press the Enter key or left click with the mouse Brake Control Diagnosis Current Data Display amp Save Diagnostic Code s Display Clear Memory Function Check Sequence Freeze Frame Data Back SMU 00607 ABS Function Check Mode Selecting the check sequence for a_ vehicle equipped with an ABS causes the screen shown be low to appear Perform the procedure as instructed by the text on the screen will automatically enter the ABS function check mode and perform a hydraulic control valve operation check Press Brake Pedal Firmly SMU 00670 NOTE e Keep the brake pedal depressed until the check is complete Releasing the brake pedal while checking is part way through will result in an in correct check e Connection of the test mode connector is not re quired for this check e Be sure to refer to the Service Manual when per forming this check 90 Function Check Sequence VDC Function Check Mode
220. e Stand alone Mode CF Application Diagnosis Mode e System Mode SDI System Mode e PC Application Mode The following sections provide details about using each mode Switching a Mode Driving Recorder Mode The Driving Recorder Mode is the initial default mode when SDI power is turned on Exiting any of the other modes always enters the Driving Record er Mode That is unless any other mode is operat ed the SDI maintains the Driving Recorder Mode NOTE A special setting file is required only when using the Driving Recorder Mode If there is no setting file on the CF card when the Driving Recorder Mode is en tered the message No Setting File in CF Card ap pears on the SDI display Lack of a setting file presents no problem if the Driving Recorder Mode is not used Driving Recorder Mode Screen SUR mode ameline SMU 00548 Switching the SDI Mode Stand alone Mode To enter the Stand alone Mode hold down both the MENU key and the C key of the SDI for at least two seconds during the Driving Recorder Mode or at the initial screen of the PC Application Mode Exiting the Stand alone Mode automatically enters the Driving Recorder Mode Stand alone Mode Initial Screen SUBAR Yehicle Function setup belt Check Exit SMU 00513 System Mode To enter the System Mode hold down the SDI s MENU key as you turn on the SDI Exiting the System Mode automatically enters the Driving R
221. e click the SSMIII icon on the PC screen to start up the PC application N 6 On the Main Menu that appears on the display select Immobilizer and then press the Enter key or left click with the mouse All System Diagnosis Each System Check Sayed Data Display Immobilizer Reprogram ConyYert Saye measurement data on driving recorder Oscilloscope Quit SMU 00663 Registering the Immobilizer Not Equipped with Keyless Access with Push Button Start System 7 Click the YES button if the system selection screen is displayed IMMOBILIZER System Check 25 SOHC Select the System for Registration Immobilizer System YES Audio System NO Back Cancel NO Cancel SMU 00876 17 Input the teaching operation code and then click nae the OK button NOTE Audio System is the specification only for the U K Help H 8 On the next screen confirm the system is keyless access with push button start system Click the N O b utto n Input teaching operation code press OK key System Selection Press YES if tt is a smart system otherwise press MO SMU 00908 SMU 00431 NOTE e The term smart system that appears on this NOTE screen is synonymous with the term keyless ac When you wish to return to the Main Menu screen cess with push button start system used in this click the QUIT button a 12 On the registration mode confirmation dialog box e The keyles
222. e one shown below File View Tool Help E FePrint F3 fa Min Val FielExit En A Ez E ag a 41 01 0064 00FF OK 41 02 0026 0033 OK 81 01 0000 FFFF OK 83 01 0000 FFFF OK 83 02 0000 FFFF OK 83 03 0000 FFFF OK 84 SOT SS 0000 _ 0979 OK 85 01 0000 000A OK SMU 00302 Temporary Code Check Selecting Temporary Code s Inspection on the OBD menu displays a screen like the one shown below This screen shows temporary codes detected by the OBD system File view Tool Help En FelClear F Ea E E5 Ez F Print F3 FG au Description amp trouble position Temporary Diagnostic Code s 2 P0102 Mass or Volume Air Flow Circuit Low P0113 Intake Air Temperature Sensor Circuit Malfunction High Input SMU 00303 OBD System Get Vehicle Info Selecting Getting of vehicle information on the OBD menu displays a screen like the one shown below File View Tool Help et FEI i E FS EE EZI F8 Print FS lt Vehicle Number gt JF1GG29665H802404 lt Calibration Identification gt A4TF800EE47F112J lt Calibration Verification Number gt F7630DA1 OO5000CA SMU 00304 Function Check Sequence The brake control system fault diagnosis screen in cludes a function check sequence item The func tion check sequence can be used to perform checks of ABS system and VDC sy
223. e screen shown below appears wait until the Main Menu screen shows up again IMMOBILIZER Closing Engine ECM Registration Mode Please Wait SMU 00933 13 After confirming that the keyless access with push button start system operates normally quit the registration operation Registering the Immobilizer Equipped with the Keyless Access with Push Button Start System Readout the Number of Mobile Key Access Key Registration The number of mobile keys access keys currently registered on the vehicle can be read 1 Start the PC application according to section Starting Up the System and display the Main Menu screen 2 On the Main Menu that appears on the display select Immobilizer and then press the Enter key or left click with the mouse All System Diagnosis Each System Check Saved Data Display Immobilizer Reprogram Conyvert Save measurement data on driving recorder Oscilloscope Quit SMU 00663 3 Click the YES button if the system selection screen is displayed System Check Select the System for Registration Immobilizer System YES Audio System Back no Cancer SMU 00946 NOTE Audio System is the specification only for the U K 4 On the next screen confirm the system is keyless access with push button start system Click the YES button System Selection Press YES if it ig a smart system otherwise press NO SMU 00910 138
224. e sensor 118 Target engine speed rom Target engine speed of engine ECM This item is applied only to Diesel models 119 Boost Pressure Feedback Opening angle corrected in re This item is applied sponse to feedback from boost con only to Diesel models trol valve 120 Electric Power Steering A Current value of electric power This item is applied Current Value steering Input value from power only to Diesel models steering ECM to engine ECM 121 Target Fuel Pump Current mA Target current value of suction con This item is applied trol valve Value calculated by en only to Diesel models gine ECM 122 Actual Fuel Pump Current mA Actual current value of suction con This item is applied trol valve Input value to engine only to Diesel models ECM 123 Mileage after Injector km Mileage after performing injection This item is applied Learning mile amount learning for fuel injector only to Diesel models 262 List of Contents on Displayed Data No ltems Unit of measure Contents Remarks 124 Mileage after Injector km Mileage after replacing fuel injectors This item is applied Learning mile and performing injection amount only to Diesel models learning with SSMIII for the new in jector 125 Interior heater Step Number of active PTC heaters This item is applied O all heaters OFF 1 1 heater only to Diesel models ON 2
225. e than one USB port the PC USB port where the SDI is connected when you install the USB driver will become the special SS MII port Whenever using the SSMIII always connect the USB cable to the special SSMIII port only Prepare the SDI diagnosis cable USB cable and a PC with the PC application installed 2 Use the diagnosis cable to connect the SDI to the data link connector of the vehicle NOTE SDI power will turn on automatically when the diag nosis cable is connected to the vehicle If the PWR LED of the SDI does not light turn on the vehicle s ignition switch or start the engine and then press the SDI PWR key and check again to see if the PWR LED of the SDI lights Starting Up the System SMU 00113 3 Use the USB cable to connect the SDI to the PC 4 Turn on the vehicle s ignition switch 5 Double click the SSMIII icon on the PC screen to start up the application This causes the Main Menu to appear All System Diagnosis Each System Check Saved Data Display Immobilizer Reprogram Conyvert Savye measurement data on driving recorder Oscilloscope Quit SMU 00600 Main Menu Items Explanations of each of the Main Menu items are provided below Select the item you want on the Main Menu to perform fault diagnostic word to con figure settings and to perform other tasks All System Diagnosis Selecting this item displays on a single screen the fault detect st
226. eck again to see if the PWR LED of the SDI lights V NY lt t a ae iP OT 3 Use the USB cable to connect the SDI to the PC 4 Turn on the vehicle s ignition switch 5 Double click the SSMIII icon on the PC screen to start up the application OBD System 6 On the Main Menu that appears on the display select Each System Check and then press the Enter key or left click with the mouse All System Diagnosis Each System Check Saved Data Display Immobilizer Reprogram Conyert Save measurement data on driving recorder Oscilloscope Quit SMU 00600 7 On the System Selection Menu select the de sired system and then press the Enter key or left click with the mouse As an example Engine is selected System Selection Menu Engine Control System Transmission Control System Cruise Control System Brake Control System Image Processing Preview Control Integ unit mode Radar sensor Impact Sensor Power Steering System Tire pressure monitor Airbag System Occupant Detection System Back SMU 00665 8 This displays a compliance verification message for the system being diagnosed Click the OK button SUBARU Select Monitor x HD 2 0 TURBO SMU 00128 85 9 From the list of fault diagnosis items select OBD System and then press the Enter key or left click with the mouse Engine Di
227. ecorder Mode System Mode Initial Screen ON CHK TON SETUP fet T EASI I T LITT SMU 00322 PC Application Mode The SDI will enter the PC Application Mode auto matically whenever you start up the PC application on the computer and execute various diagnostics sampling or registration while in any other mode Exiting the PC Application Mode automatically en ters the Driving Recorder Mode PC Application Mode Screen SL Wer 1 0 54 Jet 01 2004 qa 08 2 SMU 00519 Display Software Version Information To display software version of PC application and CF application perform the following procedure PC Application Version Information 1 Double click the SSMIII icon on the PC screen to start up the application 2 Select About application from Help in menu Fie View Tool syn E About application SMU 00810 3 This displays version information as shown be low SUBARU Select Monitor III sy SUBARU Select Monitor Ill Version 1 3 71 7 May 2005 Copyright C 2004 2005 Fuji Heavy Industries Ltd Copyright C 2004 2005 Hitachi Car Engineering Co Ltd SMU 0081 1 NOTE e To confirm version information it is not necessary to connect a PC to vehicle The version informa tion can be displayed on a PC alone e In High Grade Roughness Monitor sampling screen the version information of Roughness Monitor will be displayed e To confirm the function
228. ed Display function of cursor numerical value information between two points is added Setting all clear function is added Initialization function of sampling item sequence is added Function to move graph cursor with mouse is added Marking button is modified M key only Numerical keys al phabetical keys or symbol keys Icon for data list tool bar is added Function of lt lt button and gt gt but ton when displaying saved data is modified Skips 10 data gt Skips 1 page Overwriting saved data after making changes becomes possible e g marking is added sampling items is changed range is added comment is added File extension of saved data is linked to PC application SDI power OFF function is added MENU key Down key Initialization function is added for lan guage setting in SDI stand alone Turning the power ON with C key pressed will return the language setting to English PAK file search software is improved FlashWrite is improved PAK is added 318 SSMIII revision history PC CF Release Application Application Main revision history Remarks version version Feb Ver 1 1 7 13 Ver 1 0 16 Improvement for forced termination 2005 with OBD not to occur is made SDI auto update becomes possible Misspelled words for PAK file search software Is corrected Ver 1 1 7 16 Ver 1 0 16
229. either a Upward or Downward condition is first satisfied 3 Combinations When there are multiple triggers these settings can be used to configure combinations When a sampling item is switch input Setup tigger of input data Fa Trigger source JAC Switch z Level Slope condition Upward C Downward t Both Combinations OR AND concel_ SMU 00654 1 Level This specifies the trigger level the value that de tects triggers The setting is configured by button operation This setting cannot be selected for cer tain sampling items 2 Slope condition This setting specifies the data condition for trigger detection when the sample data values reach the trigger level Selecting Upward detects a trigger at the OFF gt ON point Selecting Downward detects a trigger at the ON gt OFF point Selecting Both detects a trigger at either the OFF ON point or the ON gt OFF point whichever oc curs first 3 Combinations When there are multiple triggers these settings can be used to configure Combinations 4 Checkboxes of the channels to which you set trig gers are checked If you want to configure multiple triggers repeat steps 2 and 3 After configuring all of the triggers you want click the Next button Setup trigger x Select trigger source Level Unt Slope Combinations 5000 rpm 50 kmh Upward OR Upward OR 80 C Both OR MI D stare san i Edit lt
230. el Save Setting Load Settings SMU 00625 2 This will display the setup data save dialog box The name of the data file being saved is generat ed automatically in accordance with the current time and date If you want to use the generated file name as is click the dialog box Save button If you want to change to a different file name type in the name you want Save As Save in Data e ec E Detail of saved data jo scilloscope Comment System SMU 00627 NOTE Clicking the Save button saves the settings of all of the tabs regardless of which tab is currently dis played Even if you click the Save button at the Input Range tab screen for example settings of the Screen Range and Sampling Range tab are also saved Loading a Setup File Use the following procedure to load a setup file and apply its input range screen range and sampling mode settings 1 On the Input Range Screen Range or Sam pling Mode tab of the setup screen click the Load Settings button Input Range Screen Range Sampling Mode Cancel Save Setting Load Settings SMU 00625 2 This displays a dialog box with a list of saved set up files Select the desired file and then press the Enter key or click Open Open 2 x Look in a Data e a a File name or 1105131455 o0cs Files of type ocs v Cancel Detail of saved data System Oscilloscope
231. elect IMM regist and then press the ENT key To return to the Initial Menu screen press the C key or se lect Exit and then press the ENT key OTG check votem Check IMM resist xit SMU 00746 3 Press the ENT key if the system selection screen is displayed Select Res Sys mmobi Svs ENT Audio Sys RG Back L SMU 00949 NOTE Audio System is the specification only for the U K 4 On the next screen confirm the system is keyless access with push button start system Press the ENT key SDI Stand alone Diagnosis Smart system ENT Utherwise L SMU 00947 NOTE The term Smart system that appears on this screen is synonymous with the term keyless ac cess with push button start system used in this text 5 Input the teaching operation code and then press the ENT key Press C key to return to the Menu Selection screen NOTE The UP and DOWN keys allow to input numbers The RIGHT and LEFT keys allow to move over digits of number Hony Enter teach of code YES EMT Ma C SMU 00950 6 The registration mode selection screen appears Use the UP and DOWN keys to select R O No Key Reg and then press the ENT key Smrt Immobi Reg emrt ECM Reg G ECM Rez RL No Key SMU 00970 7 On the mobile key access key registration number display mode confirmation screen that appears press the ENT key
232. en confirm the system is keyless access with push button start system Press the ENT key Smart system ENT Utherwise L SMU 00947 NOTE The term Smart system that appears on this screen is synonymous with the term keyless ac cess with push button start system used in this text 5 Input the teaching operation code and then press the ENT key Press C key to return to the Menu Selection screen NOTE The UP and DOWN keys allow to input numbers The RIGHT and LEFT keys allow to move over digits of number 230 SDI Stand alone Diagnosis Hony Enter teach oF code YES ENMT NMa co SMU 00950 6 The registration mode selection screen appears Use the UP and DOWN keys to select Smrt Immobi Reg and then press the ENT key smart Immobi Ree Smrt ECM Ree Erha ELM Ree r No Key Rege SMU 00951 7 In response to the registration mode confirmation screen that appears press the ENT key SSFP IMM ree ist Execute TES ENT ANO C SMU 00952 8 Input the security ID and then press the ENT key Ho000 Enter sec DB SERMT SMU 00953 9 Stand by as the security ID is being collated LConearimne oS SMU 00954 10 Wait until the smart immobilizer is then being registered FEL i StF in aa SMU 00955 11 The dialog box to confirm already registered mo bile keys access keys appears Hold o
233. ends normally If you have another key to be registered click the OK button If you do not have any more keys to be registered click the Cancel button and ad vance to step 26 Help H Key has been registered Register 4th key Press OK or Cancel Cancel SMU 00441 25 Repeat steps 18 through 21 26 The screen shown below will appear if registra tion ends normally Click the OK button Help H The key registration End successfully Press OK SMU 00733 27 After confirming that the immobilizer system is operating normally quit the registration opera tion 127 Registering the Immobilizer Equipped with the Keyless Access with Push Button Start System Registering the Immobilizer Equipped with the Keyless Access with Push Button Start System WARNING e The security ID and registration command must be handled as confidential information and shall not be announced to outsiders e When you install wireless radios or car phones make sure that mobile keys access keys are not influenced by their electric waves e Do not operate cell phones or wireless radios or the like when either trouble diagnosis or mobile key access key registration is in progress e The work of Registering the Smart Immobilizer Registering the Smart ECM and Delete the Mo bile Key AccessKey ID includes the operation of holding up the mobile key AccessKey to the push engine switch push button ign
234. ent NOTE e The file name in default setting will be date and time at the time of saving You can save data with the same file name as previous one when converting data to CSV even if you use cut and save The previous file is not overwritten be cause their extensions are different e CSV files are saved in the Data folder where the PC application is installed To change to another storage location specify the location you want in the Save in box of the save data dialog box SMU 00828 65 Saving Displayed Data On the sampling screen or saved data display screen you can save the screen as a graphic file NOTE e Displayed data of sampling result display except Roughness Monitor can be saved e The data is saved in BMP bitmap format How to Save 1 Display the sampling screen or saved data dis play screen If you display the sampling screen stop sampling 2 Select Save displayed data from File in menu wie View Tool Help Print Frink preview Setup printer Ctrl F Register read user information Converting sampling data to CS Save displayed data Exit application SMU 00829 3 This causes the displayed data save dialog to ap pear Enter the desired file name and click the Save button in dialog box Save BMP file Save in e Data e ex eE File name 062705153743 bmp Save as type Saved data in BMP format
235. er the ignition OFF 4 Make sure the harness of the vehicle 4501 Reprogramming has failed Click YES to reprogram again The error is detected on the check SUM 1 Re try after the data link con nector is reconnected 2 Make sure the connection of the USB connection 3 Confirm if the PAK file is correct 4 Re try from the first step after ig nition OFF 4517 Error in rewritten data verifying Click YES to reprogram again The error is detected during the verification 1 Re try after the data link con nector is reconnected 2 Make sure the connection of the USB connection 3 Confirm if the PAK file is correct 4 Re try from the first step after ig nition OFF 314 Remote lt NSM gt ECM Reprogramming Error Code List Error Code Error Message Cause Corrective action 3000 Cannot open the serial port If failed to open the RS 232C com munication port using for writing to the cartridge 1 Confirm if the COM port number for the PC cable is the same number as the one selected at the option 2 Confirm the connection of the PC cable 3 Confirm if NSM power is ON 4 Close all the applications which are opened Especially applications which are using the COM port 3001 Cannot write to serial port If failed to transmit to the RS 232C communication port using for writ ing to the cartridge 1 Make sure if the CO
236. eration code and then click the OK button IMMOBILIZER IMMOBILIZER Execute Mobile Key ID Deletion Mode Input teaching operation code press OK key Press OK or Cancel Cancel SMU 00938 8 Input the security ID and then click the OK but SMU 00911 ton NOTE When you wish to return to the Main Menu screen ret click the QUIT button 6 The registration mode selection dialog box ap pears Click the Delete the mobile key ID button After inputting Security ID Press OK IMMOBILIZER Smart Immobilizer Registration Smart ECM Registration Engine ECM Registration Press OK SMU 00914 Readout the number of mobile key registration Sty etre rere eee 9 Stand by as the security ID is being collated Return IMMOBILIZER SMU 00937 7 The confirmation dialog box to carry out the mo bile key access key ID deletion mode appears Click the OK button Security ID is being collated Please Wait SMU 00915 140 Registering the Immobilizer Equipped with the Keyless Access with Push Button Start System 10 Please wait for deleting registered mobile key access key ID IMMOBILIVER Mobile Key ID Deletion in progress Please Wait SMU 00939 11 As the number of registered mobile keys access keys confirmation screen will be displayed place one of the registered mobile keys access keys the key which you do not want to delete the ID over the push engine switch
237. eration is given to direction of the arrow analog output of Y axial direction the blue probe voltage rises 3 Connect the remote box to the SDI 4 Use the diagnosis cable to connect the SDI to the data link connector of the vehicle Remote Box NOTE SDI power will turn on automatically when the diag nosis cable is connected to the vehicle If the PWR LED of the SDI does not light turn on the vehicle s ignition switch or start the engine and then press the SDI PWR key and check again to see if the PWR LED of the SDI lights YN Wy B IE ne SMU 00113 5 Use the USB cable to connect the SDI to the PC 6 Connect the pulse analog box to the SDI 7 Connect the red and blue probes of the remote box to the analog port of the pulse analog box and the black probe to the COM port NOTE The red probe outputs the X axis signal and the blue probe the Y axis signal The probe is the GND 8 Turn on the vehicle s ignition switch 9 Double click the SSMIII icon on the PC screen to start up the application 10 On the Main Menu that appears on the display select Oscilloscope and then press the Enter key or left click with the mouse All System Diagnosis Each System Check Saved Data Display Immobilizer Reprogram Convert Save measurement data on driving recorder Oscilloscope Quit SMU 00618 11 As the Analog Sampling screen is displayed set the input range to 5 V For de
238. ering the Immobilizer Equipped with the Keyless Access with Push Button Start System 18 The screen shown below will appear if registra tion ends normally Click the OK button IMMOBILIZER Successful Press OK SMU 00923 19 After confirming that the keyless access with push button start system operates normally quit the registration operation NOTE Depending on the replacement part a different screen from the screen shown in this item may be displayed In such a case perform the work follow ing the on screen instructions Registering the Smart ECM You can get smart related ECM registered in the keyless access with push button start system 1 Start the PC application according to section Starting Up the System and display the Main Menu screen 2 On the Main Menu that appears on the display select Immobilizer and then press the Enter key or left click with the mouse All System Diagnosis Each System Check Saved Data Display Immobilizer Reprogram ConyYert Saye measurement data on driving recorder Oscilloscope Quit SMU 00663 133 3 Click the YES button if the system selection screen is displayed System Check Select the System for Registration Immobilizer System YES Audio System NO Back Cancel no Caneel SMU 00946 NOTE Audio System is the specification only for the U K 4 On the ne xt screen confirm the system is key less a
239. ess SW 2 ON OFF Drive signal to the VVL oil pressure switch LH for diagnosis Becomes ON when the pressure switch is ON Output value of the engine ECM 267 List of Contents on Displayed Data No Items Unit of measure Contents Remarks 185 CPC Solenoid 2 ON OFF Purge control solenoid valve 2 drive signal Becomes ON at the time of drive signal output Output value of the engine ECM 186 Retard Signal from AT ON OFF Signal requesting the retard trans mitted from the transmission ECM Becomes ON when the request sig nal has been transmitted Engine ECM input value 187 Fuel Cut signal from AT ON OFF Signal requesting fuel cut transmit ted from the transmission ECM Be comes ON when the request signal has been transmitted Engine ECM input value 188 Ban of Torque Down ON OFF Signal notifying torque down prohi bition in regard to the VDC ECM Be comes ON at the time of prohibition signal output Output value of the en gine ECM 189 Request Torque Down ON OFF Signal requesting torque down VDC transmitted from the VDC ECM Be comes ON when the request signal has been transmitted Engine ECM input value 190 Torque Control Signal 1 ON OFF Ignition timing retard and fuel cut control is performed by combination of 1 and 2 and torque down is ex ecuted 191 Torque Control Signal 2 ON OFF Same as 1 192 Torque Permission Signal ON OFF Signal not
240. ess the MENU key 253 SDI System Menu NOTE The day of the week setting is configured automati cally in accordance with the date that set LDATE AMO TIME Me oo SEs oS 218 31 MOVE LEFT FE IHT CHANGE P A O UFCATE ENT CANEL MEPL SMU 00352 SELFSHUT TIME This item provides a means for configuring the SDI self shutoff time setting While viewing the display screen TIME item use the UP and DOWN keys to configure the setting NOTE Selecting OFF turns off the SDI self shutoff feature Note that turning off SDI self shutoff runs the risk of running down the vehicle s battery After configuring the settings press the ENT key To cancel the setting procedure press the MENU key lt SELFSHUT TIME TIME SELECT UP DOWN CANCEL MEM SMU 00353 BACKLIGHT TIME The LCD backlight turns off automatically if no oper ation of SDI keys is performed for a preset period This setting specifies length of time of the preset pe riod While viewing the display screen TIME item use the UP and DOWN keys to configure the setting NOTE e Selecting OFF keeps the LCD backlight turned off e Selecting FOREVER keeps the LCD backlight turned on After configuring the settings press the ENT key To cancel the setting procedure press the MENU key 1 BACKL IGHT TIME TIME BAd SELECT UP DOWN CANCEL MEM SMU 00354 LCD CONTRAST T
241. essure Cursor A 56 kPa Cursor B 33 kPa Maximum 56 kPa Minimum 33 kPa Average 44kPa SMU 00713 8 To exit the Two Cursor Analysis function click the H icon again F1 Fe Start aE Fa Graph F4 Trigger F5 l Elo x mlm t vio CusorA 2 SMU 00714 Two Cursor Analysis Displaying Numerical Value Information on the Digital Data Screen 1 Display the digital data screen File View Tool Help E Felstart F3 Graphi Fa Trigeer F F6 Select Fria F8 Print FalSave FoNons Hiken fFlelexit Tjele mE Eo mlm e viol eS mE x al i AFF Correction 1 0 8 0 8 0 8 0 8 O AF Leaming l 6 3 6 3 6 3 6 3 Mani Absolute Pressure 39 kPa 41 35 36 Engine Speed 723 rpm 739 674 720 Vehicle Speed 0 km h 0 0 0 Ignition Timing 11 5 deg 15 0 9 5 11 5 vM Intake Air Temp 60 C 60 60 60 M Mass Air Flow 3 20 gfs 3 47 2 83 2 98 M Throttle Opening Angle 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Rear O2 Sensor 0 080 Y 0 110 0 065 0 080 Ml Battery Voltage 13 4 Y 13 4 12 9 13 3 M Air Flow Sensor Voltage 1 22 Y 1 28 1 18 1 20 M Fuel Injection 1 Pulse 2 30 ms 2 56 2 30 2 30 M Knocking Correction 0 0 deg 0 0 0 0 0 0 M Atmosphere Pressure i 100 kPa 100 100 100
242. ew Print setupi R Recent Files Quit Roughness monitori SMU 00784 Manual Sampling Roughness Monitor can perform sampling for nor mal engine speed range automatically If you want to sample other engine speed range use Manual Sampling NOTE Perform Manual Sampling when minimum engine speed is below 400 rpm at Auto Sampling 1 Display the High Grade Roughness Monitor sam pling screen File F Edit E view EHe en E Hga 157 Sampling S Help H Festat F3 IF Fs Fe FeJRanze FelPrint Fo Save mo fy ReIEXit o Standard Deviation an o Standard Deviation 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Ave Engine Speed r min 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Max Engine Speed r min Min Engien Speed rimin 0 00 Ready SMU 00785 2 Select Manual Sampling from Sampling in menu File F EdikfE View Sampling s HelptH Auto Sampling 44 F1 Help Fe Start Ale BEE 3 This displays Set up Sampling Engine Speed Range screen Operate the arrow button to con figure the engine speed range and then click the OK button Manual Sampling M Stop samplingt Sy SMU 00786 Set up Sampling Engine Speed Range 4 E x Sampled Minimum Engine Speed 300 F rimin Sampled Maximum Engine Speed 920 v r min Click the arrow to adjust the variable range of current engine speed to be fully diplayed on the screen roa SMU 00787 NOTE Set up the Sample
243. ext 5 Input the teaching operation code and then press the ENT key Press C key to return to the Menu Selection screen NOTE The UP and DOWN keys allow to input numbers The RIGHT and LEFT keys allow to move over digits of number G00 Enter teach oF code YES EMT Na co SMU 00950 6 The registration mode selection screen appears Use the UP and DOWN keys to select R C E G ST Reg and then press the ENT key EG ECM Ree R U No Key Reg Jelete key ID RL EG ol K eo SMU 00979 7 In response to the registration mode confirmation screen that appears press the ENT key ref Femote cont ene Starters YES ENT ANO C SMU 00980 8 Input the security ID and then press the ENT key Ho000 Enter sec DB SERMT SMU 00953 9 Stand by as the security ID is being collated Conparine Doe SMU 00954 70 Wait until the remote control engine starter is then being registered AEs i StF in aa SMU 00955 11 The screen shown below will appear if remote control engine starter registration ends normally Press the ENT key Starter Fee enad Press iH EMIT H SMU 00981 240 SDI Stand alone Diagnosis 12 After confirming that the keyless access with push button start system and remote control en gine starter is operating normally quit the regis tration operation Configuring SDI Functions
244. feedback control only to Diesel models 227 Clutch Switch for Smart ON OFF Clutch switch for starting vehicles equipped with Keyless Access with Push Button Start It becomes ON once clutch pedal is depressed In put value to engine ECM Transmission Engine Speed rom Engine speed signal transmitted from the engine ECM Calculated from the crankshaft position sensor signal Transmission ECM input val ue Battery Voltage Battery voltage Transmission ECM input value Air Flow Sensor Voltage Mass air flow sensor output value transmitted from the engine ECM Transmission ECM input value Throttle Sensor Voltage Output value of the throttle position sensor Transmission ECM input value Accel Opening Angle o Accelerator pedal opening angle ra tio transmitted from the engine ECM Value calculated from the accelera tor pedal position sensor Transmis sion ECM input value Front Wheel Speed km h MPH Front wheel speed calculated from the front vehicle speed sensor ATF Temp 3G F Value calculated from the ATF tem perature sensor ATF temperature of the oil pan part 271 8 Gear Position st List of Contents on Displayed Data Current gear position Indication of the gear position before shifting at the time of shifting and the current gear position when not shifting Line Pressure Duty Ratio o Line pressure solenoid
245. for a file that contains data saved from the Digital Data Screen or Graph Screen obd This extension is used for a file that contains data saved by OBD system failure diagno S S sdr This extension is used for a file that contains data saved by driving recorder biu This extension is used for a file that contains data saved a body integrated unit customiz ing list ocl This extension is used for a file that contains data saved by analog sampling cym This extension is used for a file that contains data saved by High Grade Roughness Monitor Multiple display of saved data with the same name is not possible When SSMIII is started again after a cym file has been opened and the display language is switched the language for the cym file will not switch When SSMIII is started again after a biu file has been opened and the display language is switched the language of the biu file will not be switched only for the inspection result When the file name of a window minimized to the taskbar is confirmed the file name is displayed at the beginning but in case of a cym file the file name is displayed at the end 70 Saved Data Display Diagnostic Codes Display Use the following procedure to check the diagnostic codes memorized by the control module and can cel codes Getting Ready 1 Prepare the SDI diagnosis cable USB cable and a PC with the PC application installed 2 Use the diagnosis ca
246. g Code O MI MIL OFF O Misfire monitoring complete O Fuel system monitoring complete O Component monitoring complete SMU 00592 Analog data display Menu Use this item to check control module input signals and control module control data a Fe Hold eel Alfa FO 1X gt len 2 V1 tal WI Fa Grapht FAfirieeer FS FelSelect FaRenee FalPHnt m Calculated load value O Coolant Temp 90 C O Short term fuel trim B1 0 0 O Long term fuel trim B1 7 8 O Mani Absolute Pressure 36 kPa SMU 00593 O2 sensor system data display Use this item to check O2 sensor related control module input signals and control data E Fe Hold ma Ha ZO xX Flea Hza aemm FeiGrapht Faiirieeer IFS FelSelect FaRenee FeIPrnt Fa pay Oxygen sensor 12 0 080 Y O Short term fuel trim 12 0 8 oO AVF Sensor 11 oO AVF Sensor 11 0 996 3 784 VY SMU 00594 Diagnosis process display Use this item to check OBD system diagnostic re sults E Fe Hold O x lem 44 Yi eal amin 24 Fe Grapht Firigeer E FlSelect FaRenee FBIPHE BAE D Number of Diag Code 0 O MI MIL OFF O Misfire monitoring complete O Fuel system monitoring complete SMU 00595 Saved Data Display Use this item to recall and check data saved wi
247. g whether or not the EGR valve is working properly Follow the on screen instructions to execute this procedure NOTE e The test mode connector does not need to be connected to operate this function e The number of steps that can be set varies de pending on the vehicle models e Always execute Clear Memory after operating this function Dealer Check Mode Procedure This function can be used to perform inspection of a simplified dealer check by performing operations as prompted by messages that appear on the PC dis play The Dealer check mode procedure is one of the self diagnostic functions of the control module The dealer check mode provides the means to perform more thorough system fault diagnosis Getting Ready 1 Prepare the SDI diagnosis cable USB cable and a PC with the PC application installed 2 Use the diagnosis cable to connect the SDI to the data link connector of the vehicle NOTE SDI power will turn on automatically when the diag nosis cable is connected to the vehicle If the PWR LED of the SDI does not light turn on the vehicle s ignition switch or start the engine and then press the SDI PWR key and check again to see if the PWR LED of the SDI lights VN Wy D Ir TC SMU 00113 3 Use the USB cable to connect the SDI to the PC 4 Connect the test connector Make sure that the vehicle s ignition switch is OFF 5 Turn on the vehicle s ignition switch 6 Double c
248. g Simultaneous Measuremen ECM Analog Simultaneous Measuremen SMU 00816 ECM Analog Simultaneous Measurement SDR 15 Select Input Range tab to configure the input 17 Select Sampling Interval tab to configure the range of analog data Configure the desired sampling interval of analog data Select the de range sired interval from drop down menu Input Range Screen Range Sampling Interval Input Range Screen Range Sampling Interval Save Setting Load Settings Save Setting Load Settings Cancel Cancel SMU 00832 SMU 00834 NOTE 18 After configuring the settings of all tabs click the For details about input range settings see Config Finish button uring Analog Sampling Settings under Analog Sampling Input Range Screen Range Sampling Interval 16 Select Screen Range tab to configure the screen range of analog data Configure the de sired range Input Range Screen Range Sampling Interval Save Setting Load Settings lt Back Cancel AUTO range settings Item Conversion ral Unit Auto Range Maximum Minimum 7 e SMU 00835 a a Ch A re NOTE a e You can save the settings of Input Range Screen Save Setting Load Settings g p g Range and Sampling Interval as a setup file and ee e load the saved setup file This can be performed SMU 00833 using the same procedures as those described in Configuring Analog Sampling Settings under Analog Sampling F
249. g operation is being performed stop it Click the icon on the Data List Toolbar or the Fse button on the Function Key bar You could also press the F9 function key on the PC keyboard FS Print Fo Save Fld Mon SI t vie MME SMU 00577 This causes the sampled data save dialog box to appear The name of the data file being saved is generated automatically in accordance with the current time and date If you want to use the generated file name as is click the dialog box Save button If you want to change to a different file name type in the name you want Save As Save in a Data e e Ex 010705134700 ssm File name 010705134710 ssm 0 Save as type Various system sampling data ssm d Cancel Detail of saved data System Engine Control System SSS Comment tesi SMU 00524 NOTE e Sample data files are saved in the Data folder where the PC application is installed To change to another storage location specify the location you want in the Save in box of the save data dialog box e The Comment box of the Save As dialog box can be used to save general comments associated with the data or file Saving Specific Sampled Data Using Cut and Save For details about how to use cut and save to save specific sampled data see Two Cursor Analysis Using Non Sl Units to Display Sampled Data If a sampling operation is being performed stop it Click the HalNon s1 b
250. ge Sampling Interval AUTO range settings ltem Conversion rate on fT E Unit Auto Range Maximum Minimum SS Sa ee n al ae e Save Setting Load Settings SMU 00833 NOTE For details about screen range settings see Con figuring Analog Sampling Settings under Analog Sampling 19 Select Sampling Interval tab to configure the sampling interval of analog data Select the de sired interval from drop down menu Input Range Screen Range Sampling Interval Save Setting Load Settings SMU 00834 20 After configuring the settings of all tabs click the Finish button Input Range Screen Range Sampling Interval Save Setting Load Settings n SMU 00835 199 ECM Analog Simultaneous Measurement NOTE e You can save the settings of Input Range Screen Range and Sampling Interval as a setup file and load the saved setup file This can be performed using the same procedures as those described in Configuring Analog Sampling Settings under Analog Sampling For this procedures see the appropriate item e When loading a setup file select the file which displays ECM Analog Simultaneous Measure ment in System field in dialog box Look in e Data gt e ex FE 3 052205122433 0cs 062705150329 0cs File name 062705150329 0cs Files of type ocs Cancel Detail of saved data System ECM Analog Simultaneous Measurement Comment
251. gger to be applied while sampling is in progress There are three trigger setting methods Trigger of input da ta where a trigger is set in advance to a sampling item and trigger detection is performed automatical ly for ECM data Analogue data trigger with auto matic trigger detection for analogue data and Manual trigger with manual trigger When sam pling is performed using a trigger data is stored from the start of the sampling until the specified time from trigger detection elapses 200 ECM Analog Simultaneous Measurement Trigger setting 1 While sampling is stopped click thelF4 Trigeer but ton on the Function Key Bar or the F4 function key on you PC keyboard 2 This displays a trigger setup screen Select Trig ger of input data and then click the Next button Setup trigger Specify type of trigger Without trigger C Trigger of input data C Trigger of analog data C Manual trigger Cancel SMU 00896 NOTE To turn off a trigger select Without trigger on the above screen and then click the Cancel button 3 For the following trigger setting methods refer to the section Trigger of ECM data sampling for Trigger of input data and Manual trigger and refer to the section Trigger Function in Ana logue sampling data for Analogue data trigger However this function does not have the setting Pre trigger time on the trigger func
252. gine switch push button ignition switch After the buzzer sounds once move the mobile key AccessKey away from the push engine switch push button ignition switch and go to the next step COn i Fmd a key COn irm one key Lonfrirned a ke Hold ower STOW SMU 00956 NOTE e When holding the mobile key AccessKey up to the push engine switch push button ignition switch bring the mobile key AccessKey close to the push engine switch push button ignition switch as shown below 1 Let the mechanical key insertion opening of the mobile key AccessKey face down 2 Hold the Subaru ornament side to the push en gine switch push button ignition switch side 3 Bring it close until it touches the push engine switch push button ignition switch The procedure to hold a mobile key access key over the push engine switch push button ignition switch has to be done within 30 seconds after the screen above appears 12 Smart ECM registration is then automatically ex ecuted When the registration ends normally the following screen appears Press the ENT key SSP ECM Fee com Press H EIT H SMU 00965 13 After confirming that the keyless access with push button start system is operating normally quit the registration operation 234 SDI Stand alone Diagnosis Registering the Engine ECM You can get engine ECM registered in the keyless access with push button start system 1 On t
253. gramming Error Code List PG DISDIAY asics vente inini 302 ECM Reprogramming Error Code List NSM LCD Display ccccceeceeeeeeee ees 316 SSMIII revision history ccceceeeeeeeeeeee ees 318 List of Part Numbers cccccccseeeeeeeeeees 324 Introduction The SSMIII is a powerful fault diagnosis device that has been developed using the latest advanced technology Used in combination with a PC it pro vides a tool for quick and efficient analysis of vehicle faults Application software running on a PC provides an interactive user interface for very simple operation High speed communication with the engine control system and transmission control system help to make checking of various phenomena faster than ever before Be sure to carefully read this manual in combination with the Service Manual to develop fault diagnostic skills by using SSMIII functions to their fullest Note that the illustrations and display screens shown in this manual may differ from those of the actual SSMIII due to specification modifications Microsoft Windows 2000 Windows XP Internet Explorer are either registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation Intel Pentium M is a registered trademark of Intel Corporation Adobe Acrobat Reader is a registered trademark of Adobe Systems Incorporated EFI Electronic Fuel Injection is a trademark of TOYOTA MOTOR CORPORATION SUBARU isa registered trademark of FUJI HEAVY INDUSTRIES Ltd
254. he Transfer button back Selection Completed SMU 00479 15 The message shown below will appear after the SDR setting file is created on the CF card in the SDI SUBARU Select Monitor Ill x N Transfer is completed SDI has become driving recorder mode Tum off SSM software SMU 00480 167 Driving Recorder SDR NOTE If any message other than the one shown above ap pears perform the operation as instructed by the message to create the setting file Saving SDR Data to CF Card SDR data can be saved to the CF card by pressing the TRG key while sampling is being performed or by pressing the trigger switch of the optional remote box NOTE e Be sure to turn off SDI power before installing a CF card into or removing a CF card from its card slot Inserting or removing a CF card while SDI power is turned on runs the risk of damaging CF card contents e Pressing the TRG key will save data starting from the point 10 minutes before the key is pressed up to the point five seconds after the key is pressed 1 Insert the CF card that contains the SDR setting file into the CF1 card slot of the SDI 2 Connect the main connector of the diagnosis ca ble to the diagnosis communication connector of the SDI 3 Connect the vehicle connector of the diagnosis cable to the vehicle s data link connector and confirm that the PWR LED of the SDI lights NOTE SDI power will turn on automatically when the
255. he Initial Menu screen use the UP and DOWN keys to select SUBARU Vehicle and then press the ENT key SUBARU Yehicle Function Setup belt Check Exit 2 This causes the Menu Selection screen to ap pear Use the UP and DOWN keys to select IMM regist and then press the ENT key To return to the Initial Menu screen press the C key or select Exit and then press the ENT key SMU 00513 JTC check votem Check IMM resist xlt SMU 00746 3 Press the ENT key if the system selection screen is displayed Select Res Sys Immobi sys ENT Audio Sys TRG Back 0 SMU 00949 NOTE Audio System is the specification only for the U K 4 On the next screen confirm the system is keyless access with push button start system Press the ENT key Smart system ENT Utherwise L SMU 00947 NOTE The term Smart system that appears on this screen is synonymous with the term keyless ac cess with push button start system used in this text 5 Input the teaching operation code and then press the ENT key Press C key to return to the Menu Selection screen NOTE The UP and DOWN keys allow to input numbers The RIGHT and LEFT keys allow to move over digits of number 00 Enter Leach oF code YES EMT Ma oc SMU 00950 6 The registration mode selection screen appears Use the UP and DOWN keys to select E G ECM Reg and t
256. he SDI screen Saving Uata SMU 00839 4 In response to the save confirmation screen that appears press the ENT key caved as Tol lowing 90705144440 cts Press ENT SMU 00840 216 SDI Stand alone Diagnosis Save data stored in a CF card toa PC This explains how to save sampled data stored ina CF card to hard disk of your PC Sampled data can be read from a CF card in the card slot of the SDI or in the card slot of a PC NOTE Be sure to turn off SDI power before installing a CF card into or removing a CF card from its card slot Inserting or removing a CF card while SDI power is turned on runs the risk of damaging CF card con tents To read data from a card slot of the SDI 1 On the Main Menu select the Read CF applica tion measurement data All System Diagnosis Each System Check Sayed Data Display Immobilizer Reprogram Read CF application measurement data Conyert Save measurement data on driving recorder Oscilloscope Others Quit SMU 00841 2 On the Read CF application measurement data screen select the Read out CF application measurement data from the CF card inside SDI Read CF application measurement data Read out CF application measurement data from the CF card inside SDI Read out CF application measurement data from the CF card inside the computer Back SMU 00842 3 On the Read out CF application measurement data from the CF card inside
257. he USB cable to connect the SDI to the PC 4 Turn on the vehicle s ignition switch 5 Double click the SSMIII icon on the PC screen to start up the application Trigger 6 On the Main Menu that appears on the display select Each System Check and then press the Enter key or left click with the mouse All System Diagnosis Each System Check Sayed Data Display Immobilizer Reprogram Conyert Save measurement data on driving recorder Oscilloscope Quit SMU 00600 7 On the System Selection Menu select the de sired system and then press the Enter key or left click with the mouse As an example Engine is selected System Selection Menu Engine Control System Transmission Control System Cruise Control System Brake Control System Image Processing Preview Control Integ unit mode Radar sensor Impact Sensor Power Steering System Tire pressure monitor Airbag System Occupant Detection System Back SMU 00665 8 This displays a compliance verification message for the system being diagnosed Click the OK button SUBARU Select Monitor x HD 2 0 TURBO SMU 00128 9 From the list of fault diagnosis items select Cur rent Data Display amp Save and then press the En ter key or left click with the mouse Engine Diagnosis Current Data Display amp Save Diagnostic Code s Display Clear
258. he card slot of the PC Click the OK button SUBARU Select Monitor Ill Fa 1 Insert CF card with SDA measurement data into CF card slot of computer Cancel SMU 00491 5 When the dialog box shown below appears click the OK button SUBARU Select Monitor Ill G Specify CF card drive SMU 00492 6 Select the drive where the CF card is located and then click the OK button Browse for Folder Select CF card drive Desktop a HEA My Documents E g My Computer H E Local Disk C amp Local Disk D amp Local Disk E E HTICRECOVERY F amp Compact Disc G Jomnvahle isk fi E A A My Network Places 040901 H 040903 _2nn4na 1 Nrivina Recorder zi conei SMU 00493 170 Driving Recorder SDR 7 This causes the sampled data save dialog box to appear The name of the data file being saved is generated automatically in accordance with the current time and date If you want to use the gen erated file name as is click the dialog box Save button If you want to change to a different file name type in the name you want Save As Save in Sy Data e a 0106051 41548 sdr File name 010605141759 sdr Save as type Driving recorder sampling data sdr z Bancel m Detail of saved data Engine Control System Bang System Comment SMU 00700 NOTE e Sample data files are saved in the Dat
259. he contrast of the LCD can be adjusted to make its contents easier to view Pressing the UP key makes LCD contrast darker while the DOWN key makes LCD contrast lighter After configuring the contrast setting press the ENT key To cancel the setting procedure press the MENU key NOTE You can check display contrast by pressing the TRG key on the keypad to turn off the LCD back light To turn the LCD backlight back on press the TRG key again LOD CONTRAST gt CONTRAST Eee BS CKL IGHI TR CHANGE P A EO SMU 00355 KEY PRESS BEEP This setting turns the SDI key operation confirma tion buzzer on and off While viewing the display screen BEEP item use the UP and DOWN keys to configure buzzer ON OFF setting After configuring the settings press the ENT key To cancel the setting procedure press the MENU key KEY PRESS BEEF EEEF MEL CHANGE A DAN SMU 00356 254 SDI System Menu List of Contents on Displayed Data List of Contents on Displayed Data NOTE Items and contents of data displayed on the screen may differ from this list due to models specifications and upgrading of the SUBARU select monitor HI and or vehicles Engine No Items Unit of measure Contents Remarks 1 Engine Load Yo Current air volume ratio if the fully opened air volume in the present en gine speed is 100 2 Coolant Tem
260. he session mode due to 1 Re try after the data link con ignition switch and retry it is the programming session If it is the programming session while the initial communication If it is the programming session after the session was changed to the extended session nector is reconnected 2 Confirm the connection of the USB connection 3 Re try from the first step after the ignition OFF 308 ECM Reprogramming Error Code List Error Error Message Cause Corrective action Code 4068 Session mode failure Turn off the Error on the session mode due to 1 Re try after the data link con ignition switch and retry it is the extended session nector is reconnected If itis the extended session while 2 Confirm the connection of the the initial communication USB connection 3 Re try from the first step after the ignition OFF 4100 Version code of software for re If the version of the control soft Make sure if the PAK file is correct write control is NG ware in ECM is not correct 4101 Error on rewrite data in flash ROM If an error occurs during ECM re 1 Re try after the data link con writing nector is reconnected 2 Make sure the connection of the USB connection 3 Re try from the first step after ig nition OFF 4102 Communication speed bps can If the baud rate which does not 1 Re try after the data link con not be set meet EC
261. hen press the ENT key sort Immobi Reg mmrt ECM Ree ELM Rez SMU 00966 7 n response to the registration mode confirmation screen that appears press the ENT key Eng ine ECM Execute resristy YES ENT ANG C SMU 00967 8 Input the security ID and then press the ENT key W000 Enter sec DB SERMT SMU 00953 235 SDI Stand alone Diagnosis 9 Stand by as the security ID is being collated LConearimne oS SMU 00954 10 Wait until the engine ECM is then being regis tered Eng ine ECM ResiStering SMU 00968 17 The screen shown below will appear if registra tion ends normally Press the ENT key SUCCESS r ul Press ENT SMU 00962 12 After the screen shown below appears wait until the Initial Menu screen shows up again En ine Ech Regist clos in SMU 00969 13 After confirming that the keyless access with push button start system is operating normally quit the registration operation Readout the Number of Mobile Key Access Key Registration The number of mobile keys access keys currently registered on the vehicle can be read 7 On the Initial Menu screen use the UP and DOWN keys to select SUBARU Vehicle and then press the ENT key SUBARU Vehicle Function Setup elf Check SMU 00513 2 This causes the Menu Selection screen to ap pear Use the UP and DOWN keys to s
262. hes that lead to electric load For vehicles with ECO switch turn on the ECO switch For vehicles with SPORT mode turn off the SPORT mode For vehicles with POWER HOLD switch turn off the POWER HOLD switch For vehicles with SI DRIVE set to Intelligent 1 mode SMU 01122 NOTE If following message is shown warm up the engine until ATF temperature becomes 60 to 80 C 140 to 176 F or cool it down according to the instructions appeared on the screen Once the ATF temperature reaches 60 to 80 degC the next procedure is exe cuted automatically To cancel learning click the Cancel button AT learning mode Warm up the engine until ATF temperature becomes 60 to 80 C or execute AT learning again after the ATF cools down Current ATF temperature 15 C SMU 01 123 NOTE Stop the engine when ATF is to be cooled down 3 Lift up the vehicle following the screen instruc tions and pull the parking brake Click the OK button to go to the next screen AT learning mode Lift up the vehicle and put on the parking brake x eer SMU 01078 IMPORTANT e When performing learning control be sure to keep the lower edge of the tires 30 cm 11 8 in or more above the ground as vehicle vibrates during the work e When performing the transfer clutch learning ful ly apply the parking brake to avoid tires from ro tating e Move the Select lever to P range 4 Follow the screen instructions and swit
263. hness monitor sampling data cym Cancel As SMU 00800 211 Roughness Monitor SDI Stand alone Diagnosis The SDI can be used for fault diagnosis in a stand alone configuration without connecting to a PC You need to insert a CF card with the CF application installed on it into the card slot of the SDI in order to perform stand alone diagnosis NOTE Be sure to turn off SDI power the PWR LED of the SDI goes out before installing a CF card into or re moving a CF card from its card slot Inserting or re moving a CF card while SDI power is turned on runs the risk of damaging CF card contents Getting Ready Starting Up the SDI in Stand alone Mode 1 Insert a CF card that has the CF application in stalled into the CF1 card slot of the SDI 2 Connect the main connector of the diagnosis ca ble to the diagnosis communication connector of the SDI 3 Connect the vehicle connector of the diagnosis cable to the vehicle s data link connector and confirm that the PWR LED of the SDI lights NOTE SDI power will turn on automatically when the diag nosis cable is connected to the vehicle If the PWR LED of the SDI does not light turn on the vehicle s ignition switch or start the engine and then press the SDI PWR key and check again to see if the PWR LED of the SDI lights V N lt t A ee F EW 4 Hold down the SDI MENU key and C key at the same time for at least two seconds 212 SDI Stan
264. iance verification screen that appears press the ENT key IMMOR IL I ZER 2 A TURBO Press ENT SMU 00880 7 Input the teaching operation code and then press the ENT key Press C key to return to the Menu Selection screen NOTE The UP and DOWN keys allow to input numbers The RIGHT and LEFT keys allow to move over digits of number Moo Enter teach of code TES ENT ANG C SMU 00748 8 In response to the registration mode confirmation screen that appears press the ENT key Press C key to return to the command input screen Ezecute key Fees TES EMT ANO C SMU 00749 9 Input the security ID and then press the ENT key NOTE The UP and DOWN keys allow to input numbers The RIGHT and LEFT keys allow to move over digits of number Moooi Enter sec DBD ERT SMU 00750 10 Stand by as the security ID is being collated LOrmnhniured ica i orm With Yehi cle SMU 00751 17 In response to the key registration confirmation screen that appears press the ENT key Execute KEY FEE Fress ENT SMU 00752 12 Stand by as the key is registered Fe i ster ine kev SMU 00753 13 The screen shown below will appear if registra tion ends normally If you have another key to be registered press the ENT key If you do not have any more keys to be registered press the C key and advance to step 22 22
265. ibed in this section NOTE e Standard deviation is digitization of dispersion in rotation of all cylinders or each one If this value is extremely higher than other cylinder it deter mines that combustion condition is faulty Be sides this function also displays average value of engine speed If this value is extremely lower than other cylinder it also determines that com bustion condition is faulty When you use the roughness monitor function install the pulse analog cartridge to SDI in ad vance Roughness Monitor is not displayed in fault diagnosis items screen if pulse analog car tridge is not installed When taking out sensor signal take out it from ECM connector portion Taking out around sen sor may be affected by noise leading to inaccu rate measurement Refer to Service Manual for connector terminal arrangement wire color etc when taking out sensor signal Be careful not to short the signal lines of crank shaft position sensor and camshaft position sen Sor If the security software such as antivirus software is used sampling time may be long when sam pling with High Grade Roughness Monitor In this case quit the security software before sampling 203 Roughness Monitor Sampling with Simple Roughness Monitor NOTE Simple Roughness Monitor cannot be used if there is not Roughness Monitor in normal engine Data Display 1 Prepare the SDI diagnosis cable USB cable and a PC
266. ic view Da f Printers and Other Hardware See Also R Windows Update a cy Help and Support bal Other Control Panel Add or Remove Programs a Date Time Language and Regional Options Network and Internet Connections User Accounts Options Accessibility Options SW o Sounds Speech and Audio Devices eat Performance and Maintenance SMU 00986 3 The screen Network Connections is displayed Select Wireless Network Connections 18 Address e Network Connections Wireless LAN Communication S Network Connections File Edit View Favorites Tools Advanced Help Q sak E a pe Search E gt Folders E LAN or High Speed Internet ak Local aroa Connection led Ug Re ERTS 3139 810x Famil Network Tasks E Create a new connection Set up a home or small office network amp Disable this network device i Rename this connection Fa Change settings of this connection Other Places E Control Panel J My Network Places E My Documents W My Computer Details Wireless Network Connection Wireless connection unavailable SMU 00987 4 Select Properties from File in the menu Network Connections ex a AG Edit view Favorites Tools Advanced Help Disable Status PP Search E Folders E Repa pair v SE New Connection LAN or High Speed Internet Network Setup Wizard reate Cop oa Local Area Connection B
267. idge is not installed See Analog Sampling for handling precautions about Pulse Analog Kit how to install the pulse analog cartridge in the SDI and how to upgrade the SDI firmware A CF card with the CF application installed is re quired in order to sample data using this function Prepare a CF card before starting an operation Be sure to turn off SDI power before installing a CF card into or removing a CF card from its card slot Inserting or removing a CF card while SDI power is turned on runs the risk of damaging CF card contents e When using this function always take measure ments after you have created a setting file for the desired vehicle model Measurement is not pos sible if the setting file stored in the CF card is for another vehicle model Creating an SDR Setting File Use the following procedure to create a setting file which selected the items to be sampled on the CF card 1 Prepare the SDI diagnosis cable the USB cable a PC with the PC application installed and a CF card with the CF application installed 175 ECM Analog Simultaneous Measurement SDR 2 Insert the CF card into the CF1 card slot of the SDI 3 Connect the main connector of the diagnosis ca ble to the diagnosis communication connector of the SDI 4 Connect the vehicle connector of the diagnosis cable to the vehicle s data link connector and confirm that the PWR LED of the SDI lights NOTE SDI power will turn on
268. ifferent number communica tion between SDI and PC cannot be established 24 Wireless LAN Communication 9 Confirm the entered number and click the button 3 Click the jGonnect button on the Function Key OK Bar of the main menu screen or press function key F11 of the PC SDI Setup Enter the Production Number Fu Connect FlelExit SMU 01011 4 The screen SDI Connection Setup is displayed 7 Select LAN for Select Connection Production Number Cox D e SDI Connection Setup Select Connection SMU 01015 10 The setting completion message is displayed Click the button OK SUBARU Select Monitor III Ed l 5DI setup is completed Jy Turn off SDI and restart it again Connect Cancel SMU 01012 SMU 01016 11 Restart the SDI 5 Click the button SDI Search SDI Connection Setup Switching to wireless LAN connection Selec Connection 1 Wait until communication between PC and SDI has been established Set SDI 2 When communication has been established start List of SDI the SSMII PC application Cancel SMU 01017 25 NOTE In some cases depending on Windows Security setup the screen shown below appears If so click Unblock x To help protect your computer Windows Firewall has blocked some features of this program Windows Security Alert Do pou want to keep blocking this program SUBARU Select Monitor P
269. ifying torque down per mission in regard to the transmission ECM Becomes ON at the time of al lowance signal output Output value of the engine ECM 193 EAM Signal Low High Signal notifying torque down per mission in regard to the transmission control system ECM Becomes Low at the time of prohibition signal output Output value of the engine ECM 194 AT coop Lock up sig ON OFF Display of the AT lock up status Be comes ON with lock up status 195 AT coop Lean burn sig ON OFF Becomes ON at the time of lean burn control execution for a lean burn model Output value of the engine ECM 268 List of Contents on Displayed Data No Items Unit of measure Contents Remarks 196 AT coop Rich spike sig ON OFF Becomes ON at the time of rich spike output for a lean burn model Output value of the engine ECM 197 AET Signal Low High Torque down request signal from the transmission ECM Becomes Low at the time of request signal in put 198 Kick Down Switch ON OFF Input value from the kick down switch At present these data are not used 199 Economy Switch ON OFF Input value from the economy switch Becomes ON when the economy switch is ON However CAN input This item is applied only to Japanese mod els 200 Idle Switch ON OFF Idling signal ON at the time of idling 201 ETC Motor Rela
270. igger points are in dicated by vertical green chain lines Trigger information is displayed on the left side of the Sampling Status Bar Clicking the Details button displays an Information of trigger of input data screen which you can use to view detailed information about the currently assigned trigger SMU 00658 Configuring a Manual Trigger With a Manual trigger trigger detection is not per formed automatically and a trigger is applied when ever the trigger switch is pressed 1 On the Specify type of trigger screen select Manual trigger and then click the Next button Specify type of trigger Without trigger Trigger of input data Manual trigger Beck B Cancel SMU 00659 Trigger 2 Setup the action that should be performed after a trigger is detected Configure the settings and then click the Exit button Setup trigger x Setup action after trigger Time of samples after trigger MET 1 Sec 60 Sec Trigger dot display in hold mode transit 5 Div 0 Div 10 Div a SMU 00656 1 Time of samples after trigger This setting is the sampling time after the trigger switch is pressed 2 Trigger dot display in hold mode transit This setting specifies the display position of the trig ger switch press point trigger point when the graph is displayed following sampling 3 This will display the measurement screen and au tomatically start sampling When sampling
271. ight Switch ON OFF Stop light switch signal Becomes ON when the brake pedal is de pressed Transmission ECM input value 63 Up Switch ON OFF Up switch signal Becomes ON when the select lever is moved to the plus side of the manual gate Transmission ECM input value 64 Kick Down Switch ON OFF Kickdown judgment signal transmit ted from the engine ECM Becomes ON when kickdown is judged from change of the accelerator opening angle Transmission ECM input val ue 65 FWD Switch ON OFF FWD switch signal Becomes ON when a fuse Is inserted into the FWD fuse holder Transmission ECM in put value 66 Power Mode Switch ON OFF Power mode switch signal Becomes ON when the switch is ON Trans mission ECM input value 67 Hold Mode Switch ON OFF Snow hold mode switch signal Be comes ON when the switch is ON Transmission ECM input value 68 1st Range Signal ON OFF Inhibitor switch signal Becomes ON when the select lever is in range 1 Transmission ECM input value 69 2nd Range Signal ON OFF Inhibitor switch signal Becomes ON when the select lever is in range 2 Transmission ECM input value 276 70 3rd Range Signal ON OFF List of Contents on Displayed Data Inhibitor switch signal Becomes ON when the select lever is in range 3 Transmission ECM input value 71 D Range Signal ON OFF I
272. ighting SW input ON OFF Input value from the combination switch Becomes ON when the headlights are set to ON 31 Door key lock SW input ON OFF Input value from the switch for the door key cylinder part Becomes ON when the key is turned to the LOCK side 32 Door unlock SW input ON OFF Input value from the switch for the door key cylinder part Becomes ON when the key is turned to the UN LOCK side 33 Drivers door SW input ON OFF Input value from the drivers door switch Becomes ON when the door is opened 34 P door SW input ON OFF Input value from the passenger s door switch Becomes ON when the door is opened 35 Rear right door SW input ON OFF Input value from the rear right door switch Becomes ON when the door is opened 36 Rear left door SW input ON OFF Input value from the rear left door switch Becomes ON when the door is opened 37 R Gate SW input ON OFF Input value from the rear gate switch or the trunk lid switch Becomes ON when the rear gate or the trunk is opened 38 Manual lock SW input ON OFF Input value from the manual lock switch for the power window main switch part Becomes ON when the manual lock switch is locked 284 List of Contents on Displayed Data No Items to be displayed Unit of measure Contents Remarks 39 Manual unlock SW input ON OFF Input
273. ile name PAK FILE LIST OF N AMERICA FOR SM 3 me Files of type Microsoft Access Database mdb Cancel SMU 00802 10 Select CountrySpec in menu to select desired destination This causes search conditions of PAK file to be refined for selected destination Option ae Country S pec Japan Ctrl J Select Database A LAME RICA Chri h wW CID Australia Ctrl 4 General Ctrl h Vehicle y AljExceptJapan CtrleL SMU 00803 17 In the Search FlashWrite screen check the CID check box input the CID of the ECM that you are going to reprogram and then click the Search button to find the PAK file If you don t know the CID of the ECM use the vehicle specifications to find the PAK file ta SearchFlashwrite Search Result Vehicle Line E SS aire aed re ee es 8 as M CID Search Condition r Vehicle spec CID XXXXXXXX Vehicle Spec Continue New data install from CD SMU 00686 184 Guideline for reprogramming procedure for SSMIII NOTE e f no search results are displayed when Vehicle spec is selected as a Search Condition you can clear the search items by pressing the Clear Se lection button to return the selected search items to their initial status e The password request dialog box appears when you execute reprogram on a computer on which the first diagnostic software has been installed Setting User ID and Password k Input User ID and P
274. illumina tion and the door warning lamp in terlocked with doors will be turned off to prevent battery failure no support Room lamp key ring il lumination and door warning are lit continuously 297 List of Contents on Displayed Data No ltems to be displayed Unit of measure Contents Remarks 180 Dome Light Alarm Setting ON OFF Set value for room lamp lighting or This item is applied not at the time of alarm by the secu only to models for Ja rity system pan and North Ameri ON The room lamp is lit continuous ca ly at the time of alarm OFF At the time of an alarm the room lamp goes out after the set de lay time 181 Map Light Setting ON OFF Set value whether the map lamp is to be light interlocked to the room lamp or not at the time of door opening ON The map lamp also light inter locked with the dome light OFF The map lamp remains off and does not light interlocked with the dome light 182 Belt Warning Switch ON OFF Setting value that controls activation non activation of the Seat Belt Warn ing System warning buzzer and warning light 183 Keyless P W Switch ON OFF Setting value that controls whether This item is applied or not the power window will operate only to Japanese mod when the keyless lock unlock button els is depressed and held down 184 A C ECM setting support no sup Set value of the auto A C ECM When this item is not por
275. increase buzzer volume or the DOWN key to decrease buzzer volume After checking the buzzer volume press the ENT key BEEP VOL CHE YOL WME CHANGE WP ADO SMU 00342 RAM CHECK This item executes a SDI self check of the SDI built in RAM and displays the result When completion of the self diagnosis is indicated by CHECK OK or CHECK NG on the display press the ENT key Pah CHE CHECK Ok SMU 00343 ROM CHECK This item executes a SDI self check of the SDI built in ROM and displays the result Check the display after the self check is complete ROM is normal if the hexadecimal values that ap pear under WrSUM and CalSUM on the display are identical After checking the ROM check press the ENT key NOTE Use the UP and DOWN keys to scroll screen con tents SMU 00344 252 SDI System Menu VERSION CHECK This item provides a means for checking the SDI software version Make sure that the version that appears during data communication is the same as the version shown on the version check screen After checking the version check press the ENT key SL Yer 1 0 59 EXTTSENT SMU 00523 RTC TIMER CHECK This item provides a means to check whether the date and time setting operation of the SDI built in clock is normal Check to make sure that the year month day day of the week hour minute and se
276. ing is aborted while the condition check for re programming nector is reconnected 2 Make sure the connection of the USB connection 3 Re try from the first step after ig nition OFF 305 ECM Reprogramming Error Code List Error Error Message Cause Corrective action Code 4036 Error occurred in communication If an error occurs while communi 1 Re try after the data link con Reprogramming is aborted cating with ECM Request Down nector is reconnected load 2 Make sure the connection of the USB connection 3 Re try from the first step after ig nition OFF 4037 Error occurred in communication If an error occurs while communi 1 Re try after the data link con Reprogramming is aborted cating with ECM Start Diagnostic nector is reconnected Session 2 Make sure the connection of the USB connection 3 Re try from the first step after ig nition OFF 4040 Error occurred while rewriting If an error occurs while communi 1 Re try after the data link con Reprogramming is aborted cating with ECM Transfer Data nector is reconnected 2 Make sure the connection of the USB connection 3 Re try from the first step after ig nition OFF 4041 Error occurred while rewriting lf an error occurs while communi 1 Re try after the data link con Reprogramming is aborted cating with ECM Check SUM nector is reconnected 2 Make sure the connection
277. ing message is displayed A Caps Lock is On Having Caps Lock on may cause you to enter your password incorrectly You should press Caps Lock to turn it off before entering your password SMU 01005 21 Enter the same characters as for Network key also for Comfirm network key Wireless network properties p Association Authentication Network name SSID 100001 Wireless network key This network requires 4 key for the following Network Authentication Open Data encryption WEP Network key eeececeececes Confirm network key Key index advanced 1 v C The key is provided for me automatically _ This is a computer to computer ad hoc network wireless access points are not used SMU 01006 Wireless LAN Communication 22 Set 1 for Key index advanced 24 When setting has been completed click the but ton OK and close the window Wireless network properties Association Authentication Wireless network properties Network name SSIDI 100001 Association Authentication Wireless network key Network name SSID 100001 This network requires 4 key for the following Wireless network key Network Authentication Open This network requires a key for the following Data encryption WEP Network Authentication Open Network key coooooooooooo Data encryption WEP
278. ing recorder Oscilloscope Quit SMU 00600 107 Impact Sensor 7 On the System Selection Menu select Impact Sensor and then press the Enter key or left click with the mouse System Selection Menu Engine Control System Transmission Control System Cruise Control System Brake Control System Tire pressure monitor Integ unit mode Occupant Detection System Airbag System Brake Vacuum Pump System Keyless Unit Mode Air Suspension System Air Condition System CAN System Power Steering System Smart Key System Back SMU 01024 8 This displays a compliance verification message for the system being diagnosed Click the OK button SUBARU Select Monitor III X p Impact Sensor SMU 01025 9 On the Diagnostic Menu select Sensitivity Ad justment Mode and then press the Enter key or left click with the mouse Diagnostic Menu Sensitivity Adjustment Mode Back SMU 01026 10 This displays an execution confirmation mes sage of the Sensitivity Adjustment Mode Click the Yes button SUBARU Select Monitor Ill 2 Is sensitivity adjustment mode performed Mo SMU 01027 17 Sensitivity Adjustment Mode dialog box ap pears Select a sensitivity value of the Impact Sensor by clicking _ gt button and then click the OK button It can be selected by pressing left and right arrow keys on the PC too Sensitivity Adjustment Mode Sensitive 2 Insensible
279. ings can be returned to their initial status e Item sequence default setting on each models e Data Select Screen all items not selected e Horizontal axis range of Graph Screen default setting on each item e Vertical axis range of Graph Screen 0 5 sec div e Graph line color of Graph Screen all red e Graph line thickness of Graph Screen 1 point e Trigger function without trigger e Two Cursor Analysis end of Two Cursor Analysis While sampling is stopped click the icon on the Data List Toolbar FelSelect Fe Print ulel mim R FalRaree SMU 00694 Functions for Initializing Toolbars It is possible to initialize the display on each toolbar If you initialize the toolbars the display will be shown as follows e Display or not Displays all toolbars e Position of display Initial display position For initializing the toolbars select Initializing the toolbar from View on the menu File Ite SESE Tool Help Data list toolbar Sampling status bar Function key bar SMU 00867 Sampling Item Memory Sampling item memory can be used to configure re quired sampling items for each abnormality symp tom Then setting files can be read as required for sampling NOTE e The setting files described above are called mode files e This function may not be available in the case of certain vehicle models and vehicle specifications Creating a Mode File 1 Prepare the SD
280. injection amount learn ing and Registering the Injector Code NOTE e Refer to Fuel pump duty learning of this item for the work procedure and perform the work follow ing the screen instructions e Perform the work with the engine started EGR valve opening angle learning IMPORTANT At the time of EGR valve and ECM replacement EGR valve opening angle learning must be per formed NOTE e Refer to Fuel pump duty learning of this item for the work procedure and perform the work follow ing the screen instructions e Perform the work with the engine started Registering the Injector Code It is possible to register display read and save the injector code for vehicles with a diesel engine Getting Ready 1 Prepare the SDI diagnosis cable USB cable and a PC with the PC application installed 2 Use the diagnosis cable to connect the SDI to the data link connector of the vehicle Learning inspection and registration mode related to diesel engines Excluding North America NOTE SDI power will turn on automatically when the diag nosis cable is connected to the vehicle If the PWR LED of the SDI does not light turn on the vehicle s ignition switch or start the engine and then press the SDI PWR key and check again to see if the PWR LED of the SDI lights SY SW Wy ine SMU 00113 3 Use the USB cable to connect the SDI to the PC 4 Turn on the vehicle s ignition switch 5 Double clic
281. inks at the time of an AT fault Re ceived from the Transmission ECM and transmitted to the combination meter CAN data 99 ECO Lamp AT ON OFF Becomes ON when the economy lamp lighting signal is ON Received from Transmission ECM CAN data 100 ECO Lamp MT ON OFF Becomes ON when the economy lamp lighting signal is ON Received from Transmission ECM CAN data 101 Tire diameter abnormal 1 ON OFF Becomes ON when the FWD fuse is connected when set to FF Re ceived from the Transmission ECM and transmitted to the combination meter CAN data 102 Tire diameter abnormal 2 Blink OFF Blinking at approximately the speed difference when tires with one size difference set on front and rear wheels Received from the Trans mission ECM and transmitted to the combination meter CAN data 103 Shift Up Indication UP OFF Shift up possible indication signal Becomes UP when shift up is possi ble Together with the arrow of the gear indication in the combination meter 104 Shift Down Indication DOWN OFF Shift down possible indication sig nal Becomes DOWN when shift down is possible Together with the arrow of the gear indication in the combination meter 105 SPORT Shift buzzer 1 ON OFF Shift down prohibition alarm Be comes ON at the time of output to the buzzer Received from the Transmission ECM and transmitted to the combination meter C
282. ion press the C key Clear Memory YES ENT NU L SMU 00450 7 Executing the memory clear operation causes the screen shown below to appear In accordance with the instructions on the screen turn off the ig nition switch and then press the ENT key Uone Turn lenition Switch UFF Press ENT SMU 00451 NOTE There are some systems that do not have a memory clear item on the fault diagnosis menu With such a system the diagnostic code will disappear from the display when you turn off the vehicle s ignition switch Transmission System Memory Clear 2 On the fault diagnosis screen for the transmission system Clear Memory and Clear Memory 2 items may be displayed Selecting the Clear Memory 2 item deletes diag nostic codes and learning control values remem bered by the transmission control module Airbag System Memory Clear To execute the memory clear operation in the air bag system you must first completely service all problems If there is even one problem remaining the memory clear operation cannot be executed Body Integrated Module Function Setting ECM Customizing The following procedure can be used to configure operational details operation time and other set tings for the actuators controlled by the body inte grated module IMPORTANT Make sure you perform setting operations in ac cordance with the Service Manual when using the unit customization function
283. ions can be made SMU 00154 Changing the Range of the Graph Screen The following procedure can be used to change the range settings of the graph screen vertical and hor izontal axes in order to make graphs easier to read 1 While sampling is stopped click the JE icon on the Data List Toolbar or the F Ranee button on the Function Key Bar You can also display the range setting screen by pressing the F7 function key on the PC keyboard fs FelSelect F Range Fe Print FS Save fal ole t tab Ta SMU 00585 2 After the screen below appears input a value to specify the vertical axis range of the graph into the range box NOTE The range box may not appear for some items ltem Range Graph l Engine Speed 10000 Spon 757 rpm Ob Coolant Temp uaa 90 C 6 Se A F Correction 1 50 0 i ee SMU 00195 3 To specify the graph horizontal time axis range click the range selection box in the lower left cor ner of the screen and then select the desired time setting NOTE The time settings that appear depend on sampling conditions 0 5 sec div 1 sec div h o 2 5 sec div a ao 10 sec div 00 30 sec div teas 60 sec div o 1 sec div 0 SMU 00196 41 Current Data Display and Save 4 After the graph vertical axis and horizontal axis range settings are configured as desired click the icon on the Data List Toolbar or the MIG button on the Function Key Bar
284. is displayed Confirm the con tents to be registered and click the OK button Injector Code Display SMU 01102 164 Driving Recorder SDR In cases when the trouble that is difficult to be repro duced is occurring the driving recorder can be used to sample vehicle data continuously and to save da ta Pressing the trigger switch will save data starting from the point 10 minutes before the switch is pressed up to the point five seconds after the switch is pressed Saved data can be displayed for analysis The following are the steps for sampling and analys ing data 1 Create a special SDR setting file 2 Sample the vehicle data 3 Save the sampled data 4 Open and analyse the saved data IMPORTANT When the driving recorder function is used for measuring driving is done with the diagnosis cable connected to the data link connector and care is re quired so that there is no obstacle for driving Also the safety considerations for driving and measuring the car with attached cable must be explained suffi ciently to the customer and measuring shall be done after approval by the customer NOTE e A CF card with the CF application installed is re quired in order to sample data using the driving recorder Prepare a CF card before starting a driving recorder operation Be sure to turn off SDI power before installing a CF card into or removing a CF card from its card slot Inserting or removing a CF card while
285. is displays the Open file dialog box Click File type and select Roughness monitor sam pling data cym Look in a Data e ae 2x File name Files of type Various system sampling data ssm Cancel Various system sampling data ssm Detail of sayd DBD sampling data obd Driving recorder sampling data sdr S System Analog sampling data oc Roughness monitor sampling data cym Comment SMU 00797 3 Select the desired file in list of files and click the Open button Look in a Data gt e ae 2x 050411111955 cym A test_050411 cym File name 050411111955 cym Files of type Roughness monitor sampling data cym Cancel Detail of saved data m Comment System SMU 00798 Opening from High Grade Roughness Monitor screen 1 Display the High Grade Roughness Monitor screen and select Open from File in menu or click t amp icon on the Data List Tool bar File F EditfE View Sarmpling S Help H Openia Ctra Save ashi PrintiPy Ctrl F Print preview Print setupt R Recent Files Quit Roughness monitori SMU 00799 2 This displays the Open dialog box Select the desired file in list of files and click the Open but ton Look in Sy Data e ea 050411143435 cym J test_050411 cym File name 05041 1143435 cym Files of type Roug
286. is reconnected Reprogramming is aborted 2 Make sure the connection of the USB connection 3 Re try from the first step after ig nition OFF 4031 Error occurred in communication If failed to restart reset ECM 1 Re try after the data link con Reprogramming is aborted nector is reconnected 2 Make sure the connection of the USB connection 3 Re try from the first step after ig nition OFF 4032 Error occurred in communication If an error occurs while communi 1 Re try after the data link con Reprogramming is aborted cating with ECM Start Communi nector is reconnected cation 2 Make sure the connection of the USB connection 3 Re try from the first step after ig nition OFF 4033 Error occurred in communication If an error occurs while communi 1 Re try after the data link con Reprogramming is aborted cating with ECM Access Timing nector is reconnected Parameter 2 Make sure the connection of the USB connection 3 Re try from the first step after ig nition OFF 4034 The verification has failed If an error occurs during the secu 1 Re try after the data link con Reprogramming is aborted rity verification before the repro nector is reconnected gramming 2 Make sure the connection of the USB connection 3 Re try from the first step after ig nition OFF 4035 Error occurred in communication If a communication error occurs 1 Re try after the data link con Reprogramm
287. ital Data Screen e Graph Screen e Changing the Width of Screen Cells e Changing the Item or Graph Sequence e Initializing the Item or Graph Sequence e Returning to the All Data Screen e Saving Sampled Data e Printing Sampled Data e Previewing the Print Image e Setting Up the Printer e Moving the Graph Cursor e Changing the Graph Line Color e Changing the Graph Line Thickness e Marking Function e Graph Range Setting of ECM Data 2 The following functions available using the same procedures as described under Analog Sam pling e Graph Range Setting of Analog Data 3 Two Cursor Analysis 4 Saved Data Display 5 Setting Screen Font Display Unit and Display Language 202 ECM Analog Simultaneous Measurement Roughness Monitor Roughness monitor can be used to monitor com bustion condition of each cylinder There are two types for this function 1 Simple Roughness Monitor Simple Roughness Monitor displays the engine speed and count of misfire at each cylinder as well as normal SSMIII data sampling 2 High Grade Roughness Monitor High Grade Roughness Monitor calculates standard deviation engine speed etc based on pulse data of crankshaft position sensor and camshaft position sensor and displays the value and graph Though the display screen of High Grade Rough ness Monitor is slightly different from normal one basic procedure is identical Refer to appropriate items for procedure which is not descr
288. ition switch Pay attention to the following when performing this operation 1 Confirm that the battery voltage is 11 V or more and execute each mode 2 When confirm register mobile key access key only one key can be brought into vehicle at a time For registration of multiple keys bring a key into vehicle and perform registration while leaving rest of other keys outside 3 When holding up the mobile key AccessKey to the push engine switch push button ignition switch do not hold two or more mobile keys AccessKey at the same time but use only one each time When the mobile key Access Key is on a keychain remove it from the key chain before the work 4 When holding the mobile key AccessKey up to the push engine switch push button ignition switch bring the mobile key AccessKey close to the push engine switch push button ignition switch as shown below 128 SMU 01094 1 Let the mechanical key insertion opening of the mobile key AccessKey face down 2 Hold the Subaru ornament side to the push engine switch push button ignition switch side 3 Bring it close until it touches the push en gine switch push button ignition switch When replacing the parts for vehicles with key less access with push button start system always use new parts for mobile key AccessKey col lation ECM ID code box steering lock ECM and body integrated module and never replace by used parts e f
289. je uonensiba J9ZI IGOWUI yews Jayeys al Awnoes pa jejsul useq sey Jape s oulBue 01u09 BJO e U UM aulbuy OsjU0D jow y y Huleysibey palajsibei uaeq aAey OF dulbue y uey 19440 syed e ss jun p 1 s 6 1 oq JoUUeD pow SIUL al Awnoes xoq po qI pue W93 eulbuse usemjeq uonesiBaI woad W393 oulbug y Lunasi Boy A yss uonno x pow Jo ov y ajiqow p s 6 1 UQ al Awnoes w y ye PAIN s BUCO s1410 e a Jajap pue A yss v y y qow uo zo q y Le 7 al Ady rqow au a 9 9q Aeysseo ov Aey ajiqow pais sibel UQ al Awnoes poorjdes useq sey W93 490 Huls99 s y 10 XOG BPOd q BU UBYM PalOLed q OL W53 Hews y Buleysibay pasinbed Vase ajO YaA ay 104 pee s Aaysseo pasaj sibai aq ued Aaysseo0V7 SA9y jqow UdAVS 0 dN WD uoreoo y Jo juawaoveda Jo Bai Aaysseooy SAey jqow e u w ssejd W93 uonejjoo Jo SUI OU IV ov Ady ajiqow p 1 s 6 1 UQ al Awnoes wy y ye 10 Aayssad0V Ady j qow e jo uonesip jeuoppe JO SUI 3y ye pouuopad 3q OL J Zziqoww pews y Buieysibay syewa aiedaid aq 0 sw k parcos U9 U0 aweu apo J la cp q 0 1 aq 0 swa JUSUOD pon pow uolje1 si6a Ill NSS ey Jo uoneuejdxa sued p sn Aq 1 4 uU syed mou Ag p vejd aq eys semje p vejd q 0 Sued LNVLYOdW njiej syed jo dw du e Bjqe 2u puods oN Wa SAS ezs uoynq ysnd yim ss 2
290. k Connections pa Search A Printers and Faxes E Control Panel Help and Support ee Taskbar and Start Menu fF Run Jp Log OFF Administrator E L 2 ui i W O t a am gt U i D Turn OFF Computer ig Start E Oi SMU 00984 2 The control panel is displayed Double click Net work Connections amp Control Panel File Edit View Favorites Tools Help ae Back wi pe Search ey Folders E Address gt Control Panel v4 Control Panel TO aig 2 Accessibility Add Hardware Add or JIPE Administrative Date and Time Display Folder Options gt D Fonts Game Intel R Internet Keyboard Mail Mouse Controllers Extre Options os Se 8 Bo one and Power Options Printersand Regionaland Scannersand Scheduled odem Faxes Language Cameras Tasks f PPL Sounds and Speech Symantec System Taskbar and User Accounts 4udio Devices LiveUpdate Start Menu B Switch to Category View Options Remoy Tools ae d See Also Windows Update Help and Support SMU 00985 NOTE Depending on the display settings of the PC there In this case click Switch to Classic View to switch the screen may be no Network Connections display amp Control Panel File Edit view Favorites Tools Help Q Back wi pe Search Folders za k va Control Panel x Pick a category we Appearance and Themes PP B Switch to Class
291. k connector of the vehicle NOTE SDI power will turn on automatically when the diag nosis cable is connected to the vehicle If the PWR LED of the SDI does not light turn on the vehicle s ignition switch or start the engine and then press the SDI PWR key and check again to see if the PWR LED of the SDI lights 151 Learning and inspection mode related to AT SMU 00113 3 Use the USB cable to connect the SDI to the PC 4 Turn on the vehicle s ignition switch 5 Double click the SSMIII icon on the PC screen to start up the application 6 On the Main Menu that appears on the display select Each System Check and then press the Enter key or left click with the mouse All System Diagnosis Each System Check Sayed Data Display Immobilizer Reprogram Conyert Save measurement data on driving recorder Oscilloscope Quit SMU 00600 7 On the System Selection Menu select Transmis sion Control System and then press the Enter key or left click with the mouse Engine Control System Cruise Control System Brake Control System Image Processing Preview Control Tire pressure monitor Integ unit mode Radar sensor Occupant Detection System Impact Sensor Airbag System Brake Vacuum Pump System Keyless Unit Mode Air Suspension System Air Condition System CAN System Adaptive Cruise Control Power Steering System Smart Key System SMU 01043 8 This displays a comp
292. k the SSMIII icon on the PC screen to start up the application 100 Body Integrated Module Function Check 6 On the Main Menu that appears on the display select Each System Check and then press the Enter key or left click with the mouse All System Diagnosis Each System Check Sayed Data Display Immobilizer Reprogram Conyert Save measurement data on driving recorder Oscilloscope Quit SMU 00600 7 On the System Selection Menu select Integ unit mode and then press the Enter key or left click with the mouse System Selection Menu Engine Control System Transmission Control System Cruise Control System Brake Control System Image Processing Preview Control Integ unit mode Radar sensor Impact Sensor Power Steering System Tire pressure monitor Airbag System Occupant Detection System Back SMU 00672 8 This displays a compliance verification message for the system being diagnosed Click the OK button SUBARU Select Monitor III Lal r 1 Integ Unit SMU 00380 9 From the list of fault diagnosis items select Function check and then press the Enter key or left click with the mouse Integ unit mode failure diag Current Data Display amp Save Diagnostic Code s Display Clear Memory Function check Integ Unit customizing Back SMU 00673 On the screen that appears selec
293. k the SSMIII icon on the PC screen to start up the application 6 On the Main Menu that appears on the display select Each System Check and then press the Enter key or left click with the mouse All System Diagnosis Each System Check Sayed Data Display Immobilizer Reprogram Conyert Save measurement data on driving recorder Oscilloscope Quit SMU 00600 7 On the System Selection Menu select Engine Control System and then press the Enter key or left click with the mouse 159 System Selection Menu Engine Control System Transmission Control System Cruise Control System Brake Control System Image Processing Preview Control Integ unit mode Radar sensor Impact Sensor Power Steering System Tire pressure monitor Airbag System Occupant Detection System Back SMU 00665 8 This displays a compliance verification message for the system being diagnosed Click the OK button SUBARU Select Monitor Ill Eg P n 1 2 0DIESEL SMU 01047 9 From the list of fault diagnosis items select In jector Code Registration Mode and then press the Enter key or left click with the mouse Engine Diagnosis Current Data Display amp Saye Diagnostic Code s Display Cancel Code s Display Clear Memory System Operation Check Mode Dealer Check Mode Procedure OBD System Entry VIN Compulsory learning mode Driving
294. key or left click with the mouse Sayed Data Display Quit SMU 00890 NOTE When multiple saved data are displayed only a part of the items of the Main Menu is displayed Ac cordingly other items cannot be selected For use of the other functions leave one of the saved data and close all others All items of the Main Menu can be selected when only one saved data is displayed 3 The dialog box with a list of saved data files is dis played After selecting Files of type designate the file you need and press the Enter key or click the Open button Look in Data o a e A el EB ER 041216153232 ssm E 041225154333 ssm E 041225154430 ssm 041226133240 ssm File name 041226133240 ssm Files of type Various system sampling data ssm v Cancel Detail of saved data System Comment SMU 00891 4 The targeted file is displayed For additional dis play of other saved data return to step 2 and se lect the saved data Display from the icon on the Data list toolbar 1 Display one of the targeted saved data For the display method refer to the procedure in the section Saved Data Display File View Tool Help F3 Grapht Ea E Tele mal elol lall vio elas mE e EzRanee Elave fAO Non SI GifRetun Exit AIF Correction 1 0 8 0 8 0 8 0 8 AIF Learning 1 7 0 7 0 7 0 7 0 Mani Absolute Pressure 35 kPa 36 35 35 SMU 00
295. l Application Software Application software running on a PC provides an interactive user interface for very simple opera tion A hierarchical menu system simplifies rou tine operations even for novice users 3 Communication Functions The SDI communicates directly with the vehicle s ECMs while transfer between the SDI and PC is performed over a high speed USB 1 1 connec tion The SDI is also equipped with card slots creating hardware architecture that can support both wired and wireless LAN communication be tween the SDI and PC 4 Multilingual Support The SSMIII supports five languages English French German Spanish and Japanese The language switches automatically in accord ance with the language of the operating system running on the connected PC eliminating opera tor confusion 5 Data Sampling Data sampling is performed for all items which eliminates the chance of the operator forgetting to obtain required data After all data is sampled and stored specific data items can be recalled for analysis as required Communication speed is fast enough to support normal diagnosis without any problem This system can be configured to select measurement items during sampling which switches the communication protocol for high speed data communication Switching is performed at intervals of some tens of ms so phenomena can be reliably recorded even if they have a very short life This capability is available with engine
296. l be displayed Make sure the Applied model and Grade of the pertinent vehicle are displayed and then click the OK button Confirm on parameter Make sure if appropriate vehicle information is included Applied model BPED5UU BPED5VU BPEDLUU BPEDKUU OUTBACK 3 0R SAT SMU 00875 96 Confirm on Parameter Body Integrated Module Destination Market Registry Excluding North America and Japan Body Integrated Module Destination Market Registry Excluding North America and Japan When the body integrated module has been re placed by a normal spare part the vehicle destina tion information is set to the body integrated module NOTE e Body integrated module destination registry is a function for markets other than North America and Japan e This function cannot be used with a control mod ule that is not a normal spare part e Upon replacement of body integrated module ve hicle destination input is necessary Please con firm market destination of the vehicle which the module replacement is to be performed before the module is replaced by a spare part Confirmation of Vehicle Destination Part 1 Confirm the vehicle destination registered in the body integrated module prior to replacement 1 Start the PC application according to section Starting Up the System and display the Main Menu screen 2 On the Main Menu that appears on the display select Each System Check and then
297. l detection If you connect the cigar plug of the remote box to the vehicle and set the ignition switch to accessory ACC the ignition signal is detected to automatical ly turn the SDI on 3 Acceleration detection If you place the remote box in the door pocket or other receptacle and then open or close the door the output voltage of the X or Y axis of the G sen sor built into the remote box is detected to automat ically turn the SDI on NOTE This function is important when the driving recorder function is used to sample data at the engine is started Trigger Signal Output A trigger can be applied in the same way as press ing the TRG key on the SDI by pressing the trigger switch on the remote box in the Driving Recorder Mode G Sensor Analog Output The output voltage of the X and Y axis of the G sensor built into the remote box can each be sam pled independently Sampling of G Sensor Analog Output 1 Prepare the SDI remote box Pulse Analog Kit and a PC with the PC application installed 2 Firmly fix the remote box at a horizontal or vertical position on the vehicle NOTE For the direction of detection of G sensor accelera tion the arrow direction on the X and Y axis indi cated on the remote box is output as the plus side ITZ B SMU 00703 A When acceleration is given to direction of the arrow analog output of X axial direction the red probe voltage rises B When accel
298. layed screen To scroll the screen in the horizontal direction operate the Sampling Status Bar Graph SMU 00693 Dragging the slider bar of the Sampling Status Bar left or right moves the graph cursor on the Graph Screen and scrolls the screen in the corresponding direction 7 Engine Speed 1484 rpm 0 7 Coolant Temp 144 86 C 40 D AJF Correction 1 0 0 D AJF earninna 14 SMU 00185 The graph cursor also can be moved by clicking the left or right arrow buttons at either end of the Sam pling Status Bar J Q Cursor pos 15 34 6 66 s from sampling start SMU 00186 Sampling Status Bar Slider Clicking within the white spaces next to the slider bar automatically scrolls the graph screen horizon tally until the slider reaches the point you clicked K J gt Cursorpos 15 34 666s mpling start ee SMU 00221 Switching to the Digital Data Screen When there is no sampling operation being per formed click the icon on the Data List Toolbar or the F3 Grash2 button on the Function Key Bar twice to display the Digital Data Screen Each press of the F3 button on the Function Key Bar cycles in the following sequence F3 Graph1 gt F3 Graph2 F3 Snapshot You can also display the Graph Screen by pressing the F3 function key on the PC keyboard E tart Graphe E O x Display snapshot SMU 00583 40
299. le the SDI power is switched on the inside of the wire less LAN card may become damaged Wireless LAN Communication e As wireless LAN communication is communication by radio waves the communication status deterio rates when the communication distance between PC and SDI increases The confirmation status can be confirmed with the NET lamp of the PC wireless LAN card or the Number of samples of the sampling status bar If the communication sta tus has become bad reduce the distance between PC and SDI to improve the communication status The system configuration is so that data measur ing is possible even when the communication sta tus has deteriorated and the sampling number is not displayed continuously but when the commu nication status deteriorates extremely communi cation errors may occur However data display is not possible when the communication has been cut completely Falgave lst letra HelExit PS Number of samples 5 fa from sampling start ee imum Average SMU 00982 e Do not use a wireless LAN in countries not shown in the following list as approval according to the radio law has not been obtained Australia Japan Bulgaria Malta Canada Netherlands Chile New Zealand China Norway Cyprus Poland Czech Portugal France Saudi Arabia Germany Singapore Greece Spain Guam Sweden Hawaii Switzerland Iceland Taiwan Ireland Tu
300. liance verification message for the system being diagnosed Click the OK button SUBARU Select Monitor Ill Eg SMU 01044 9 This displays the dialog box shown below Select AT related learning_inspecting mode and then press the Enter key or left click with the mouse Transmission Diagnosis Current Data Display amp Save Diagnostic Code s Display Clear Memory Clear Memories 2 OBD System Driving recorder Select saye sampling items Back SMU 01045 152 Learning and inspection mode related to AT AT learning mode After completing this procedure make sure to con firm if there is no malfunction such as a shifting shock by actually driving the car If you find any malfunctions execute the learning procedure again In case that malfunctions are not solved after per forming the learning process again check if there are any problems with other parts IMPORTANT Always perform AT learning Mode at the time of TCM replacement and transmission ASSY replace ment or disassembly 1 Select AT learning Mode from the item selection screen and press the Enter key or click the left mouse button AT related learning _inspecting mode AT air bleeding mode AT learning mode Back SMU 01046 2 Following the instructions that appear on the screen setup each switch and mode Click the OK button to go to the next screen AT learning mode Turn off head lights air conditioner or rear defogger switc
301. lick the SSMIII icon on the PC screen to start up the application Dealer Check Mode Procedure 7 On the Main Menu that appears on the display select Each System Check and then press the Enter key or left click with the mouse All System Diagnosis Each System Check Saved Data Display Immobilizer Reprogram Conyvert Save measurement data on driving recorder Oscilloscope Quit SMU 00600 8 On the System Selection Menu select Engine Control System and then press the Enter key or left click with the mouse System Selection Menu Engine Control System Transmission Control System Cruise Control System Brake Control System Image Processing Preview Control Integ unit mode Radar sensor Impact Sensor Power Steering System Tire pressure monitor Airbag System Occupant Detection System Back SMU 00665 9 This displays a compliance verification message for the system being diagnosed Click the OK button SUBARU Select Monitor x am 5 2 0 TURBO SMU 00128 81 10 From the list of fault diagnosis item select Deal er Check Mode Procedure and then press the Enter key or left click with the mouse Engine Diagnosis Current Data Display amp Save Diagnostic Code s Display Clear Memory System Operation Check Mode OBD System Driving recorder Select save sampling items Back
302. llumination VR Voltage O 5V Input value from the illumination con trol dial illumi output d ratio O 100 Duty ratio for illumination control out put from BIU Frequency 250Hz Ambient temp sensor V O 5V Input value from the ambient tem perature sensor Ambient Temperature 40 87 5 C Temperature is converted from input voltage to BIU Fuel level voltage O 8V Voltage value of fuel level sensors Input value from the fuel level sen sors to the BIU 10 Fuel level resistance O 102 3 ohm Resistance value of fuel level sen sors Input value from the fuel level sensors to the BIU 11 key lock solenoid V 6 12V Output value to the key lock sole noid The key lock functions that the key cannot be removed when the se lector lever position is except for the P range 12 number of regist 0 4Num Number of registered keys for key less entry system 13 Front Wheel Speed km h Average speed of the front wheels Received from VDC ABS ECM CAN data 14 VDC ABS latest f code DTC display Most recent trouble codes of the VDC ABS system Received from VDC ABS ECM As the items shown here are provisional codes the DTC displayed by the VDC ABS system shall be confirmed CAN data 15 Blower fan steps Blower fan control mode Received from the A C ECM 0 OFF 1 Low 2 More than 2 levels CAN
303. lly after sam pling however you can configure the range manu ally NOTE You can change the range at Simple Roughness Monitor using the same procedures as those de scribed under Current Data Display and Save See the description 1 Select Set up Graph Range from View in menu You can also select by clicking icon on the Data List Tool bar or the button on the Function Key Bar or pressing the F7 function key on the PC keyboard File F Edit E view v Sampling S Help H F1 Help Fi Set up graph rangeiR Status bart S gt SBE Ha SMU 00790 2 Click the arrow displayed in graph range setting screen Set up graph range x Y axis maximum value 15 moa SMU 00791 Roughness Monitor 3 Select desired range and then click the OK but ton to apply the setting To cancel to change the range click the Cancel button Set up graph range x Y axis maximum value so SMU 00792 Saving Sampled Data This explains how to save the sampled data with High Grade Roughness Monitor NOTE You can save the data at Simple Roughness Moni tor using the same procedures as those described under Current Data Display and Save See the de scription 1 Select Save as from File in menu You can also save by clicking H icon on the Data List Tool bar or the button on the Function Key Bar or pressing the F9 function key on the PC keyboard File E
304. lone Diagnosis NOTE e Selecting OFF turns off the LCD backlight e Selecting FOREVER keeps the LCD backlight turned on 6 Turning Key Press Beep On and Off This setting turns the SDI key operation confirma tion buzzer on and off 1 On the Menu Selection screen use the UP and DOWN keys to select Key Press Beep and then press the ENT key SMU 00470 2 This causes the KEY PRESS BEEP screen to appear Use the UP and DOWN keys to select on or off for the key press beep and then press the ENT key To cancel the setting or to return to the Menu Selection screen press the MENU key KEY PRESS BEEF EEEF EE CHANGE UP DOWM CANCEL MEM SMU 00356 7 Setting the Self Shutoff Time This item provides a means for configuring the SDI self shutoff time setting 1 On the Menu Selection screen use the UP and DOWN keys to select Self Shut and then press the ENT key LCL Cont rast LUO Back Light Press Beer E elft shut SMU 00471 2 This displays the SELFSHUT TIME screen Use the UP and DOWN keys to change the time setting to shut off SDI power automatically and then press the ENT key To cancel the setting or to return to the Menu Selection screen press the MENU key SELFSHUT TIME gt TIME SELECT UPADOM SMU 00353 NOTE Selecting OFF turns off the SDI self shutdown fea ture Note that turning off SDI self shu
305. ly To cancel sampling click the Cancel button You can stop sampling also by clicking icon on the Data List Tool bar or the button on the Function Key Bar or pressing the F2 function key on the PC keyboard Roughness Monitor Sampling Please wait Cancel SMU 00851 NOTE After dialog box above disappears next dialog box may not appear immediately Wait until it appears 18 After sampling ends a dialog box below will ap pear Click the OK button x nN Sampling is Finished Roughness Monitor SMU 00866 207 Roughness Monitor 19 This displays the graph screen File F Edit E Yiew Sampling s Help H Start Eep FelStart E E ce E FRane FalPrint Fose AO fl faExit gt mE SH Standard Deviation a je ef pe E E Standard Deviation 653 02 663 70 633 54 Ss es SMU 00782 NOTE Even if combustion condition is normal extremely large standard deviation of all cylinders may occur due to variation in engine operation condition such as switching ON OFF of radiator fan or A C In this case perform sampling again 20 If you want to quit Roughness Monitor select Quit Roughness Monitor from File in menu click icon on the Data List Tool bar or button on the Function Key Bar or press the F12 function key on the PC keyboard File E Edit E wiew SamplingfS HelptH pent Chrl 0 Save ast PrintiPy Ctrl F Print previ
306. ly as pressing the push en gine switch push button ignition switch once At the time of engine start press the push engine switch push button ignition switch once with the brake pedal depressed in case of an AT vehicle In case of an MT vehicle press the push engine switch push button ignition switch once with the clutch pedal depressed When performing either one of the operations shown below perform also the registration of the remote control engine starter 1 Installing remote control engine starter 2 Replacing remote control engine starter 3 Replacing collation ECM of a vehicle equipped with remote control engine starter At the time of replacement of the body integrated module and the combination meter perform Registering the Smart Immobilizer When a mobile key AccessKey has been lost perform Delete the Mobile Key AccessKey ID When all mobile keys AccessKey have been lost refer to Keyless access with push button start system Correspondence table at the time of parts failure There is a possibility that registry fails due to poor connector coupling of cabin antenna In such case please repair electrical contacts of keyless access indoor antenna front before performing immobilizer registry Keyless access indoor an tenna front is the only antenna used in immobi lizer registry Registering the Smart Immobilizer You can get the immobilizer registered for vehicles equipped with keyless access with
307. m Occupant Detection System Back SMU 00665 8 This displays a compliance verification message for the system being diagnosed Click the OK button SUBARU Select Monitor x am 5 2 0 TURBO SMU 00128 Sampling Item Memory 9 From the list of fault diagnosis items select Se 17 This displays a save confirmation dialog box lect save sampling items and then press the En Click the Yes button ter key or left click with the mouse Engine Diagnosis Current Data Display amp Save Diagnostic Code s Display Clear Memory System Operation Check Mode SMU 00501 Dealer Check Mode Procedure OBD System Driving recorder 12 This causes save dialog box of the mode files to appear The name of the data file being saved is generat ed automatically in accordance with the current Select save sampling items SMU 00499 time and date If you want to use the generated 10 This displays a sampling item selection screen file name as is click the dialog box Save button Select the required sampling item and then click If you want to change to a different file name type Selection Completed in the name you want Select save sampling items i Save As 21 x Save in Gy ENGINE e Ee Engine Load _ Coolant Temp L A F Correction 1 Selection Completed C A F Learning 1 C A F Correction 2 C A F Learning 2 C Mani Absolute Pressur
308. m Check Sayed Data Display Immobilizer Reprogram Conyert Save measurement data on driving recorder Oscilloscope Quit SMU 00600 7 On the System Selection Menu select Keyless Unit Mode and then press the Enter key or left click with the mouse System Selection Menu Engine Control System Transmission Control System Cruise Control System Brake Control System Image Processing Preview Control Entry YIN Tire pressure monitor Integ unit mode Radar sensor Occupant Detection System Impact Sensor Airbag System Brake Yacuum Pump System Keyless Unit Mode Power Steering System Back SMU 00761 8 This displays a compliance verification message for the system being diagnosed Click the OK button SMU 00762 Keyless Entry Control Module Function Setting Keyless unit Customizing 9 From the list of keyless diagnosis items select Keyless unit customizing and then press the En ter key or left click with the mouse Keyless Unit Mode Keyless ID registration Keyless unit customizing SMU 00767 10 This displays a customized setting screen Click the desired setting item with mouse or select it with up or down arrow key on the PC keyboard xi security Alarm Setup ON OFF Alarm delay setup Impact Sensor Setup OFF Impact sensor OFF OFF Passive Alarm Cancel SMU 00768
309. me and other set tings for the actuators controlled by the body inte grated module IMPORTANT Make sure you perform setting operations in ac cordance with the Service Manual when using the unit customization function Configuring the wrong settings can cause abnormal system operation and other problems Getting Ready 1 Prepare the SDI diagnosis cable USB cable and a PC with the PC application installed 2 Use the diagnosis cable to connect the SDI to the data link connector of the vehicle NOTE SDI power will turn on automatically when the diag nosis cable is connected to the vehicle If the PWR LED of the SDI does not light turn on the vehicle s ignition switch or start the engine and then press the SDI PWR key and check again to see if the PWR LED of the SDI lights J ne 3 Use the USB cable to connect the SDI to the PC 4 Turn on the vehicle s ignition switch 5 Double click the SSMIII icon on the PC screen to start up the application i a SMU 00113 102 6 On the Main Menu that appears on the display select Each System Check and then press the Enter key or left click with the mouse All System Diagnosis Each System Check Saved Data Display Immobilizer Reprogram Conyert Saye measurement data on driving recorder Oscilloscope Quit SMU 00600 7 On the System Selection Menu select Integ unit mode and then press the Enter key o
310. mp Sensor Circuit High Input P0183 Fuel Temperature Sensor A Circuit High Input SMU 00882 Manual Link Excluding North America NOTE i n iix A check mark can be entered only for one DTC Mle Edt vew Favors Tods Hep ca Back gt amp 2 A Qsearch Favorites EfMedia S BD amp 5 1 Address C Program Files Subaru Select Monitor Link Manual G2390GE index html Go Links 3 Click the F Manual button on the Function Key EE Ce Bar or press the F11 function key on the PC key AN board odel Selection Menu isual Contents Index iring Diagram DTC Item Reference Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code DTC ee DIAGNOSTICS H4S0 ls ae FlelExit DTC P0123 THROTTLE PEDAL POSITION SENSORSWITCH A CIRCUIT HIGH Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code DTC ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS H4S Ow o OBD DTC P0123 THROTTLE PEDAL POSITION SENSORJSWITCH A CIRCUIT HIGH Diagnostic Procedure with i gee Trouble Code DTC pein DIAGNOSTICS H4DO DTC P0123 THROTTLE PEDAL POSITION SENSORJSWITCH A CIRCUIT HIGH Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code DTC ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS HAD OTC ES DTC P0123 THROTTLE PEDAL POSITION SENSORSWITCH A CIRCUIT HIGH SMU 00883 os Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code DTC ae DIAGNOSTICSXH6D0 erat DTC P0123 THROTTLE PEDAL POSITION SENSORJSWITCH A CIRCUIT HIGH 4 The Manual Selection screen
311. mp R B Duty Yo Low amp reverse duty solenoid control duty ratio Transmission ECM output value 272 List of Contents on Displayed Data 21 ATF Temperature 2 6 F Value calculated from the ATF tem perature sensor 2 output ATF tem perature at the torque converter outlet 22 Voltage C diff SW Output value of the DCCD volume The output value changes according to the dial position DCCD ECM in put value This item is applied only to vehicle equipped with DCCD 23 AT Turbine Speed 1 rom Value calculated from the signal of torque converter turbine speed sen sor 1 Indication of the front sun gear speed 24 AT Turbine Speed 2 rom Value calculated from the signal of torque converter turbine speed sen sor 2 Indication of the front plane tary carrier speed 25 C Diff Real Current Actual current value of the transfer coil performing LSD torque control DCCD ECM output value This item is applied only to vehicle equipped with DCCD 26 C Diff Indicate Current Indicated current value of the trans fer coil performing LSD torque con trol alculated by the DCCD ECM This item is applied only to vehicle equipped with DCCD 2 SUBARU Intelligent Drive Mode S S Indication of the present SUBARU Intelligent Drive setting 28 Sub Accelerator Sensor V Sub accelerator pedal position sen sor output value tr
312. n nector is connected 3 Confirm the connection of USB 4011 Cannot reprogram while the en If an engine revolution is detected Shut down the engine gine is running by the reprogramming condition Stop the engine to retry check 4013 Connect the test mode connector If you detect the test mode con Make sure if the test mode con and click OK to retry nector not connected by the repro nector is connected gramming condition check 4014 The read memory switch is NOt If you detect the read memory Make sure if the read memory connected connector not connected by the connector is connected Connect the read memory switch reprogramming condition check to retry 4015 The ignition switch turns off If an ignition OFF is detected by Make sure if the ignition switch is Retry from the beginning the reprogramming condition in ON position check 4016 The shift position is not P If you detect the shift range is not Make sure if the shift range is in Select the P position to retry the P range by the reprogram ming condition check P position 303 ECM Reprogramming Error Code List Error Error Message Cause Corrective action Code 4018 Battery voltage is out of specified If you detect the battery voltage is 1 Replace the battery with a new range out of the range of standardized one or charge the battery Reprogramming cannot be done
313. n click the OK button NOTE The keyless ID eight digit number is attached to vi nyl bag which contains transmitter or circuit board inside transmitter Keyless ID registration ID input 1111111 Input then push OK Cancel OK SMU 00764 110 Registering the Transmitter 17 This displays confirmation screen of Keyless ID which is input Make sure that the ID displayed on screen is correct and then click the OK button Keyless ID registration ID confirmation 11111111 SMU 00765 12 Stand by as the keyless ID is registered 13 The screen shown below will appear if registra tion ends normally If you have another transmitter to be registered click the OK button If you do not have any more transmitters to be registered click the Cancel button and advance to step 15 Keyless ID registration ID registration completed The following are registered OK End Cancel SMU 00766 14 If you need to register other transmitter repeat steps 10 through 13 15 After completing registration of transmitter make sure that the transmitter is operating nor mally and then quit the registration operation NOTE If an error is occurred during keyless ID registration refer to the service manual and follow the instruc tions that appear on the screen to correct the prob lem Keyless Entry Control Module Function Setting Keyless unit Customizing Keyless Entry Control Modul
314. n of American Standard Code for Information Interchange A general system of specific characters allotted to recognition of characters and symbols by a computer DNS server DNS is the abbreviation of Domain Name System A system for converting a domain name corresponding to the name of a computer on the Internet to an IP address IEEE Abbreviation of Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers The Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers has established standards for electronic parts communication meth ods etc IP address IP is the abbreviation of Internet Protocol An identification number allotted to a network a connected computer or communication equipment This corresponds to the address of a computer on the network LAN The abbreviation of Local Area Network A network for connection of computers printers etc for data exchange OS The abbreviation of Operating System This is the overall management software acting as go between between PC hardware and various applications for keyboard input screen out put and other I O functions etc PC card A standardized expansion card for notebook computers SSID The abbreviation of Service Set Identifier This is something like a group name in the net work and communication is possible only when the same SSID has been registered be tween terminals TCP IP This is the abbreviation of Transmission Control Protocol Internet Protocol This is a protocol used as sta
315. n only for the U K 4 On the next screen confirm the system is keyless access with push button start system Press the ENT key Smart system ENT Utherwise SMU 00947 NOTE The term Smart system that appears on this screen is synonymous with the term keyless ac cess with push button start system used in this text 5 Input the teaching operation code and then press the ENT key Press C key to return to the Menu Selection screen NOTE The UP and DOWN keys allow to input numbers The RIGHT and LEFT keys allow to move over digits of number B00 Enter teach oF code YES ENMT Na co SMU 00950 6 The registration mode selection screen appears Use the UP and DOWN keys to select Delete key ID and then press the ENT key emrt ECM Reg EG ECM Ree SMU 00973 7 On the mobile key access key ID deletion mode confirmation screen that appears press the ENT key Mob ker ID delet ExX ecute s TES ENT ANG C SMU 00974 8 Input the security ID and then press the ENT key W000 Enter sec DB SERMT SMU 00953 9 Stand by as the security ID is being collated Comnmparine JOS SMU 00975 10 Wait until the mobile key access key ID is then being deleted DE let i ng ee SMU 00976 238 SDI Stand alone Diagnosis 11 As the number of registered mobile keys access keys confirmation scree
316. n system SMU 00358 Calibrating the Occupant Detection System 9 On the Occupant Detection System screen se After making sure the front passenger seat is va lect System Calibration and then press the Enter cant click the OK button key or left click with the mouse system Calibration Occupant Detection System System Calibration System Calibration Sensor Data Output Empty the passenger seat Diagnostic Code s Display Clear Memory Back SMU 00359 oeno After confirming the contents of the screen shown below click the OK button SMU 00362 System Calibre E After making sure the front passenger seat is in 7 the condition specified by the Service Manual click the OK button System Calibration Complete all calibration checks or the A B warning lamp will be illuminated and a trouble code saved system Calibration System Calibration Adjust the passenger seat to the condition shown in service manual SMU 00360 When a screen appears confirming that there are Cancel no fault codes click the OK button SMU 00363 system Calibration A load test confirmation screen appears after threshold adjustment ends normally Click the OK button System Calibration Diagnostic code check Mo trouble system Calibration System Calibration Threshold adjustment is successtully completed Weight inspection will be carried out SMU 00361
317. n tab select the desired units and then click the OK button Font Unit Language Interface box Setup unitto display Speed MPH Temperature F Pressure mmHg x Airflow omin col ay SMU 00102 Clicking the HalNensi button on the Digital Data Screen or Graph Screen Function Key Bar or pressing the F10 function key on the PC keyboard will display the sampled data using the display units selected above File View Tool Help E E Start F3 Grapht F4 Trigeer F F6 Select F7 Ranee FelPrint Fa Save AIO Non SI fllReturn Exit Bele HE Elok mlm t viol ela mm alas jHtem Vale Unit Maximum 6 C 9 Intake Air Temp 62 C 62 62 SMU 00598 To return to the SI unit screen click Fosi or press the F10 function key on the PC keyboard Changing the Display Language Click the Tool menu and then click Option to dis play the language selection tab Select the desired language from the selection box that appears NOTE When you install the application the language of the PC operating system is selected automatically SMU 00685 187 Setting Screen Font Display Unit and Display Language Analog Sampling Analog data sampling can be performed using the optional pulse analog cartridge the pulse analog box and pulse analog probe NOTE e The pulse analog cartridge pulse analog box and pulse analog probe are options They a
318. n the display select Each System Check and then press the Enter key or left click with the mouse All System Diagnosis Each System Check Saved Data Display Immobilizer Reprogram Conyert Savye measurement data on driving recorder Oscilloscope Quit SMU 00600 7 On the System Selection Menu select Brake Control System and then press the Enter key or left click with the mouse System Selection Menu Engine Control System Transmission Control System Cruise Control System Brake Control System Image Processing Preview Control Integ unit mode Radar sensor Impact Sensor Power Steering System Tire pressure monitor Airbag System Occupant Detection System Back SMU 00669 8 This displays a compliance verification message for the system being diagnosed Click the OK button SUBARU Select Monitor III fx SMU 00869 9 From the list of fault diagnosis select Selection of Parameter and then press the Enter key or left click with the mouse Brake Control Diagnosis Current Data Display amp Save Diagnostic Code s Display Clear Memory Function Check Sequence Freeze Frame Data Selection of Parameter Confirm on parameter Back SMU 00870 70 Input the applied model and press the Enter key Selection of Parameter Press Enter after input the applied model 000000 SMU 00871
319. n will be displayed place one of the registered mobile keys access keys the key which you do not want to delete the ID over the push engine switch push button ignition Switch After the buzzer sounds once move the mobile key AccessKey away from the push engine switch push button ignition switch and go to the next step COn i Fmd a key Holda over STS CLUFFEOIt Fee ALEN he SMU 00977 NOTE e The ID of a mobile key access key placed over the push engine switch push button ignition switch will only be left When holding the mobile key AccessKey up to the push engine switch push button ignition switch bring the mobile key AccessKey close to the push engine switch push button ignition switch as shown below 1 Let the mechanical key insertion opening of the mobile key AccessKey face down 2 Hold the Subaru ornament side to the push en gine switch push button ignition switch side 3 Bring it close until it touches the push engine switch push button ignition switch The procedure to hold a mobile key access key over the push engine switch push button ignition switch has to be done within 30 seconds after the screen above appears 12 The screen shown below will appear if mobile key access key ID deletion ends normally Press the ENT key IG del Mobile Key Ree i St Number ruuirn iH EIT H comp let a Press SMU 00978 13 Complete this pro
320. nal file name Other Operations The marking function cursor numerical value infor mation between two points range change and oth er similar operations can be performed on recalled 68 Saved Data Display sample data using the same procedures you use during data sampling You can also save recall data edit it and store your edits Multiple display of saved data Multiple display of data saved by SSMIII on the screen of the personal computer is possible There are the following two operation methods for display e Display from the SSMIII icon on the screen of the personal computer e Display from the icon on the Data list toolbar NOTE e Multiple display of saved files is possible for a maximum of five times e Multiple display of the high grade roughness monitor saved file cym cannot be done from the E icon on the data list toolbar Display from the SSMIII icon on the screen of the personal computer 1 Display one of the targeted saved data For the display method refer to the procedure in the section Saved Data Display File View Tool Help E1 Fel F3 Graphi F4 E F6 Select F7 Fanse F8 Print FSISeave fdlNon SI fAllReturey fijExit BE a EJO jal vio elilas mm alet SMU 00590 2 Display the desktop and double click the SSMIII icon On the Main Menu that appears on the dis play select Saved Data Display and then press the Enter
321. nce verification message for the system being diagnosed Click the OK button SUBARU Select Monitor 5 2 0 TURBO x SMU 00128 204 Roughness Monitor 9 From the list of fault diagnosis items select Roughness Monitor and then press the Enter key or left click with the mouse Engine Diagnosis Current Data Display amp Save Diagnostic Code s Display Cancel Code s Display Clear Memory System Operation Check Mode Dealer Check Mode Procedure OBD System Driving recorder Select save sampling items Back SMU 00774 NOTE Roughness Monitor is not displayed if the pulse analog cartridge is not installed to SDI 10 From the list of diagnosis items select Simple Roughness Monitor and then press the Enter key or left click with the mouse Roughness monitor Simple Roughness Monitor High Grade Roughness Monitor Back SMU 00775 NOTE Simple Roughness Monitor is not displayed if there is not Roughness Monitor in normal engine Data Display 17 This displays the Graph Screen and automati cally starts sampling 0 0 05 1 0 1 5 2 0 2 5 3 0 3 5 4 0 45 50 SMU 00776 NOTE You can start and stop sampling and perform other operations using the same procedures as those de scribed under Current Data Di
322. nd sub microcomputer When the ECM has a main microcomputer and a sub microcomputer NSM executes reprogramming twice However as SSMIII permits consecutive re writing of main microcomputer and sub microcom puter both microcomputers can be rewritten through one reprogramming Setting Screen Font Display Unit and Display Language Changing the Screen Font The font face size and style of the screen font can be changed as desired Click the Tool menu and then click Option to display the font selection tab File View Tool Help Oion EE kE ae g ce SMU 00597 Click the Font box arrow button and then select a font from the list of options that appears Click the Size box arrow button and then select a size from the list of options that appears Click the Style box arrow button and then select the style standard or bold from the list of options that appears After configuring all of the settings click the OK button Option x Font Unit Language Interface box m Output window font Cancel SMU 00684 Setting Screen Font Display Unit and Display Language Changing the Display Units SSMIII normally uses SI units to display values but non SI units can be specified for speed tempera ture pressure and airflow Click the Tool menu and then click Option File View Tool Help nH eel l lt r SMU 00597 Graphi On the unit selectio
323. ndard on the Internet etc WEP This is the abbreviation of Wired Equivalent Privacy This is data encryption technology for wireless LAN communication For wireless LAN communication between computers a com mon encryption key like a password is set and the data cannot be deciphered when the encryption keys are not the same Autorun A function for automatic program start when a CD is set to the CD ROM drive Gateway This is a computer or software for connection of a computer network to another network us ing different media or protocols Subnet mask A value defined for identification of a gigantic network like the Internet and a small network connecting computers etc underneath it Driver Software acting as go between for OS control of peripheral equipment with different specifi cations and control methods for each product Network key An encryption key used with a wireless LAN Protocol A protocol for communication between computers via a network Wireless LAN card A communication expansion card installed in a personal computer for LAN communication with wireless transmission and reception of data Wireless access point A device relaying electric waves for connection of terminals for wireless LAN communica tion 28 Communication Messages With the SSMIII the PC application communicates via the SDI with the control modules for which SS MIII diagnosis is supported While the PC applica
324. nding on the settings NOTE The display items that appear depend on the model and specifications of the vehicle on which fault diag nosis is being performed 79 System Operation Check Mode Actuator ON OFF Operation This function is used to perform test operation of various actuators related to the engine control sys tem The test mode connector needs to be connect ed in order to perform the test Selecting actuator ON OFF operation on the sys tem operation check mode screen causes the screen shown below to appear Select the desired item and then click the button to force op eration of the actuators for testing Actuator ON OFF Operation Select OMOFF drive item Fuel Purnp Relay CPC Solenoid Valve Radiator Fan Relay AIC Compressor Relay EGR Solenoid Valve Ao Solenoid valve PLY Solenoid Valve Vent Control Solenoid Valve FICD Solenoid Nest hl gt Close SMU 00248 NOTE Make sure the vehicle s ignition switch is off before connecting or disconnecting the test mode connec tor Fuel Pump Control This function has 2 modes the fuel pump OFF Drive mode and the fuel pump ON OFF Drive mode NOTE e The test mode connector does not need to be connected to operate this function e Always execute Clear Memory after operating this function OFF Drive Use this function to turn the fuel pump OFF and re move the residual pressure in the fuel pipe Follow the on s
325. ne of those mobile keys access keys over the push engine switch push button ignition switch After the buzzer sounds once move the mobile key AccessKey away from the push engine switch push button ignition switch and go to the next step ConrFirmed amp ke COn i rm one kes Confirmed amp ke Hold over STOW SMU 00956 NOTE When holding the mobile key AccessKey up to the push engine switch push button ignition switch bring the mobile key AccessKey close to the push engine switch push button ignition switch as shown below 1 Let the mechanical key insertion opening of the mobile key AccessKey face down 2 Hold the Subaru ornament side to the push en gine switch push button ignition switch side 3 Bring it close until it touches the push engine switch push button ignition switch The procedure to hold a mobile key access key over the push engine switch push button ignition switch has to be done within 30 seconds after the screen above appears 12 When screen displays mobile key access key registration mode shown below hold one mobile key access key you wish to register additionally over the push engine switch push button ignition switch 231 SDI Stand alone Diagnosis key to be ree i st Hold over STS Rese istered Neo 1 wA it Key SMU 00957 NOTE When the buzzer has sounded twice the work of holding the mobile key AccessKey up has been
326. nection status of the clear memory connector ON with connected status Engine ECM input value 136 Neutral Position Switch ON OFF Neutral position switch signal Be comes ON when MT is in neutral or when AT is in P range or N range Engine ECM input value 137 Idle Switch Signal ON OFF Idling signal Becomes ON at the time of idling 263 List of Contents on Displayed Data No Items Unit of measure Contents Remarks 138 Int cool auto washer SW ON OFF Intercooler water spray auto switch signal Becomes ON when the auto switch is ON Engine ECM input val ue 139 Ignition Switch ON OFF Ignition switch signal Becomes ON when the ignition switch is ON 140 P S Switch ON OFF Power steering switch signal Be comes ON at the time of steering op eration Engine ECM input value 141 A C Switch ON OFF A C switch signal Becomes ON when the A C switch on the heater control is ON Engine ECM input val ue 142 Handle Switch Low Input High Input Steering wheel switch signal As the accelerator pedal stroke is different left and right in case of ETC this has been provided so that the engine ECM can identify whether the steer ing wheel is on the left or the right Low Input in case of RH drive 143 Starter Switch ON OFF Starter switch signal Becomes ON when the starter is ON Engine ECM input value
327. ng sre Initial Keyless setting ee Initial button settina v Close SMU 00408 This causes a message to appear indicating that SMU 00391 setting configuration is complete Click the OK NOTE button e Make sure you perform setting operations in ac cordance with the Service Manual Configuring Integ Unit customizing the wrong settings can cause abnormal system Off delay time operation and other problems e If there is no destination registry in the body inte Ci en grated module the screen may display message Is a setting change made shown below In such case please refer to item Body Integrat ed Module Destination Market Registry Exclud SMU 00415 ing Japan and North America and perform destination registry Cancel 103 Display the List of Function Setting Integ Unit Customizing You can display print or save a list of Function Set ting Integ Unit Customizing status for body inte grated module On the list you can enter information such as Ve hicle Registration Number Vehicle Number etc NOTE The customized setting cannot be changed from this function To change customized setting per form from Integ Unit customizing How to Display the List 1 Prepare the SDI diagnosis cable USB cable and a PC with the PC application installed 2 Use the diagnosis cable to connect the SDI to the data link connector of the vehicle NOTE SDI power will turn on aut
328. ng Click OK after entering an option code ooo SMU 01108 Option Code Correlation Table Destination Option Code JPN JPOO EK ER EKOO EC EL EA EH E2 EP ECOO K4 K5 KS KSOO 6 Screen will then display message shown below Reconfirm the displayed vehicle destination with the one identified by steps previously mentioned then click OK to conclude the registry operation ECU customizing Select Parameter SMU 01109 NOTE If the applied model and grade are different than those of the vehicle execute the registration proce dure again after clicking the Cancel button Body Integrated Module Function Check The following procedure can be used to force oper ation of the various actuators that control the body integrated module and check their operation Getting Ready 1 Prepare the SDI diagnosis cable USB cable and a PC with the PC application installed 2 Use the diagnosis cable to connect the SDI to the data link connector of the vehicle NOTE SDI power will turn on automatically when the diag nosis cable is connected to the vehicle If the PWR LED of the SDI does not light turn on the vehicle s ignition switch or start the engine and then press the SDI PWR key and check again to see if the PWR LED of the SDI lights D NY F e F EW 3 Use the USB cable to connect the SDI to the PC 4 Turn on the vehicle s ignition switch 5 Double clic
329. ng Light ON OFF Operating condition for the EBD warning light Becomes ON when the warning lamp lights Received from VDC ABS ECM CAN data 144 ABS Warning Light ON OFF Operating condition for the ABS warning light Becomes ON when the warning lamp lights Received from VDC ABS ECM CAN data 145 VDC OFF flag ON OFF VDC operation status Becomes ON by VDC OFF becomes ON when the VDC OFF switch becomes ON Received from VDC ABS ECM CAN data 146 VDC ABS OK B OK NG VDC ABS system fault information OK means system is normal NG means system is abnormal Re ceived from the VDC ABS ECM CAN data 147 Lighting Switch Input ON OFF Input value from the Combination SW Becomes ON when the lighting SW is set to the Tail position 148 Lighting Il Switch Input ON OFF Input value from the Combination SW Becomes ON when the lighting SW is set to the Head position 149 Dimmer Hi Switch Input ON OFF Input value from the Combination SW Becomes ON when the Dimmer amp Passing SW is set to the High beam position 293 List of Contents on Displayed Data No ltems to be displayed Unit of measure Contents Remarks 150 Dimmer Pass Switch Input ON OFF Input value from the Combination SW Becomes ON when the Dimmer amp Passing SW is set to the Passing position 151 Lighting Lamp Output ON
330. ng data which occurred an error 322 SSMIII revision history Release PC Application version CF Application version Main revision history Remarks Apr 2007 Ver1 10 27 18 Ver1 10 27 19 Ver 1 2 22 Diagnosis support on O8MY vehicles PC application stand alone Addition of a driving recorder function for VDC and ABS Improvement of a code error on airbag system displayed illegal codes when all DTCs were displayed Improvement of the system caused an error when it is calibrated by the pres sure type occupant detection system from Ver 1 9 26 16 Jul 2007 Ver1 11 28 12 Ver1 11 28 13 Ver 1 2 25 Supports diagnosis of O8MY JUSTY Other than North America Added Each System DTC Check function CF application Added Impact Sensor Sensitivity Ad justment function CF application Added Wireless LAN Communication function Other than North America Improvement of the driving recorder function caused an abnormal analog sampling value Improvement of the display for con firming a vehicle type when register ing an immobilizer From Ver 1 10 27 20 Oct 2007 Ver1 12 29 3 Ver1 12 29 4 Ver 1 2 27 Addition of AT learning mode and AT air bleeding mode Addition of Compulsory learning mode and Injector code registration mode for Diesel engine Excluding North America Jan 2008 Ver 1 13 30 3 Ver 1 13 30 4
331. ng procedure to force operation of engine control system actuators to check their oper ation NOTE This function is not Supported in some vehicle mod els Getting Ready 1 Prepare the SDI diagnosis cable USB cable and a PC with the PC application installed 2 Use the diagnosis cable to connect the SDI to the data link connector of the vehicle NOTE SDI power will turn on automatically when the diag nosis cable is connected to the vehicle If the PWR LED of the SDI does not light turn on the vehicle s ignition switch or start the engine and then press the SDI PWR key and check again to see if the PWR LED of the SDI lights D NY lt z F a iP OT 3 Use the USB cable to connect the SDI to the PC 4 Turn on the vehicle s ignition switch 5 Double click the SSMIII icon on the PC screen to start up the application System Operation Check Mode 6 On the Main Menu that appears on the display select Each System Check and then press the Enter key or left click with the mouse All System Diagnosis Each System Check Sayed Data Display Immobilizer Reprogram Conyert Save measurement data on driving recorder Oscilloscope Quit SMU 00600 7 On the System Selection Menu select Engine Control System and then press the Enter key or left click with the mouse System Selection Menu Engine Control System Transmission Control System Cruise Control System
332. nhibitor switch signal Becomes ON when the select lever is in range D Transmission ECM input value 72 R Range Signal ON OFF Inhibitor switch signal Becomes ON when the select lever is in range R Transmission ECM input value 73 N P Range Signal ON OFF Inhibitor switch signal Becomes ON when the select lever is in range N or P Transmission ECM input value 74 4th Range Signal ON OFF Inhibitor switch signal Becomes ON when the select lever is in range 4 Transmission ECM input value 15 Tiptronic Solenoid ON OFF Sport shift solenoid drive signal Be comes ON at the time of manual mode gear 1 Engine brake is ap plied when ON Transmission ECM output value 76 Torque Control Signal 1 ON OFF Torque down request signal trans mitted to the engine ECM The en gine ECM performs ignition timing retard and fuel cut control by combi nation of 1 and 2 and executes torque down Transmission ECM output value T7 Torque Control Signal 2 ON OFF Same as Torque Control Signal 1 78 2 4 Brake Timing Sol ON OFF 2 4 Brake timing solenoid drive sig nal Becomes ON at the time of drive signal output Transmission ECM output value 79 Low Clutch Timing Sol ON OFF Low clutch timing solenoid drive sig nal Becomes ON at the time of drive signal output Transmission ECM output value 80 Shift Solenoid 2 ON OFF
333. nication across diverse interconnected networks C Show icon in notification area when connected SMU 00990 7 Check Use the following IP address Internet Protocol TCP IP Properties General You can get IP settings assigned automatically if your network supports this capability Otherwise you need to ask your network administrator for the appropriate IP settings Obtain an IP address automatically Use the following IP address IP address Subnet mask Default gateway Use the following DNS server addresses Preferred DNS server Alternate DNS server SMU 00991 Wireless LAN Communication 8 Enter the address to IP address Refer to SS MIII wireless LAN communication enclosed with the SDI wireless LAN card for the characters to be entered Internet Protocol TCP IP Properties General You can get IP settings assigned automatically if your network supports this capability Otherwise you need to ask your network administrator for the appropriate IP settings Obtain an IP address automatically Use the following IP address Subnet mask a Default gateway f Use the following DNS server addresses Preferred DNS server Alternate DNS server SMU 00992 9 Enter numbers for Subnet mask Refer to SS MIII wireless LAN communication enclosed with the SDI wireless LAN c
334. not clear the memory If an error occurs while communi 1 Perform the following steps cating with ECM Memory clear 1 The ignition key is OFF for 3 seconds then ignition key is ON for 3 seconds 2 Memory clear by using SSMIII 3 The ignition key is OFF for 3 seconds 2 Make sure the connection of USB connector 313 ECM Reprogramming Error Code List Error Code Error Message Cause Corrective action 4422 Cannot clear the memory lf an error occurs while communi cating with the integrated unit or ABS memory clear 1 Perform the following steps 1 The ignition key is OFF for 3 seconds then ignition key is ON for 3 seconds 2 Memory clear by using SSMIII 3 The ignition key is OFF for 3 seconds 2 Make sure the connection of USB connector 4423 Cannot clear the memory If an error occurs while communi cating with the integrated unit Read DTC or if the acquired DTC are more than one 1 Re try after the data link con nector is reconnected 2 Confirm the connection of the USB connection 3 Re try from the first step after the ignition OFF 4 Make sure the harness of the vehicle 4425 Cannot clear the memory If an error occurs while communi cating with ABS Start Diagnostic Session 1 Re try after the data link con nector is reconnected 2 Confirm the connection of the USB connection 3 Re try from the first step aft
335. nstalled Converting sampled data to CSV should be per formed on the saved data analysis screen NOTE Up to 50 000 sampled data can be saved as CSV file For more than 50 000 sampled data data cut and save can be used to reduce the number of data before converting to CSV How to Convert to CSV from Menu 7 Double click the SSMIII icon on the PC screen to start up the application On the Main Menu that appears on the display select Saved Data Display and then press the Enter key or left click with the mouse All System Diagnosis Each System Check Sayed Data Display Immobilizer Reprogram Conyvert Save measurement data on driving recorder Oscilloscope Quit SMU 00602 2 The dialog box with a list of saved data files is dis played After selecting Files of type designate the file you need and press the Enter key or click the Open button 61 Converting Sampled Data to CSV Open 2 x Look in a Data e e Es 010705134700 ssm 010705134710 ssm 010705141149 ssm File name 010705141149 ssm Cancel Files of type Various system sampling data ssm bai m Detail of saved data Engine Control System Comment f data1 3 This displays saved data Select Converting sampling data to CSV from File in menu System SMU 00697 View Tool Help Print Print preview Setup printer Ctrl F Con
336. o mod el 177 TCS Relief Valve Sol ON OFF Drive signal to the charging pressure solenoid valve at the time of VDC operation Becomes ON at the time of solenoid valve drive Output value of the engine ECM 178 Ex Gas Pos Pressure ON OFF Drive signal to the exhaust gas posi tive pressure valve for twin turbo charger system control Becomes ON at the time of solenoid valve drive Output value of the engine ECM This item is applied only to twin turbo mod el 179 Ex Gas Neg Pressure ON OFF Drive signal to the exhaust gas neg ative pressure valve for twin turbo charger system control Becomes ON at the time of solenoid valve drive Output value of the engine ECM This item is applied only to twin turbo mod el 180 Intake Air Solenoid ON OFF Drive signal to the intake air solenoid valve for twin turbocharger system control Becomes ON at the time of solenoid valve drive Output value of the engine ECM This item is applied only to twin turbo mod el 181 Muffler control ON OFF Signal for variable muffler control Becomes ON at the time of muffler open mode Output value of the en gine ECM 182 Exhaust By pass valve ON OFF Not used 183 Eng Oil Press SW 1 ON OFF Drive signal to the VVL oil pressure switch RH for diagnosis Becomes ON when the pressure switch is ON Output value of the engine ECM 184 Eng Oil Pr
337. ode Transfer and then press the Enter key or left click with the mouse Mode Settings Mode Transfer Measurement Data Reading Back SMU 00477 13 This displays a measurement item selection screen Boxes of recommended items for sampling are checked as initial settings in the screen If you wish to add or delete some items manipulate the boxes of applicable items After configuring all of the settings click the Selection Completed but ton Select measurement data X Coolant Temp A F Correction 1 Selection Completed A F Leaming 1 Mani Absolute Pressure TE j Tianster Engine Speed Vehicle Speed Ignition Timing Intake Air Temp Throttle Opening Angle C Rear 02 Sensor Battery Voltage C Throttle Sensor Voltage Fuel Injection 1 Pulse Knocking Correction Atmosphere Pressure C Mani Relative Pressure C Fuel Tank Pressure Learned Ignition Timinig C Fuel Temp Front 02 Heater 1 CI Rear 02 Heater Current C Firat awal zl SMU 00478 NOTE If the message dialog box shown below appears while you are selecting data items it means that the limit on the number of selectable data items has been reached Selection of further data items is not possible after this message appears To select oth er items deselect the check boxes next to the cur rently selected checked items and then select the new items SMU 00154 14 After clicking the Selection Completed button click t
338. ode ending screen Click the Exit button to complete the check Inspection D Check Mode a x Inspection Dealer Check Mode will be Finished While Ignition Switch is OFF Disconnect Test Mode connector SMU 00283 Dealer Check Mode Procedure When a fault is detected by the Dealer check mode procedure The applicable diagnostic code appears when a fault is detected Check the diagnostic codes and perform repair work in accordance with Service Manual fault diag nosis procedures Description amp trouble position Number of Diag Code D Check 2 P0851 Neutral Switch Input Circuit Low P0502 Vehicle Speed Sensor Low Speed SMU 00284 NOTE After completing the Dealer check mode procedure turn off the vehicle s ignition switch and disconnect the test mode connector OBD System Vehicle fault diagnosis can be performed by check ing the OBD system control parameters NOTE This function cannot be performed if the vehicle is not equipped with an OBD system Getting Ready 1 Prepare the SDI diagnosis cable USB cable and a PC with the PC application installed 2 Use the diagnosis cable to connect the SDI to the data link connector of the vehicle NOTE SDI power will turn on automatically when the diag nosis cable is connected to the vehicle If the PWR LED of the SDI does not light turn on the vehicle s ignition switch or start the engine and then press the SDI PWR key and ch
339. old aloe Fe Select EiRanee Fe Print Falsave Ag ia ee Hal ECN AE 4H A3 S AA Fe Grapht Falirieeer FS 4r Number of samples 5000 249 95 ms from sampling start e 10 000 5 000 e 5 000 5 000 e 5 000 5 000 s e 5 000 200 205 210 215 220 225 230 235 240 245 250 w SMU 00619 Configuring Analog Sampling Settings When performing analog sampling you should con figure input range screen range and sampling mode settings as required You can save settings to a file for later load when you need them again 190 Analog Sampling Selecting the Sampling Mode You can select a sampling mode that continuously takes samples without stopping automatically or a mode that stops sampling automatically after 5 000 data samples are obtained 1 While sampling is stopped click the FslAnaloe ut ton on the Function Key Bar or the F5 function key on the PC keyboard F3 Graphe F4 Trigeer Fo Analoe Felselect F7 Ranee Ejo x mle t vio B S mim SMU 00621 2 On the setup screen that appears click the Sam pling Mode tab Select either Continuous or Single and then click the OK button When Continuous is selected sampling will con tinue without stopping automatically With Single sampling will stop automatically af ter 5 000 data samples are obtained Input Range Screen Range Sampling Mode
340. ollow the directions actually shown on the screen AT air bleeding mode IMPORTANT Always perform AT air bleeding mode at the time of control valve body ATF replacement and trans mission ASSY replacement or disassembly NOTE For the work procedure refer to AT Learning Mode of the respective item and perform the work following the screen instructions Learning inspection and registration mode related to diesel engines Excluding North America Learning inspection and registration mode related to diesel engines Excluding North America This function is not supported in North America This item describes the learning functions inspec tion functions and registration functions related to diesel engines IMPORTANT The work required for re registration or learning work etc because of replaced items is shown in the following list The work in the following list must be performed as otherwise exhaust gas abnormal noise bad engine performance and other defects may be caused PIERCE men Required work items items ECM e Registering the Immobilizer e Registering the Injector Code e Fuel injector injection amount learn ing e Fuel pump duty learning e EGR valve opening angle learning Fuel pump e Fuel pump duty learning Injector e Registering the Injector Code e Fuel injector injection amount learn ing EGR valve e EGR valve opening angle learning Diesel compulsory learning mode
341. omatically when the diag nosis cable is connected to the vehicle If the PWR LED of the SDI does not light turn on the vehicle s ignition switch or start the engine and then press the SDI PWR key and check again to see if the PWR LED of the SDI lights VN Wy D Ir E SMU 00113 3 Use the USB cable to connect the SDI to the PC 4 Turn on the vehicle s ignition switch 5 Double click the SSMIII icon on the PC screen to start up the application 6 On the Main Menu that appears on the display select Others and then press the Enter key or left click with the mouse Display the List of Function Setting Integ Unit Customizing All System Diagnosis Each System Check Sayed Data Display Immobilizer Reprogram Read CF application measurement data Convert Save measurement data on driving recorder Quit SMU 00856 7 On the Others Menu select Customized Setting and then press the Enter key or left click with the mouse Customized Setting Back SMU 00857 8 This displays the list of Function Setting status for body integrated module Enter information into the items Customer s Name Vehicle Registration Number Vehicle Number Dealership Inspector s Name Confirm the entered items and then click the Completion of data entry button E E E E Fej FaExit T Vehicle Registration Number Vehicle Number Dealership aoe team Date of Inspection
342. on on the PC screen to start up the application 6 On the Main Menu that appears on the display select Each System Check and then press the Enter key or left click with the mouse 95 Confirm on Parameter All System Diagnosis Each System Check Sayed Data Display Immobilizer Reprogram Conyert Saye measurement data on driving recorder Oscilloscope Quit SMU 00600 7 On the System Selection Menu select Brake Control System and then press the Enter key or left click with the mouse System Selection Menu Engine Control System Transmission Control System Cruise Control System Brake Control System Image Processing Preview Control Integ unit mode Radar sensor Impact Sensor Power Steering System Tire pressure monitor Airbag System Occupant Detection System Back SMU 00669 8 This displays a compliance verification message for the system being diagnosed Click the OK button SUBARU Select Monitor III X SMU 00869 9 From the list of fault diagnosis select Confirm on Parameter and then press the Enter key or left click with the mouse Brake Control Diagnosis Current Data Display amp Save Diagnostic Code s Display Clear Memory Function Check Sequence Freeze Frame Data Selection of Parameter Confirm on parameter Back SMU 00874 10 The parameter confirm screen wil
343. on seting COO ooe Door open warning support AIC ECM setting j gt Suppor mE no support onto support TT Fflu support imho 6 h ht support Facta inal sating l M arket Salae unlock swnmeh oo n n nS ALL BESE C a or Map Light Setting OFF Security setup go NO suppo rt ulin lt lt i i 2 o c Rint e o N Keyless PAW Switch eee TTT SMU 00879 NOTE LJ GG JJ may be displayed in the case of certain vehicle models and vehicle specifications 11 T0o save displayed data click the Yes button in the save confirmation dialog box SUBARU Select Monitor Ill 2 Save data D e SMU 00861 12 This displays the Save As dialog box The name of the data file being saved is generat ed automatically in accordance with the current time and date If you want to use the generated file name as is click the dialog box Save button If you want to change to a different file name type in the name you want Display the List of Function Setting Integ Unit Customizing 105 Save in CQ Data z f E Filename BAA Save as type Customized settings biu 7 Cancel Detail of saved data Customized Setting Comment NOTE e The function setting status file is saved in the Data folder where the PC application is installed To change to another storage location specify the location you want in the Save in box of the save data dialog box e Th
344. on the display select Each System Check and then press the Enter key or left click with the mouse All System Diagnosis Each System Check Saved Data Display Immobilizer Reprogram Conyvert Save measurement data on driving recorder Oscilloscope Quit SMU 00600 9 On the System Selection Menu select Engine Control System and then press the Enter key or left click with the mouse system Selection Menu Engine Control System Transmission Control System Cruise Control System Brake Control System Image Processing Preview Control Integ unit mode Radar sensor Impact Sensor Power Steering System Tire pressure monitor Airbag System Occupant Detection System Back SMU 00474 10 This displays a compliance verification message for the system being diagnosed Click the OK button SUBARU Select Monitor Ill PA 5 2 5 SOHC SMU 00475 11 From the list of fault diagnosis items select Driving recorder and then press the Enter key or left click with the mouse Engine Diagnosis Current Data Display amp Save Diagnostic Code s Display Clear Memory System Operation Check Mode Dealer Check Mode Procedure OBD System Driving recorder Select saye sampling items Back SMU 00609 166 Driving Recorder SDR 12 On the Driving recorder menu select Mode Set tings M
345. onitor Airbag System Occupant Detection System Back SMU 00665 8 This displays a compliance verification message for the system being diagnosed Click the OK button SUBARU Select Monitor HD 2 0 TURBO SMU 00128 9 From the list of fault diagnosis items select Cur rent Data Display amp Save and then press the En ter key or left click with the mouse Engine Diagnosis Current Data Display amp Save Diagnostic Code s Display Clear Memory System Operation Check Mode Dealer Check Mode Procedure OBD System Driving recorder Select save sampling items Back SMU 00503 10 This displays the dialog box shown below Se lect Mode reading sampling and then press the Enter key or left click with the mouse Current Data Display amp Save Normal sampling Mode reading sampling SMU 00504 17 This displays a dialog box with a list of saved files Select the desired file and then press the Enter key or click Open Open x Look in ENGINE ce a 092004160420 mod a 092204100531 mod 092204160256 mod 5 092204160456 mod a 092504160515 mod Filename 092204160456 mod Files of type Save data mod x Cancel Detail of saved data System Comment SMU 00505 12 This displays a sampling start confirmation screen Click the Start sampling button
346. onnection DIOCCOUNG sesectwchsseccccseiondexeueniteeieaeiewe se 17 Wireless LAN setting on the PC side 17 Wireless LAN setting on the SDI side 24 Switching to wireless LAN connection 25 Switching to USB connection 26 When using equipment already set for wireless LAN c cc cececccceseseeeeeeseeeeseveeeees 27 List of terms related to Wireless LAN COMMUNICAUON oniacccrdct ocvsocienetestisanattenenamecs 28 Communication Messages scceeseeeeees 29 All Systems Diagnosis cccccccseeeeeseeeeeeees 30 Each System Check ccccecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 31 Current Data Display and Save 0 33 Digital Data Screen Operations 34 Graph 1 Screen cccceeccceeeeeeaeeeseeeeeeaees 38 Graph 2 Screen Single screen 8 channel CRON sre 44 Setting All Clear Function 008 45 Functions for Initializing Toolbars 45 Sampling Item Memory c cccceeeeeeeeeeeeees 46 Creating a Mode File cccccseeeeeeeees 46 Reading a Mode File for Sampling 48 WOO eea EE 50 Getting Ready cccceecesssseeeseeeeeeseeeens 50 Configuring Trigger of input data SENGA serseri a a 52 Configuring a Manual Trigger 0 54 Two Cursor Analysis ccccccccseeeeseeeeeeeeeees 56 Cursor Numerical Value Information between TWO Points cccseceeeeeeeeeeees 56 Data
347. or this procedures see the appropriate item When loading a setup file select the file which displays ECM Analog Simultaneous Measure ment in System field in dialog box NOTE For details about screen range settings see Con figuring Analog Sampling Settings under Analog Sampling 177 19 This displays a measurement item selection screen with analog sampling item Boxes of rec ommended items for ECM data sampling are checked as initial settings in the screen If you wish to add or delete some items manipulate the boxes of applicable items Also all analog sam pling items are selected Take the check marks off as required After selecting the sampling items click the Selection Completed button Select measurement data back Selection Completed Coolant Temp A F Correction 1 A F Leaning 1 Mani Absolute Pressure Engine Speed Vehicle Speed Ignition Timing Intake Air Temp Mass Air Flow Throttle Opening Angle Rear 02 Sensor Battery Voltage C ir Flow Sensor Voltage Fuel Injection 1 Pulse Knocking Correction Atmosphere Pressure C Mani Relative Pressure Accel Opening Angle MA Priman Cantral SMU 00836 NOTE If the message dialog box shown below appears while you are selecting data items it means that the limit on the number of selectable ECM data items has been reached Not involved with the number of selected items for analog data Selection of further ECM d
348. order SDR for the procedure Remote Box Using the optional remote box allows you turn the SDI on detect trigger signals and sample output signals from the internal G sensor NOTE The remote box is optional and is not included in standard with the SSMIII Kit Handling Precautions e When power is being supplied to the SDI by the diagnosis cable or the AC adaptor power is sup plied to the remote box even if the SDI is off PWR LED not lit For this reason when con necting or disconnecting the remote box be sure to completely disengage the power to SDI Con necting or disconnecting the remote box with the power still supplied to SDI can damage the SDI e Never try to disassemble the remote box e This device is not water resistant Never allow it to be splashed with water oil grease etc Names of Parts SMU 00702 A Trigger switch B POWER ON button C Cigar plug D Probe E Bias adjustment hole F LED light 180 Remote Box Connecting to the SDI 1 Disconnect the diagnosis cable and AC adaptor from the SDI IMPORTANT Completely disengage the power to the SDI 2 Connect the remote box to the remote box con nector of the SDI Remote Box Functions Startup the SDI The SDI can be turned on without pressing the PWR key of the SDI by performing the following op eration 1 Switch operation Pressing the POWER ON button blue on the re mote box turns the SDI on 2 Ignition signa
349. orized Diagnostic Code s This shows diagnostic codes detected in the past that are memorized by the control module and the latest currently detected diagnostic codes D Check Diagnostic Code s This shows the results of fault diagnosis in the deal er check mode Temporary Diagnostic Code s This shows temporary codes detected by the OBD system Current Diagnostic Code s This shows diagnostic codes currently detected by the control module History Diagnostic Code s This shows diagnostic codes detected in the past that are memorized by the control module and the latest currently detected diagnostic codes 72 Diagnostic Codes Display NOTE Executing memory clear deletes all diagnostic codes that are currently memorized by the control module When no diagnostic codes are displayed The message shown below appears if there are no diagnostic codes currently memorized by the con trol module DTC No diagnostic Code Present Check Vehicle according to Service Manual SMU 00228 In accordance with the instructions provided click the OK button The message shown below appears if there are no cancel codes currently memorized by the control module when cruise control system cancel codes are checked DTC No Cancel Code Present SMU 00229 NOTE In the case of a vehicle that is demonstrating a fault that cannot be detected by diagnostic codes per form repair work in accordance with the fa
350. ormatting Error Occurred If the command parameter used between the PC and NSM has an error 1 Make sure the RS232C cable connection 2 Follow the steps with the error message on the PC Error occurred during writing If failed to rewrite the flash memo ry in the cartridge Make sure whether it is writable if the cartridge is write protect Error Occurred Deleting If failed to delete the flash memory in the cartridge Make sure whether it is writable if the cartridge is write protect 316 ECM Reprogramming Error Code List Error Code Error Message Cause Corrective action Read error occurred If failed to read the data in the car tridge Make sure the RS232C cable con nection Communication Error Occurred If a serial communication error or command time out has occurred 1 Make sure the RS232C cable connection 2 Follow the steps with the error message on the PC Error occurred If an error none of the above has occurred on the PC Follow the steps with the error message on the PC 317 SSMIII revision history SSMIII revision history PC CF Release Application Application Main revision history Remarks version version Jan 2005 Ver 1 1 7 10 Ver 1 0 16 Trigger function is added Analog measurement function is add ed Remote box function is added Data cut and save function is add
351. ow g s Secondary mass air flow calculated lb m from the secondary air piping pres sure 81 Memorized Cruise Speed km h Target vehicle speed of the cruise MPH control system set vehicle speed 82 A F Correction 4 o Sub correction value for A F feed back control bank 2 83 A F Learning 4 Sub learned value for A F feedback control bank 2 84 Fuel level resistance ohm Resistance value of the fuel level sensor Engine ECM input value 85 Odometer km Estimated odometer 86 Fuel tank air presser MPa Used for evaporative system diagno This item is applied sis Measuring of the pressure in the only to North American fuel tank models 87 Oil Temperature C Oil temperature of the VVL system F Value calculated from the output val ue of the oil temperature sensor 88 OSV Duty R OSV control duty ratio bank 1 Out put value of the engine ECM 260 List of Contents on Displayed Data No ltems Unit of measure Contents Remarks 89 OSV Duty L OSV control duty ratio bank 2 Out put value of the engine ECM 90 OSV Current R mA OSV target current value bank 1 Output value of the engine ECM 91 OSV Current L mA OSV target current value bank 2 Output value of the engine ECM 92 Exh VVT Retard Ang R deg Exhaust VVT retard amount bank 1 93 Exh VVT Retard Ang L deg Exhaust VVT retard amount bank 2 94
352. p C Value calculated from the output val F ue of the engine coolant temperature sensor 3 A F Correction 1 o Main correction value for A F feed back control bank 1 4 A F Learning 1 Main learning value for A F feedback control bank 1 5 A F Correction 2 Main correction value for A F feed back control bank 2 6 A F Learning 2 o Main learning value for A F feedback control bank 2 7 Mani Absolute Pressure kPa Pressure value calculated from the mmHg manifold absolute pressure sensor inHg absolute value psig 8 Engine Speed rom Calculated from the crankshaft posi tion sensor signal 9 Vehicle Speed km h Value calculated from the output val MPH ue of the vehicle speed sensor 10 Ignition Timing deg Ignition timing control value of the engine ECM 11 Intake Air Temp C Intake air temperature calculated F from the output value of the intake air temperature sensor 12 Mass Air Flow g s Mass air flow calculated from the Ib m output value of the air flow sensor 13 Throttle Opening Angle Yo Throttle opening angle calculated from the output value of the throttle position sensor 14 Front O2 Sensor 1 V Output value of the front O2 sensor bank 1 Input value to the engine ECM 255 List of Contents on Displayed Data No ltems Unit of measure Contents Remarks 15 Rear O2 Sensor V Output value to the rear O2 sensor
353. pe of trigger screen select Trig ger of input data and then click the Next button Specify type of trigger C without trigger Trigger of input data C Manual trigger Bee Cancel SMU 00651 2 Specify the trigger source In the list select the checkbox next to the item whose setting you want to change or double click the item Setup trigger x Select trigger source L Level Unt Slope Combinations a O Rear 02 Sensor FLD ates iialaan x Edit Cancel SMU 00652 3 This displays the Setup trigger of input data screen Configure the settings and then click the OK button 52 Trigger When a sampling item is not switch input Setup trigger of input data Ei Trigger source Engine Speed mna Level j lpm Slope condition Upward C Downward C Both Combinations OR AND eal SMU 00653 1 Level This specifies the trigger level the value that de tects triggers You can input a value directly into the box or you can use its up and down arrows to change the setting The setting value is limited to values that can actually be obtained If you type ina value that cannot be obtained the software will au tomatically change it to the nearest allowable value 2 Slope condition This setting specifies the condition for trigger detec tion when the sample data values reach the trigger level When Both is selected a trigger is detected when
354. pear on the display in the following sequence UP gt DOWN gt RIGHT gt LEFT gt ENT TRG gt C gt MENU Key operation is normal if the next key operation prompt screen appears when you press a key other than MENU If the check reveals an abnormality press the MENU key to exit the check procedure LEKEY IN CHK Push UP Key SMU 00337 REMOTE SWITCH CHECK 1 This item checks operation of the trigger TRG switch which is a driving recorder remote box To check operation of the trigger switch press the ENT key emo IRG Switch SMU 00459 2 Operate the trigger switch as instructed by the messages that appear on the display If CHECK OK or CHECK NG appears press the ENT key To return to the SELF CHECK screen press the MENU key 1 EEMO TEG CHE gt keer PUSh ing REMOTE TEG Sly CANCEL MEN SMU 00339 BEEP CHECK This item checks the frequency and the volume of the SDI buzzer Use the UP and DOWN keys to select the desired item on the beep check screen and then press the ENT key To return to the Menu Selection screen press the C key Beep Volume SMU 00460 1 BEEP FREQUENCY CHECK This item can be used to check buzzer operation and the buzzer frequency Selecting it displays the current buzzer frequency setting Press the UP key to raise the buzzer fre quency or the DOWN key to lower the buzzer fre quency
355. plication measurement data into the CF card slot of the computer Back to main menu Cancel SMU 00845 SMU 00848 To read data from a card slot of the PC NOTE If the PC has no CF card slot make use of a card 1 On the Main Menu select the Read CF applica reader etc to setup the CF card on the PC tion measurement data 4 When the dialog box shown below appears click sor si aaa All System Diagnosis Each System Check SUBARU Select Monitor III Sayed Data Display oe YD Specify CF card drive Immobilizer Reprogram Conyert Save measurement data on driving recorder SMU 00849 Oscilloscope ane 5 Select the drive where the CF card is located and Quit then click the OK button SM U 00841 Browse for Folder Select CF card drive Desktop 2 On the Read CF application measurement data screen select the Read out CF application A ees a a H Local Disk C measurement data from the CF card inside the lt a computer eerie a Removable Disk I Shared Documents H PANDOLA s Documents H USER s Documents Read CF application measurement data mE Mw Metuinrk Places v Read out CF application measurement data from the CF card inside SDI Read out CF application measurement data from the CF card inside the computer a SMU 00850 NOTE If the drive which contains a CF card is not dis played at this time restart the PC application and repeat the procedure from step 1 SMU 00847
356. pling 6 This will display the measurement screen and auto matically start sampling If the trigger is detected during sampling data is collected for the specified time and then sampling stops automatically E FelStart F3 Graph2 F4 Trigeer BE tal lO x gt Trigger of input data Details Efes F Select elec Fz Ranee Fe Print F3 Save Fosi men foei t vie al an 4 Item Range Graph S T Engine Speed 3197 rpm Vehicle Speed A 0 km h Ignition Timing 44 0 deg K Intake Air Temp 25 C Mass Air Flow 16 36 g s Throttle Opening Angle 9 0 0 0 0 850 Y 0 5 secidiy 2 5 3 0 3 5 4 0 45 5 0 5 5 6 0 6 5 7 0 7 5 E SMU 00770 NOTE e Assigning an input trigger to an item causes T to appear in item s checkbox Manual trigger can still be used even if input trig ger sampling is in progress In this case the sam pling time after trigger detection is the same time set for the Trigger of input data Clicking the a icon on the Data List Toolbar dur ing sampling will terminate sampling immediate ly regardless of whether or not there is a trigger This is also true if the Function Key Bar Felisa button is clicked or the F2 function key on the PC keyboard is pressed On the graph the trigger level is indicated as a purple chain lines while the tr
357. power before installing a CF card into or removing a CF card from its card slot Inserting or removing a CF card while SDI power is turned on runs the risk of damaging CF card contents e Pressing the TRG key will save data starting from the point 10 minutes before the key is pressed up to the point five seconds after the key is pressed 1 Prepare the SDI diagnosis cable USB cable a CF card with the SDR setting file is written the pulse analog box and the pulse analog probe 2 Insert the CF card that contains the SDR setting file into the CF1 card slot of the SDI 3 Connect the pulse analog box to the SDI 4 Connect the pulse analog probe to the pulse an alog box 5 Connect the pulse analog probe to the location where you want to sample 6 Use the diagnosis cable to connect the SDI to the data link connector of the vehicle NOTE SDI power will turn on automatically when the diag nosis cable is connected to the vehicle If the PWR LED of the SDI does not light turn on the vehicle s ignition switch or start the engine and then press the SDI PWR key and check again to see if the PWR LED of the SDI lights PO I F ne SMU 00113 7 After the SDI is turned on sampling will start au tomatically and the screen shown below will ap pear on the SDI SUR mode naloe sampling inultaneous SMU 00838 NOTE In case that the SDI operates as a driving recorder SDR mode is
358. pped with Keyless Access with Push Button Start Sy leM oe e E 123 Registering the Immobilizer Equipped with the Keyless Access with Push Button Start SYSTEM ee hence tae sititecoaeeacirannanlnctetias tence 128 Registering the Smart Immobilizer 129 Registering the Smart ECM 068 133 Registering the Engine ECM 135 Readout the Number of Mobile Key Access Key Registration 0008 138 Delete the Mobile Key Access Key Dore aE 139 Registering the Remote Control Engine aL aa a cataietah a eaacameeaeanes 141 Keyless access with push button start system Correspondence table at the time of parts failure cceeceeeeceeeee sees 145 Registering the Audio Security U K Only 148 Learning and inspection mode related LOM adit ae beaten sesame sad edoaendventaneteunandeeeabaa se 151 Getting Ready scrani nanana 151 AT learning mode cccecceecesseeeeeeeeeees 152 AT air bleeding mode n os 155 Learning inspection and registration mode related to diesel engines Excluding North PIMICTIGA Drina tamer E Mauer oiawe 156 Diesel compulsory learning mode 156 Registering the Injector Code 158 Driving Recorder SDR cccceeeeeeeeees 165 Creating an SDR Setting File 165 Saving SDR Data to CF Card 167 Saving SDR Data to PC cceeeeeeees 168 Opening and analyzing saved data
359. press the Enter key or left click with the mouse All System Diagnosis Each System Check Saved Data Display Immobilizer Reprogram Convert Save measurement data on driving recorder Oscilloscope Quit SMU 00600 3 On the System Selection Menu select Integ unit mode and then press the Enter key or left click with the mouse 97 System Selection Menu Engine Control System Transmission Control System Cruise Control System Brake Control System Image Processing Preview Control Integ unit mode Radar sensor Impact Sensor Power Steering System Tire pressure monitor Airbag System Occupant Detection System Back SMU 00672 4 This displays a compliance verification message for the system being diagnosed Click the OK button SUBARU Select Monitor III Laj r 1 integ unit SMU 00380 5 From the list of fault diagnosis items select Cur rent Data Display amp Save and then press the En ter key or left click with the mouse Integ unit mode failure diag Current Data Display amp Save Diagnostic Code s Display Clear Memory Function check Integ Unit customizing Keyless ID registration Back SMU 01103 Body Integrated Module Destination Market Registry Excluding North America and Japan 6 When digital data is displayed as shown below scroll down and confirm the item Destination Set
360. pressure Turn to Feedback during feedback control This item is applied only to Diesel models 219 EGR Control Mode Feedback Open Mode to control EGR Turn to Feed back during feedback control This item is applied only to Diesel models 220 Glow Relay ON OFF Operating signal of glow relay It be comes ON when glow relay is in op eration Output value of engine ECM This item is applied only to Diesel models 221 Sub Fuel Pump Relay ON OFF Operating signal of sub fuel pump It becomes ON when sub fuel pump is in operation Output value of engine ECM This item is applied only to Diesel models 270 List of Contents on Displayed Data No Items Unit of measure Contents Remarks 222 Fuel Pump Learning incomplete com Process of fuel pump leaning This item is applied pleted only to Diesel models 223 Injector Learning incomplete com Process of injection amount learning This item is applied pleted for fuel injector only to Diesel models 224 EGR Learning incomplete com Process of EGR learning This item is applied pleted only to Diesel models 225 Fuel Cut Request With Request Fuel cut request calculated by en This item is applied Without Reqest gine ECM only to Diesel models 226 Fuel Pump Mode Feedback Open Mode to control fuel pump Turn to This item is applied Feedback during
361. pressure monitor diagnosis Current Data Display amp Save Diagnostic Code s Display Clear Memory Transmitter ID regist confirm Back SMU 00396 ID registration 1 On the Transmitter ID regist confirm screen se lect ID registration and then press the Enter key or left click with the mouse Transmitter ID regist confirm ID registration Transmitter ID data monitor Back SMU 00397 2 This displays a confirmation screen asking if you want to delete the registered transmitter ID Click the OK button Transmitter ID regist confirm ID registration mode When execute Registered ID is deleted Does it perform Cancel SMU 00398 3 On the transmitter ID registration confirmation screen click the OK button to start ID registration Transmitter ID regist confirm Please register transmitter ID of each wheel SMU 00399 114 The message complete appears when each wheel ID registration is complete Transmitter ID regist confirm complete complete incomplete incomplete Cancel SMU 01126 The dialog box shown below appears when ID registration for all wheels is complete Click the OK button to exit the operation Transmitter ID regist confirm ID registration completed SMU 00401 NOTE Registering a transmitter ID causes the previously registered ID to be deleted Transmitter ID Data Monitor The currently registered ID data and the ID data sent from the t
362. push button ignition switch After the buzzer sounds once move the mobile key AccessKey away from the push engine switch push button ignition switch and go to the next step IMMO BILIZER Help H Confirming one of the registered Mobile Key verification Hold a registered mobile key over the start SW Current Mobile Key Registration Number 2 Num SMU 00940 NOTE e The ID of a mobile key access key placed over the push engine switch push button ignition switch will only be left e When holding the mobile key AccessKey up to the push engine switch push button ignition switch bring the mobile key AccessKey close 141 to the push engine switch push button ignition switch as shown below 1 Let the mechanical key insertion opening of the mobile key AccessKey face down 2 Hold the Subaru ornament side to the push en gine switch push button ignition switch side 3 Bring it close until it touches the push engine switch push button ignition switch e The procedure to hold a mobile key access key over the push engine switch push button ignition switch has to be done within 30 seconds after the screen above appears 12 The screen shown below will appear if mobile key access key ID deletion ends normally Click the OK button IMMO BILIZER Help H Mobile Key ID Deletion Mode Finished Mobile Key Registration number 1 Num Press OK SMU 00941 13 Complete this procedure after
363. push button start system 1 Start the PC application according to section Starting Up the System and display the Main Menu screen 129 2 On the Main Menu that appears on the display select Immobilizer and then press the Enter key or left click with the mouse All System Diagnosis Each System Check Saved Data Display Immobilizer Reprogram Convert Save measurement data on driving recorder Oscilloscope Quit SMU 00663 3 Click the YES button if the system selection screen is displayed System Check Select the System for Registration Immobilizer System YES Audio System NO Back Cancel SMU 00946 NOTE Audio System is the specification only for the U K 4 On the next screen confirm the system is keyless access with push button start system Click the YES button System Selection Press YES if it is a smart system otherwise press MO SMU 00910 NOTE The term smart system that appears on this screen is synonymous with the term keyless access with push button start system used in this text Registering the Immobilizer Equipped with the Keyless Access with Push Button Start System 5 Input the teaching operation code and then click the OK button IMMOBILIZER IMMOBILIZER Execute Smart Immobilizer Registration Mode Input teaching operation code press OK key Press OK or Cancel Cancel SMU 00913 8 Input the security ID and then click the OK
364. put SMU 00298 Diagnostic Code Clear Selecting Diagnostic Code s Cleared on the OBD menu displays a dialog box like the one shown be low As instructed by the dialog box text click the Yes button to delete the diagnostic codes memorized by the control module OBD Menu Current Data Display amp Save Freeze Frame Data Dignlew pn SUBARU Select Monitored _ Diagnostic Code s D Q Diagnostic Code s C Clear Diagnostic Code O2 Sensor Monitor Te em Result of on board monitor test _ Temporary Code s Inspection Getting of vehicle information _ Back SMU 00299 Executing the diagnostic clear operation causes the message shown below to appear Click the OK button SMU 00300 O2 Sensor Monitor Selecting 02 Sensor Monitor Test on the OBD menu displays a screen like the one shown below This display screen is an example The O2 sensor related control module input signal and control data screen can be displayed by select ing the item on the display that conforms to the ve hicle being inspected This makes it possible to check the current O2 sensor status O2 Sensor Selection Bank1 Sensor1 Bank1 Sensor2 Back SMU 00547 NOTE Some functions may not be available in the case of certain vehicle models and vehicle specifications Onboard Monitor Test Results Selecting Result of on board monitor test on the OBD menu displays a screen like th
365. q uonajap G AeysseodoVy uonezyenu yoo Bunaas WOA yews jo uonnoaxg qowu p s uo oww pews jo uonnoaxg Aey qow y zo uoejeqd Z uogensiba 12Z111q peiesibes aq 0 Aey v Oww Wews E 2 jo uonnoaxg ssa00V SAay jqow y S SIX 350 Ajpewuou Woa Woa p l e G np vosd zu wzeaIL y np vod zu wze IL np vosd zu wzeaIL z np vosd yu wzeaIL ainpeoosd USUI WA xog yoo Woa 493 SS699V Wo3 zog y207 WOA IV Bujuonouny eulBUZ SPODA S usam YONED fay algo uug epoddl uo e OD sejdwexy 11991S U881S Aayss 29y Asy llqoN u w eLjd syed Jaye soinsea US UmoyS Suey Jed S0 Jo pare l 4 W QU JO OINIIe JO aSed Ul JUBWAINDAS JO JUBWIaDR d91 Bunnbal sued Hed 380 10 pared lt Se dJaM pelle sued om Based U gt 146 Registering the Immobilizer Equipped with the Keyless Access with Push Button Start System ayes GulBUS O1 UOD 8 0WAI y JO UOITeNSIBe1 woad ayes BUIBUS 01 U09 90W31 e UIIM peddinbe y n e 10 peoR des UsEeq sey WOJ uonejjoo aU UBU TL p u do UB p soj JO p soj UB p u do 1 y SEM JOOP SJOALIP PUL o PEUIN s YOUMS UOIIUB I y Jaye SPUODDES 0 INOGe p y 0 s Bunaazs y y B19 dWOD s UOHeZIeNlU Jom UOHeZIeNIU Yoo Bulee1S poewJOped eq snw uogespa J8ZI IGOWLUI yews pue suo mau e Aq paveda q snu xoq Bpod qI 34 ajqerere jou sue AaysseooV SA9y qow paJaysibeu e pue paveda usaq sey W03
366. r and then press the Enter key or left click with the mouse All System Diagnosis Each System Check Saved Data Display Immobilizer Reprogram Convert Save measurement data on driving recorder Oscilloscope Quit SMU 00610 8 On the Convert Save measurement data on driv ing recorder screen that appears select Read SDR data from CF card inside SDI and then press the Enter key or left click with the mouse Convert Save measurement data on driving recorder Read SDR data from CF card inside SDI Read SDR data from CF card inside computer Back SMU 00485 9 This causes the sampled data save dialog box to appear The name of the data file being saved is generated automatically in accordance with the current time and date If you want to use the gen erated file name as is click the dialog box Save button If you want to change to a different file name type in the name you want Save As 2 x Save in a Data c Ea File name 010605141759 sdr Save as type Driving recorder sampling data sdr amice m Detail of saved data System Engine Control System Comment SMU 00700 Driving Recorder SDR NOTE e Sample data files are saved in the Data folder where the PC application is installed To change to another storage location specify the location you want in the Save in box of the save data dia log box e The Comment box
367. r left click with the mouse System Selection Menu Engine Control System Transmission Control System Cruise Control System Brake Control System Image Processing Preview Control Integ unit mode Radar sensor Impact Sensor Power Steering System Tire pressure monitor Airbag System Occupant Detection System Back SMU 00672 8 This displays a compliance verification message for the system being diagnosed Click the OK button SUBARU Select Monitor III Lal r 1 Integ Unit SMU 00380 Body Integrated Module Function Setting Integ Unit Customizing 9 From the list of fault diagnosis items select In teg Unit customizing and then press the Enter EEL customizing key or left click with the mouse Integ unit mode failure diag Select P t ele arameter Current Data Display amp Saye Diagnostic Code s Display Clear Memory Function check Integ Unit customizing oK Back SMU 01107 SMU 00674 This displays a customized setting screen for the On the screen that appears select the setting s selected item s Select the desired setting s to be configured and then click the Next button and then click the OK button Integ Unit customizing Integ Unit customizing Off delay time Outside Temp Offset Rr defogger op mode Normal Wiper deicer op mode Lockout prevention f Automatic locking setup Auto locki
368. ransferred nector is reconnected 2 Make sure the connection of the USB connection 3 Re try from the first step after ig nition OFF 4024 Error occurred while rewriting If an error occurs while the appli 1 Re try after the data link con Reprogramming is aborted cation software Is transferred nector is reconnected 2 Make sure the connection of the USB connection 3 Re try from the first step after ig nition OFF 4025 The ECU does not have valid If a ROM ID after the reprogram Make sure if the PAK file is cor identification of after rewriting ming did not match with an expect rect Rewriting may not be complete ed one 4028 Latest logic has already been in If you try to re execute reprogram Reprogramming is not necessary stalled ming on ECM which has already been reprogrammed If the ECM has already been up dated 304 ECM Reprogramming Error Code List Error Error Message Cause Corrective action Code 4029 This ECU is not suitable for repro If you perform reprogramming on 1 Make sure if the PAK file is cor gramming ECM which is not registered in the rect PAK file 2 Confirm the connection of the If ECM is not the one applicable USB connection 3 Re try from the first step after ig nition OFF 4030 CanNOt erase the Flash ROM on If failed to erase the flash ROM on 1 Re try after the data link con the ECU ECM nector
369. ransmitter to the tire pressure moni toring control module can be viewed by selecting Transmitter ID data monitor on the Transmitter ID regist confirm screen Transmitter ID regist confirm ID registration Transmitter ID data monitor Back SMU 00402 Registering the Tire Pressure Monitoring System Transmitter ID Transmitter ID Data Screen Transmit ID Monitor Registered ID 1 000000 Registered ID 2 000000 Registered ID 3 000000 Registered ID 4 000000 Latest reception ID 000000 Reception ID one ahead 000000 Before reception ID2 000000 Before reception ID3 000000 SMU 01127 115 Calibrating the Occupant Detection System The procedure below can be used to calibrate the occupant detection system after performing repair work on the system NOTE e Perform occupant detection system calibration work in accordance with the Service Manual e The air bag warning lamp will light if some abnor mality occurs such as interruption of the adjust ment procedure or interruption of the sensor data read procedure Getting Ready Prepare the vehicle for calibration as instructed by the Service Manual 1 Prepare the SDI diagnosis cable USB cable and a PC with the PC application installed 2 Use the diagnosis cable to connect the SDI to the data link connector of the vehicle NOTE SDI power will turn on automatically when the diag nosis cable is connected to the vehicle If the PWR LED of the SDI
370. re not included in the standard SSMIII Kit e In case of analog sampling maximum 5 000 data can be saved e Since this device is a differential input device mi nus sampling is also supported This device can be inputted from four channels using four pulse analog probes On the other hand a minus input is shared and is one Handling Precautions e Never try to disassemble the SDI the pulse ana log cartridge the pulse analog box or the pulse analog probe Be sure to turn off SDI power PWR LED not lit before installing or removing the pulse analog cartridge Installing or removing the cartridge while power is on can damage the SDI and the pulse analog cartridge Be sure to attach the back cover of the SDI cor rectly Incorrectly attaching the cover can cause SDI power to disengage Never touch the connectors of the SDI or the pulse analog cartridge without first discharging your body of static electricity Doing so can dam age the SDI and pulse analog cartridge e This device is not water resistant Never allow it to be splashed with water oil grease etc The rated input voltage range of the COM port is 30V Never input a signal that exceeds the rated voltage Doing so can damage the device 188 Analog Sampling Pulse Analog Kit Contents T SMU 00612 A Pulse analog cartridge B Pulse analog box C Pulse analog probe Getting Ready for Sampling To install the pulse analog cartridge in the
371. rk wireless access points are not used SMU 01002 19 Uncheck The key is provided for me automati cally Wireless network properties Association Authentication Network name SSID 100001 Wireless network key This network requires 4 key for the following Network Authentication Open Data encryption WEP Network key Confirm network key Key index advanced C The key is provided for me automatically C This is a computer to computer ad hoc network wireless access points are not used SMU 01003 20 Enter an encryption key alphanumeric for Net work key Refer to SSMIII wireless LAN com munication enclosed with the SDI wireless LAN card for the characters to be entered Wireless network properties reece Association Authentication Network name SSID 100001 Wireless network key This network requires 4 key for the following Network Authentication Open Data encryption WE P Network key Confirm network key Key index advanced 1 v C The key is provided for me automatically _ This is a computer to computer ad hoc network wireless access points are not used SMU 01004 22 Wireless LAN Communication NOTE Enter the network keys using lower case letters In case of input in CapsLock status upper case let ters an warn
372. rkey Israel U K Italy USA Parts required for wireless LAN communication SMU 01023 A PC with built in wireless LAN or external wireless LAN B Wireless LAN card for SDI NOTE A CD ROM is enclosed with the wireless LAN card for SDI but it is not used SDI requires no driver in Stallation Outline of the wireless LAN connection procedure Explanations are provided only for Windows XP 7 Install a wireless LAN for the PC 2 Set the SDI side to wireless LAN 3 Switch the SDI connection method from USB to wireless LAN NOTE In case of Windows 2000 use your wireless LAN utility and perform setting for wireless LAN commu nication Wireless LAN setting on the PC side Explanations are provided only for Windows XP In case of an external type connect the wireless LAN card and install the driver on the PC Wireless LAN Communication 1 Click Start on the taskbar and select Control Panel D Subaru Select Monitor IIT ct My Computer Notepad E Control Panel bA connect To d SDRT tS Printers and Faxes Flashirite eS 2 Help and Support A Microsoft Tweak UI x a Search i InterVideo WinDVD 4 aT ae we Reference Manual ze Log OFF 0 Turn OFF Computer 7 Ci we SnagIt SMU 00983 NOTE Depending on the PC display settings click Start and select Control Panel from Settings m Programs i 2 Documents E Settings i Nebwor
373. rocedure the necessary ID will not be deleted NOTE You cannot delete all of mobile key access key ID by this function The ID of a mobile key access key placed over the push engine switch push button ig nition switch will not be deleted 139 1 Start the PC application according to section Starting Up the System and display the Main Menu screen 2 On the Main Menu that appears on the display select Immobilizer and then press the Enter key or left click with the mouse All System Diagnosis Each System Check Sayed Data Display Immobilizer Reprogram ConyYert Saye measurement data on driving recorder Oscilloscope Quit SMU 00663 3 Click the YES button if the system selection screen is displayed System Check select the System for Registration Immobilizer System YES Audio System NO Back Cancel wo Cancer SMU 00946 NOTE Audio System is the specification only for the U K 4 On the next screen confirm the system is keyless access with push button start system Click the YES button System Selection Press YES if it ig a smart system otherwise press NO SMU 00910 NOTE The term Smart system that appears on this screen is synonymous with the term keyless access with push button start system used in this text Registering the Immobilizer Equipped with the Keyless Access with Push Button Start System 5 Input the teaching op
374. ropean specifications is supported for PC ap plication Diagnosis function of JUSTY is added for PC application Add function to recover automatically when SDI firmware update is failed Update is performed again when selecting system Function to display a note on the SDI screen during SDI firmware update is added Stand alone function is added for 06 MY vehicles except immobilizer reg istration for 06 MY European specifi cations HELP file can be displayed in multi language Oct 2005 Ver 1 4 13 11 Ver 1 4 13 12 Ver 1 2 1 Marking delete function is added Function to display a list of custom ized settings for body integrated mod ule is added Function to save stand alone meas urement data is added Diagnosis of 98MY to OOMY models is supported for stand alone Immobilizer of O6MY is supported for stand alone Driving recorder of previous models 98MY or later is supported Engine AT ECM Analog Simultaneous Measure ment SDR is added 320 SSMIII revision history PC CF Release Application Application Main revision history Remarks version version Jan 2006 Ver 1 5 17 3 Ver 1 2 3 Added toolbar initializing function VU EA Improved the function which caused For O6MY LEGACY excluding an error that Air bag Warning Lump North America turns on while sampling data by AT system Apr 2006 Ver 1 6 19 3
375. ror code signal of flash Communication error on ECM Replace the ECM with a new one ROM ECM judged that an error on the ECM failure rewriting If a rewriting error occurs in ECM 4401 Error occurred while rewriting Confirmation on retry after the re 1 Re try after the data link con Click YES to reprogram again writing error nector is reconnected 2 Confirm the connection of the USB connection 3 Confirm if the PAK file is correct 4 Re try from the first step after the ignition OFF 4402 Error in rewritten data verifying Confirmation on retry after the ver 1 Re try after the data link con Click YES to reprogram again ifying error nector is reconnected 2 Confirm the connection of the USB connection 3 Confirm if the PAK file is correct 4 Re try from the first step after the ignition OFF 4403 Turn off the ignition switch and re If the message Off the car Repro 1 Re try after the data link con try If the error repeats possibly CAN failure gramming appeared and you clicked No although it was not reprogrammed off the car If you do the reprogramming on the car normally the message Off the car Reprogramming does not ap pear nector is reconnected 2 Confirm the connection of the USB connection 3 Re try from the first step after the ignition OFF 310 ECM Reprogramming Error Code List or Error Message C
376. rt the en gine On the Initial Menu screen use the UP and DOWN keys to select SUBARU Vehicle and then press the ENT key SUBARL Vehicle Function setup belt Check Exit 2 This causes the Menu Selection screen to ap pear Use the UP and DOWN keys to select IMM regist and then press the ENT key SMU 00513 To return to the Initial Menu screen press the C key or select Exit and then press the ENT key JTG check votem Check IMM resist xlt SMU 00746 3 Press the ENT key if the system selection screen is displayed select Reg Sys Immobi Svs ENT Audio Sys RG Back L SMU 00949 NOTE Audio System is the specification only for the U K 4 On the next screen confirm the system is keyless access with push button start system Press the C key Smart system ENT Utherwise SMU 00947 NOTE e The term smart system that appears on this screen is synonymous with the term keyless ac cess with push button start system used in this text e The keyless access with push button start system is not equipped with some vehicles depending on the specifications for North America Austral ia and some other areas 5 Press ENT after confirming if the ignition switch is ON as following screen will be displayed Lontirm IGN ON YES ENT NO C SMU 00948 226 SDI Stand alone Diagnosis 6 In response to the compl
377. s access with push button start system that appears click the OK button is not equipped with some vehicles depending on the specifications for North America Austral Heo la and some other areas 9 Click YES after confirming if the ignition switch is ON as following screen will be displayed IMMOBILIZER Key registration mode execute Contirm lenition 54 Check if enition SW is turned ON Press OK or Cancel Cancel SMU 00909 10 In response to the compliance verification dialog SMU 00432 box that appears click the OK button 124 Registering the Immobilizer Not Equipped with Keyless Access with Push Button Start System 13 Input the security ID and then click the OK but ton Help H After inputting Security ID Press OK SMU 00732 14 Stand by as the security ID is being collated Help H Security ID is being collated Please Wait SMU 00434 15 In response to the key registration confirmation screen dialog box that appears click the OK button Help H Do you want to register the key Press OK SMU 00439 16 Stand by as the key is registered 125 Help H Registering Please Wait SMU 00435 17 The screen shown below will appear if registra tion ends normally If you have another key to be registered click the OK button If you do not have any more keys to be registered click the Cancel button and ad vance to step 26 Help H
378. s and transmission control systems that employ the latest communication protocol 6 Digital Data Display Data is displayed on a PC monitor making it eas ier to view Though the number of items that can be dis played depends on the size of the PC monitor screen and the font size typically more than 25 items can be displayed simultaneously Before Starting Diagnosis 7 Graph Data Display Data displayed on PC monitor in color greatly fa cilitates interpretation and analysis of diagnostic phenomena Graph line colors can be specified as desired which makes it possible to display graphs that suit individual preferences and needs 8 Diagnosis Cable A standard SAE J1962 connector is used on the end of the cable that connects to the vehicle The end that connects to the SDI is a highly dura ble D Sub 44 pin connector The length of the cable is a convenient 2 3 m 7 5 ft Reprogramming work can also be performed using this cable 9 USB cable Since communication between the PC and SDI is performed using USB 1 1 protocol a USB cable is used to connect the PC and SDI The cable is 3 m 10 ft long which allows com puter analysis even when the PC is located at a considerable distance from the vehicle 10 SDI Cushioning Rubber Cushioning rubber attached to SDI absorbs shock and protects the interface from damage if it is dropped Switching the SDI Mode SDI Mode Types There are four SDI modes e Driving Recorder Mode
379. s completed Back to main menu SMU 00845 lt If you selected Read CF application measure ment data separately in Step 6 gt 7 This causes the sampled data save dialog box to appear The name of the data file being saved is generated automatically in accordance with the time and date of saving in CF card If you want to use the generated file name as is click the dialog box Save button If you want to change to a dif ferent file name type in the name you want Save in Data 7 O 2 em E o50831124925 ssm E 090805163747 ssm E o50831124947 ssm o90805163755 ssm E 050831125336 ssm E 050831125349 ssm E 090705144426 ssm File name 080509164212 ssm Save as type Various system sampling data ssm SMU 00846 NOTE e Sample data files are saved in the Data folder where the PC application is installed To change to another storage location specify the location you want in the Save in box of the save data dia log box e The Comment box of the Save As dialog box can be used to save general comments associated with the data or file e After the sampled data is saved in a PC that in CF card will be deleted automatically 8 After all of the sampled data in the CF card are saved a screen below will appear Click the OK button SUBARU Select Monitor Ill Reading CF application measurement data is completed Back to main menu SMU 00845 Clearing Memory Use the following procedure to
380. s de programa Documents and Settings Qwinpows 060307 105340 inj File name 060307105340 inj Files of type inj v Cancel Detail of saved data System Engine Control System Comment SMU 01072 4 The injector code is displayed Confirm the con tents to be registered and click the OK button Injector code registration Register SMU 01073 5 The screen shown below will appear if registra tion ends normally Click the OK button Injector code registration Complete the registration SMU 01074 Displaying the Injector Code The presently registered injector code can be con firmed 1 Select Injector Code Display from the item se lections screen and press the Enter key or click the left mouse button Injector Code Registration Mode Injector or Engine Replacement ECM Replacement Injector Code Display Back SMU 01075 163 Learning inspection and registration mode related to diesel engines Excluding North America 2 As instructed by the display message turn on the vehicle s ignition switch make sure that the en gine is currently not running Click the OK button to go to the next screen SUBARU Select Monitor Ill Laj r _ Turn Ignition Switch ON with Engine OFF SMU 01058 3 When the dialog box shown below appears click the OK button SUBARU Select Monitor Ill Eg i Display injector coder cne SMU 01090 4 The injector code
381. s function is used to select register parameters when the VDC control module has been replaced with a normal spare part NOTE e Always execute Clear Memory after operating this function e This function cannot be used with a control mod ule that is not a normal spare part e To confirm the applied model refer to the model No plate affixed to the vehicle The location of the model No plate is shown in the Service Man ual FUJI HEAVY INDUSTRIES LTD NIV 4S4WX82DX74400001 j Option Cod heor YX EBY2U tate d Ai U4GH ue ante D20 ae 32D Engine T T ission T hs mtair EZSO0DBL2GB kiet tnte TG5C9CMAAA Mod le de boTtes vitesse Ne SMU 00868 Registration Procedure 1 Prepare the SDI diagnosis cable USB cable and a PC with the PC application installed 2 Use the diagnosis cable to connect the SDI to the data link connector of the vehicle NOTE SDI power will turn on automatically when the diag nosis cable is connected to the vehicle If the PWRLED of the SDI does not light turn on the ve hicle s ignition switch or start the engine and then press the SDI PWR key and check again to see if the PWR LED of the SDI lights D NY lt t z FA e F OT 3 Use the USB cable to connect the SDI to the PC Selection of Parameter 4 Turn on the vehicle s ignition switch 5 Double click the SSMIII icon on the PC screen to start up the application 6 On the Main Menu that appears o
382. s screen is synonymous with the term keyless access with push button start system used in this text 5 Input the teaching operation code and then click the OK button 142 IMMOBILIZER Input teaching operation code press OK key SMU 0091 1 NOTE When you wish to return to the Main Menu screen click the QUIT button 6 The registration mode selection dialog box ap pears Click the Remote Control Engine Starter Registration button IMMOBILIZER Smart Immobilizer Registration Smart ECM Registration Engine ECM Registration Readout the number of mobile key registration Delete the mobile key ID Return SMU 00942 Registering the Immobilizer Equipped with the Keyless Access with Push Button Start System 7 On the registration mode confirmation dialog box that appears click the OK button IMMOBILIVER Execute the remote control E G starter registration mode Press OK or Cancel Cancel SMU 00943 8 Input the security ID and then click the OK but ton IMMOBILIZER After inputting Security ID Press OK Press OK SMU 00914 9 Stand by as the security ID is being collated 143 IMMOBILIZER Security ID is being collated Please Wait SMU 00915 10 Wait until the remote control engine starter is then being registered IMMOBILIZER Remote control engine start Registration Please Wait SMU 00944 Registering the Immobilizer Equipped with the Keyless
383. s supported in displayed version for software currently installed see SS MII revision history Display Software Version Information CF Application Version Information 7 Turn on the SDI 2 Press the both MENU key and C key on the SDI at the same time more than two seconds 3 The version information shown below is dis played few seconds before Initial Menu screen of Stand alone Diagnosis is displayed CF Application Yer 1 0 36 Jun Us 2005 10 22 SO SMU 00812 Starting Up the System With the SSMIII the PC application communicates via the SDI with the control modules for which SS MII diagnosis is supported In order to enable nor mal communication start up the SSMIII using the procedure described below NOTE e Power from the vehicle s battery is supplied to the SDI via the fault diagnostic cable e If you use the SSMIII when the vehicle s battery is low then a communication error may occur when the engine is started This is caused by a drop in the voltage as a large current flows to the starter motor because the SDI stops operating If this happens do the following 1 To continue testing for faults after starting the engine after starting the engine press the PWR key on the SDI to turn on the power then restart the SSMIII operation 2 To do fault diagnosis while the engine is run ning charge the battery completely before do ing the fault diagnosis If the PC has mor
384. s the air fuel ratio inten tionally is controlled offset from the theoretical fuel air ratio lean burn control etc Correction value at this time 44 A F Heater Duty Yo Front O2 sensor heater control duty ratio Output value of the engine ECM 45 ISC Valve Step STEP ISC valve step number Stepping motor step number Output value of the engine ECM 46 No of EGR steps STEP EGR valve step number Stepping motor step number Output value of the engine ECM 47 ALT Duty Yo Alternator control duty ratio Output value of the engine ECM 48 Fuel Pump Duty o Fuel pump control duty ratio The duty ratios for control are 0 33 66 and 100 Output value of the engine ECM 49 VVT Adv Ang Amount R deg Intake VVT advance amount bank 1 50 VVT Adv Ang Amount L deg Intake VVT advance amount bank 2 51 OCV Duty R Yo OCV control duty ratio bank 1 Out put value of the engine ECM 52 OCV Duty L o OCV control duty ratio bank 2 Out put value of the engine ECM 53 OCV Current R mA OCV actual current value bank 1 Engine ECM input value 54 OCV Current L mA OCV actual current value bank 2 Engine ECM input value 55 A F Sensor 1 Current mA Output current value of the front A F sensor bank 1 Engine ECM input value 56 A F Sensor 2 Current mA
385. sKey up to the push engine switch push button ignition switch bring the mobile key AccessKey close to the push engine switch push button ignition switch as shown below SMU 01094 1 Let the mechanical key insertion opening of the mobile key AccessKey face down 2 Hold the Subaru ornament side to the push engine switch push button ignition switch side 3 Bring it close until it touches the push en gine switch push button ignition switch When replacing the parts for vehicles with key less access with push button start system always use new parts for mobile key AccessKey col lation ECM ID code box steering lock ECM and body integrated module and never replace by used parts e f the engine cannot get started with a registered mobile key access key wait approximately one second until the immobilizer warning lamp starts flashing Then try to start the engine again with the registered mobile key access key e Do not place a PC within 10cm around mobile keys access keys and receiver antennas to avoid any malfunctions of the keyless access with push button start system NOTE e The keyless access with push button start system is not equipped with some vehicles depending on the specifications for North America Austral ia and some other areas Carry out the Registering the Smart Immobilizer procedure in case you replace a mobile key ac cess key collation ECM body integrated
386. sampling data sdr x Cancel m Detail of saved data Engine Control System System Comment SMU 00701 171 Driving Recorder SDR This recalls the data in the file and displays it on the Digital Data Screen File View Tool Help fal Fe Fo Graphi F4 E F6 Select Fence F Print Save FONonsi ffllReturn fi Exit mele mal elol aall vio alala mm K 29 Coolant Temp M A F Correction 1 3 9 4 7 3 1 0 8 M A F Learning 1 9 4 9 4 9 4 9 4 Mani Absolute Pressure 33 kPa 43 33 35 M Engine Speed 797 rpm 881 730 769 M Vehicle Speed 0 km h 0 ol 0 M Ignition Timing 12 0 deg 18 5 2 0 13 5 M Intake Air Temp i 55 C 55 55 55 M Mass Air Flow 2 83 gis 4 16 2 70 3 08 M Throttle Opening Angle 1 6 3 1 1 2 1 6 M Battery Voltage 13 7 V 14 0 13 6 13 8 M Fuel Injection 1 Pulse 2 05 ms 2 30 1 79 1 79 M Knocking Correction 0 0 deg 0 0 0 0 0 0 M Atmosphere Pressure 101 kPa 101 101 101 M Primary Control 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 M CPC Valve Duty Ratio 0 0 0 0 M AF Sensor 1 1 03 1 03 0 98 0 99 M Idle Switch Signal i ON M P S Switch OFF M AC Compressor Signal OFF Accel Opening Angle 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 M VVT Ady Ang Amount R 0 deg 0 0 0 a
387. shown on the screen 8 When sampling reaches the point you want to save hold down the SDI TRG key or the trigger 179 ECM Analog Simultaneous Measurement SDR switch of the remote box for at least one second Pressing the TRG key or the trigger switch caus es SDR data to be saved on the CF card The message shown below appears on the SDI dis play when SDR data is saved on the CF card SUR mode having rigger SMU 00549 9 Sample restarts automatically after the SDR data is saved to the CF card If you want to stop sampling disconnect the diag nosis cable from the vehicle s data link connector or hold down both the MENU key and the DOWN key of the SDI for at least two seconds in order to turn off the SDI NOTE To sample engine start data without Remote Box turn the ignition switch to the ON position and keep it for a while The engine is turned off at this mo ment When the message Analog sampling simul taneously appears on the SDI display start the engine to sample the data Saving SDR Data to PC The procedure to save the SDR data is the same as that described in Driving Recorder SDR See Saving SDR Data to PC under Driving Recorder SDR for the procedure Opening and analyzing saved data The procedure to open and analyze saved data is the same as that described in Driving Recorder SDR See Opening and analyzing saved data under Driving Rec
388. smission Control System Cruise Control System Brake Control System Image Processing Preview Control Tire pressure monitor Integ unit mode Radar sensor Occupant Detection System Impact Sensor Airbag System Brake Vacuum Pump System Keyless Unit Mode Air Suspension System Air Condition System CAN System Power Steering System Back SMU 00892 4 This displays a compliance verification message for the system being diagnosed Click the OK button SUBARU Select Monitor Ill Eg r 1 CAN System SMU 00893 5 From the list of fault diagnosis items select Fault Location and then press the Enter key or left click with the mouse CAN System Diagnosis Diagnostic Code s Display Fault Location Back SMU 00894 6 The fault location is displayed File View Tool Help fal Em E E E F E E8 Print A No Deseret amp trouble position 1 Comm Line Failure ECM YDC ABS to Unit or Integ Unit Failure 2 Comm Line Failure ECM to Integ Unit or ECM Failure 3 Comm Line Failure VDC fABS to Integ Unit or VDC fABS Failure SMU 00895 Registering the Immobilizer Not Equipped with Keyless Access with Push Button Start System Registering the Immobilizer Not Equipped with Keyless Access with Push Button Start System WARNING e The security ID and registration command must be handled as confidential information and shall not be announced to outsiders
389. splay and Save For details about these operations see Current Data Display and Save Sampling with High Grade Roughness Monitor The High Grade Roughness Monitor can perform Auto sampling and Manual sampling Normally Auto sampling is used Auto Sampling 1 Prepare the SDI diagnosis cable USB cable a PC with the PC application installed the pulse analog box and the pulse analog probe 2 Use the diagnosis cable to connect the SDI to the data link connector of the vehicle NOTE SDI power will turn on automatically when the diag nosis cable is connected to the vehicle If the PWR LED of the SDI does not light turn on the vehicle s ignition switch or start the engine and then press the SDI PWR key and check again to see if the PWR LED of the SDI lights 205 Roughness Monitor SMU 00014 3 Use the USB cable to connect the SDI to the PC 4 Connect the pulse analog box to the SDI 5 Connect the signal line positive side of crank shaft position sensor to CR terminal of pulse an alog box using pulse analog probe NOTE Take out sensor signal from ECM connector por tion Taking out around sensor may be affected by noise leading to inaccurate measurement 6 Connect the signal line positive side of camshaft position sensor to CAM terminal of pulse analog box using pulse analog probe NOTE Take out sensor signal from ECM connector por tion Taking out around sensor m
390. ss C key to return to the Fault Diagnosis Menu screen Auto Loch Line FEF defota Er DF mode WiFer dei cer a node SMU 00743 NOTE Please follow the instructions on the destination confirmation screen if it is appeared Expt North America the United Kingdom Australia and some other countries 7 This displays a customized setting screen for the selected item s Use the RIGHT and LEFT keys to select the desired setting s and then press the ENT key Qtr delay Tine Nera l SET Tf a a Cranes gE made SMU 00744 8 This causes a message to appear indicating that setting configuration is complete Press the ENT key 222 SDI Stand alone Diagnosis Setting change erc Press ENT SMU 00745 Impact Sensor Impact Sensor sensitivity adjustment on the securi ty system can be done by this function It is necessary to refer to service manuals when you do this adjustment 1 On the Initial Menu screen use the UP and DOWN keys to select SUBARU Vehicle and then press the ENT key SUBARU Vehicle Function setup belt Check Exit 2 This causes the Menu Selection screen to ap pear Use the UP and DOWN keys to select System Check and then press the ENT key To return to the Initial Menu screen press the C key or select Exit and then press the ENT key JTL check IMM regist SMU 00513 xlt SMU 00735
391. ss network SMU 01008 configuration SMU 01010 26 This completes the wireless LAN setting on the PC side 23 Wireless LAN Communication Wireless LAN setting on the SDI 7 Click the button Set SDI side 1 Insert an SDI wireless LAN card into the CF card JUI tunse tlun atiy slot of the SDI Select Connection NOTE The wireless LAN card must be inserted to the CF card slot CF2 the lower one of the SDI 2 Connect SDI and PC with a USB cable 3 Switch on the SDI power 4 Start SSMII PC application 5 Click the fujGennect botton on the Function Key Bar of the main menu screen or press function key F11 of the PC SD Search s Cancel SMU 01013 List of SDI 8 The SDI setting window is displayed Enter the a ba Production Number Here 100001 is entered as an example SMU 01011 6 The screen SDI Connection Setup is displayed SDI Setup Select LAN for Select Connection Enter the Production Number SDI Connection Setup Select Connection USB z EE eee d Lan ERS CE eC O N APU HEAVY TAQUSTALES LTI WALE LH JARAN Production Number OF Cancel SMU 01014 NOTE ae Connect Cancel Desen Connect Cancel _ The number entered here is the same as the SMU 01012 number entered for Network Name SSID with Wireless LAN Setting on the PC Side If a different number has been entered change it to the same number In case of a d
392. ssKey close screen is shown to the push engine switch push button ignition switch as shown below 1 Let the mechanical key insertion opening of the mobile key AccessKey face down 131 Registering the Immobilizer Equipped with the Keyless Access with Push Button Start System 13 Stand by as the mobile key access key is being registered IMMOBILIZER Smart Immobilizer Registration in progress Please Wait SMU 00916 14 Once the registration ends normally the Regis tered number increases by one as you can see on the screen below If you have another mobile key access key to be registered repeat steps 12 through 13 If you do not have any more mobile keys access keys to be registered click the Quit button and move on to step 15 IMMOBILIZER Hold a mobile key to be registered over the start SW Registered number 2 Press the Quit button if completed SMU 00919 15 Once following screen appears turn the push engine switch push button ignition switch off Then open or close the drivers door depending on its status IMMOBILIZER Turn ignition switch off and open and close the driver s door SMU 01121 16 Then following screen appears Turn the ignition on IMMOBILIZER Switch Ignition ON SMU 00921 17 Stand by as the registration to the engine ECM is being completed IMMOBILIZER Engine ECM is registering Please Wait SMU 00922 Regist
393. ssage appears To select other items deselect the check boxes next to the currently selected checked items and then select the new items 36 Current Data Display and Save SUBARU Select Monitor ill AN No other selections can be made SMU 00154 Returning to the All Data Screen Click the 5 icon on the Data List Toolbar or the fujReturn button on the Function Key Bar to display the All Data Screen You can also return to the All Data Screen by pressing the F11 function key on the PC keyboard FIO Mon SI FulReturn FlelEscit Pla Z lt 19 BS Ml SMU 00576 Printing Sampled Data lf a sampling operation is being performed stop it Click the File menu and then select Print You can also print by clicking the amp J icon on the Data List Toolbar by clicking the Fs rint button on the Function Key Bar or by pressing the F8 function key on the PC keyboard File View Tool Help Print prey iew Setup printer Reeister read user information Exit application SMU 00666 Previewing the Print Image Print Preview lets you view the print image to con firm there are no problems before actually printing Click the File menu and then select Print Preview Eile wiew Tool Help Print Print prew iew Setup printer Reeister read user information Exit application SMU 00667 NOTE If part of the print image runs outside of the print ar ea use the arrow buttons at the bot
394. stem used in this text 5 Input the teaching operation code and then click the OK button IMMOBILIZER Input teaching operation code press OK key SMU 0091 1 NOTE When you wish to return to the Main Menu screen click the QUIT button 136 6 The registration mode selection dialog box ap pears Click the Engine ECM Registration but ton IMMOBILIZER Smart Immobilizer Registration Smart ECM Registration Readout the number of mobile key registration Delete the mobile key ID Remote Control Engine Starter Registration Return SMU 00929 7 On the registration mode confirmation dialog box that appears click the OK button IMMOBILIZER Do you want to register the Engine ECM Press OK or Cancel Cancel SMU 00930 Registering the Immobilizer Equipped with the Keyless Access with Push Button Start System 8 Input the security ID and then click the OK but ton IMMOBILIZER After inputting Security ID Press OK Press OK SMU 00914 9 Stand by as the security ID is being collated IMMOBILIZER Security ID is being collated Please Wait SMU 00915 10 Wait until the engine ECM is then being regis tered IMMOBILIZER Engine ECM is registering Please Wait SMU 00931 137 17 The screen shown below will appear if registra tion ends normally Click the OK button IMMOBILIZER Successful Press OK SMU 00932 12 After th
395. stem calibration is successtully completed SMU 00370 Reading Sensor Data Data from each sensor can be viewed by selecting Sensor Data Output on the Occupant Detection System screen Occupant Detection System System Calibration Sensor Data Output Diagnostic Code s Display Clear Memory Back SMU 00371 Sensor Data Output Screen Sensor Data Read a x OutPut value LSB Rear Lett 5864 Rear Right 6207 Front Lett 4830 Front Right 5185 isu 22112 SMU 00372 119 Calibrating the Occupant Detection System Airbag System This function can be used to check the operational status of each sensor when abnormality of seat belt buckle switch and seat position sensor occurs or after replacing the seat belt buckle switch and the seat position sensor NOTE Status data screen will appear in North American models only Getting Ready 1 Prepare the SDI diagnosis cable USB cable and a PC with the PC application installed 2 Use the diagnosis cable to connect the SDI to the data link connector of the vehicle NOTE SDI power will turn on automatically when the diag nosis cable is connected to the vehicle If the PWR LED of the SDI does not light turn on the vehicle s ignition switch or start the engine and then press the SDI PWR key and check again to see if the PWR LED of the SDI lights ine 3 Use the USB cable to connect the SDI to the PC 4 Turn on the
396. stem hydraulic control valve operation and to set the center point of the VDC system steering angle sensor and the 0 point of the lateral G sensor Getting Ready 1 Prepare the SDI diagnosis cable USB cable and a PC with the PC application installed 2 Use the diagnosis cable to connect the SDI to the data link connector of the vehicle NOTE SDI power will turn on automatically when the diag nosis cable is connected to the vehicle If the PWR LED of the SDI does not light turn on the vehicle s ignition switch or start the engine and then press the SDI PWR key and check again to see if the PWR LED of the SDI lights 7 Wy D s Ir TK SMU 00113 3 Use the USB cable to connect the SDI to the PC 4 Turn on the vehicle s ignition switch 5 Double click the SSMIII icon on the PC screen to start up the application Function Check Sequence 6 On the Main Menu that appears on the display select Each System Check and then press the Enter key or left click with the mouse All System Diagnosis Each System Check Saved Data Display Immobilizer Reprogram Conyvert Save measurement data on driving recorder Oscilloscope Quit SMU 00600 7 On the System Selection Menu select Brake Control System and then press the Enter key or left click with the mouse System Selection Menu Engine Control System Transmission Control System Cruise Control System Brak
397. t t F iP OT 3 Use the USB cable to connect the SDI to the PC 4 Turn on the vehicle s ignition switch 113 5 Double click the SSMIII icon on the PC screen to start up the application 6 On the Main Menu that appears on the display select Each System Check and then press the Enter key or left click with the mouse All System Diagnosis Each System Check Saved Data Display Immobilizer Reprogram Conyvert Save measurement data on driving recorder Oscilloscope Quit SMU 00600 7 On the System Selection Menu select Tire pres sure monitor and then press the Enter key or left click with the mouse System Selection Menu Engine Control System Transmission Control System Cruise Control System Brake Control System Image Processing Preview Control Integ unit mode Radar sensor Impact Sensor Power Steering System Tire pressure monitor Airbag System Occupant Detection System Back SMU 00675 8 This displays a compliance verification message for the system being diagnosed Click the OK button Laj r I Tire inflation pressure monitor SUBARU Select Monitor Ill SMU 00395 Registering the Tire Pressure Monitoring System Transmitter ID 9 On the Tire pressure monitor diagnosis screen select Transmitter ID regist confirm and then press the Enter key or left click with the mouse Tire
398. t ECM Registration Mode Finished Press OK SMU 00928 13 After confirming that the keyless access with push button start system operates normally quit the registration operation Registering the Engine ECM You can get engine ECM registered in the keyless access with push button start system 1 Start the PC application according to section Starting Up the System and display the Main Menu screen 2 On the Main Menu that appears on the display select Immobilizer and then press the Enter key or left click with the mouse All System Diagnosis Each System Check Sayed Data Display Immobilizer Reprogram ConyYert Saye measurement data on driving recorder Oscilloscope Quit SMU 00663 Registering the Immobilizer Equipped with the Keyless Access with Push Button Start System 3 Click the YES button if the system selection screen is displayed System Check Select the System for Registration Immobilizer System YES Audio System NO Back Cancel no Cancer SMU 00946 NOTE Audio System is the specification only for the U K 4 On the next screen confirm the system is keyless access with push button start system Click the YES button System Selection Fress YES if it is a smart system otherwise press NO SMU 00910 NOTE The term smart system that appears on this screen is synonymous with the term keyless access with push button start sy
399. t equipped or not equipped set correctly the illumi Set to support for vehicles nation control may not equipped with the A C ECM function correctly 185 P W ECM setting support no sup Set value of the power window ECM port equipped or not equipped Set to support for vehicles equipped with power window ECM 186 Center display setting support no sup Set value of the center display When this is set to no port equipped or not equipped support for vehicles Set to support for vehicles equipped with a center equipped with a center display display the center dis play information may not be displayed cor rectly 187 wiperdeicer support no sup Set value of the wiper deicer When this is set to no port equipped or not equipped support for vehicles Set to support for vehicles equipped with a wiper equipped with a wiper deicer deicer the wiper deicer will not operate even when the wiper deicer switch is set to ON 298 List of Contents on Displayed Data No Items to be displayed Unit of measure Contents Remarks 188 Rear fog light setting support no sup Set value of the rear fog lamp When this is set to no port equipped or not equipped support for vehicles Set to support for vehicles equipped with a rear equipped with a rear fog lamp fog lamp the rear fog lamp will not operate when the rear fog lamp
400. t the actuator s to be checked and then click the Next button NOTE e A check mark will not appear next to an actuator when it is selected on the screen if the selected actuator is not equipped on the vehicle e Perform the shift lock solenoid operation check in the P range Select drive item All seat UNLOCK output R gate trunk UNLK output Shift Lock Solenoid Key locking output Belt buzzer output Perform the shift lock solenoid valve operation check in the P range Close SMU 00520 This displays a screen for confirming operation of the selected actuator s Click the Next button lock actuat LOCK output Low Continue lt Back B SMU 00383 101 Body Integrated Module Function Check This forces operation of the actuator s After checking the operational status of the actuator s click the Exit button lock actuat LOCK output Low Function check is in progress Press Exit to abort SMU 00384 This causes a confirmation message to appear Click the OK button lock actuat LOCK output Low Function check finished SMU 00385 If the function check reveals abnormal operation in any actuator perform repair work in accord ance with the Service Manual Body Integrated Module Function Setting Integ Unit Customizing Body Integrated Module Function Setting Integ Unit Customizing The following procedure can be used to configure operational details operation ti
401. tOmMiZing seisseen 221 Impact Sensor ccceccsececseeeceeeeeeeeeaeees 222 Registering the Tire Pressure Monitoring System Transmitter ID aannaannoannnaann 223 Registering the Immobilizer Not Equipped with Keyless Access with Push Button Start SVS EM ena seedcec eects ceca reeeeiaeeudenes 225 Registering the Immobilizer Equipped with the Keyless Access with Push Button Start DV SUG czccepsnadacianen E EEES 228 Registering the Smart Immobilizer 229 Registering the Smart ECM 232 Registering the Engine ECM 234 Readout the Number of Mobile Key Access Key Registration 008 236 Delete the Mobile Key Access Key Caer een etre nent Senter ere rere henry mee 237 Registering the Remote Control Engine EELT E Game em meee ere eee eee ace ree 239 Configuring SDI Functions 06 240 Performing SDI Self diagnosis 243 SDI SysteM Men airaa 248 Getting Ready Starting Up the SDI in the System Mode samaa 248 SELF CHECK SDI Self check 248 VERSION CHECK cece ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeees 253 FUNCTION SETUP SDI Function CUD oe 253 List of Contents on Displayed Data 255 TING oaaae 255 TYANSMISSION ccceecceceecceeeeeeseeeneeseeenes 271 Body Integrated Unit eeeeeeeees 281 Communication Error Code List 300 ECM Reprogramming Error Code List 302 ECM Repro
402. ta items has been reached Not involved with the number of selected items for analog data Selec tion of further ECM data items is not possible af ter this message appears To select other items deselect the check boxes next to the currently selected checked items of ECM data and then select the new items SUBARU Select Monitor Ill AN No other selections can be made SMU 00154 Setting All Clear Function Clicking the icon on the Data List Toolbar re turns all item settings to the initial defaults as shown below e Item sequence default setting on each models e Data Select Screen all items not selected e Horizontal axis range of Graph Screen default setting on each item e Vertical axis range of Graph Screen 0 5 sec div e Graph line color of Graph Screen all red e Graph line thickness of Graph Screen 1 point e Trigger function without trigger e Two Cursor Analysis end of Two Cursor Analysis e Input Range 25V e Screen Range AUTO range settings Other Operations With ECM Analog simultaneous measurement the following tasks can be performed using the same procedures as those described under Each Sys tem Check or Analog Sampling For details about procedures see the section on this manual that ex plains the particular item 1 The following functions available using the same procedures as described under Current Data Display and Save e Sampling start and stop e Dig
403. ta Display This system allows sampling of control module in put output data of control systems for which SSMIII diagnosis is supported and sampling of control da ta 7 On the Initial Menu screen use the UP and DOWN keys to select SUBARU Vehicle and then press the ENT key SUBARU Vehicle Function setup belt Check Exit 2 This causes the Menu Selection screen to ap pear Use the UP and DOWN keys to select System Check and then press the ENT key To return to the Initial Menu screen press the C key or select Exit and then press the ENT key eile check SMU 00513 IMM resist xlt SMU 00735 3 This causes the System Selection screen to ap pear Use the UP and DOWN keys to select En gine and then press the ENT key For this ex ample Engine is selected To return to the Menu Selection screen press the C key ransmission Cruise Control rake Control SMU 00447 4 This displays a compliance verification message for the system being diagnosed Press the ENT key 2 9 SUHE Press ENT SMU 00448 5 This causes the Fault Diagnosis Menu screen to appear Use the UP and DOWN keys to select Data Display and then press the ENT key Press C key to return to the System Selection screen lata Llisplay Clear Memory SMU 00736 6 This displays the current data Press C key to return to
404. tails about input range settings see Configuring Analog Sam pling Settings under Analog Sampling E X Axis Acceleration G 0 001 G 25Y Range O Y Axis Acceleration G 5 000 0 004 G Usastsacsteccnalfesessecsedsedace incsdacanancaccWinasencdadcedeschascesssasacssalssstsssecsssaccetedddccsssscesconsscasassssibesbateszsscssasees gt tyictesessadseuacsa 25 Range SMU 00704 NOTE The output characteristics of this G sensor is 1 3V G And output voltage is 2 5V at OG Therefore to display G sensor output as physical values Unit G enter the numerical values below in Conversion rate and Offset of analog sampling e Conversion rate 0 769 e Offset 1 923 Conversion rate Offset Unit Aut 0 769 h a 0 769 J23 SMU 00823 If it is shifting from zero OG when remote box is horizontal after setting to physical display as above insert a Phillips head screwdriver into the bias ad justment hole and turn the adjustment screw to ad just the waveform level During this adjustment turning the screwdriver clockwise moves the wave form to the minus direction 182 Remote Box Guideline for reprogramming procedure for SSMIII The SSMIII has a pass thru reprogram function This section explains the procedure for reprogram ming with the SSMIII Notes on doing ECM reprogramming Before starting 1 Do reprogramming more than 50 m 164 ft
405. take Air Temp O Mass Air Flow O Throttle Opening Angle O Rear 02 Sensor Battery Voltage O Air Flow Sensor Voltage Fuel Injection 1 Pulse Knocking Correction Atmosphere Pressure Mani Relative Pressure Accel Opening Angle Primary Control O CPC Valve Duty Ratio ALT Duty Fuel Pump Duty zi SMU 00813 198 ECM Analog Simultaneous Measurement 15 Click the Flanalse button on the Function Key Bar or press the F5 function key on the PC key board Fo Graphi F4 Trigger FSJAnalog FEl Ean x mle t vio als mn SMU 00815 16 On the setup screen that appears select ECM Analog Simultaneous Measurement and click the Next button ECM Analog Simultaneous Measurement No ECM Analog Simultaneous Measurement ECM Analog Simultaneous Measurement SMU 00816 17 Select Input Range tab to configure the input range of analog data Configure the desired range Input Range Screen Range Sampling Interval Save Setting Load Settings aE SMU 00832 NOTE For details about input range settings see Config uring Analog Sampling Settings under Analog Sampling 18 Select Screen Range tab to configure the screen range of analog data Configure the de sired range Input Range Screen Ran
406. tall SSMIII PC applica tion 3 Replace the cartridge 3024 Error occurred while reading the If failed to read the data on the car 1 Make sure the PC cable con cartridge data tridge nection 2 Re install SSMIII PC applica tion 3 Replace the cartridge 3025 Timeout occurred during commu If a time out occurs during the 1 Make sure the PC cable con nication communication of the cartridge re nection writing 2 Close all of the other applica tions opened 3 Re start Windows 4 Re install SSMIII PC applica tion 3031 Cancelled rewriting the cartridge If the rewriting process on the car Perform the down load Remote The cartridge is invalid tridge is cancelled again 3032 Error occurred while rewriting the If the rewriting process on the car Perform the down load Remote cartridge tridge is stopped by an error again The cartridge is invalid 3054 Rewriting the cartridge has failed If an error occurs on the check 1 Make sure the PC cable con The cartridge is invalid SUM after rewriting the cartridge nection 2 Replace the cartridge ECM Reprogramming Error Code List NSM LCD Display Remote lt NSM gt Error Code Error Message Cause Corrective action Command Error Occurred If an undefined command is used between the PC and NSM 1 Make sure the RS232C cable connection 2 Follow the steps with the error message on the PC F
407. tdown runs the risk of running down the vehicle s battery Performing SDI Self diagnosis 1 On the Initial Menu screen use the UP and DOWN keys to select Self Check and then press the ENT key SUBARU Vehicle unction 2etur SMU 00515 2 This causes the Menu Selection screen to ap pear Use the UP and DOWN keys to select the de sired item and then press the ENT key To return to the Initial Menu screen press the C key Main LED Remote LEL SMU 00455 243 SDI Stand alone Diagnosis NOTE Take the required corrective measures immediately if you discover an abnormality when using SDI self diagnosis LCD CHECK The items on this screen can be used to check the LCD dots draw area contrast and backlight Use the UP and DOWN keys to select the desired item and then press the ENT key To return to the Menu Selection screen press the C key GO Ucote CU Area LEO Cont rast LOL Back Light SMU 00456 1 LCD DOT CHECK This item checks LCD dots Press any key on the key pad LLED DOT CHE STARTI Any Key SMU 00521 This causes the black and white areas of the display to flash alternately which makes it possible to check whether LCD dots turn on and off normally An LCD dot is defective if a black dot remains black within a white area or if a white dot remains white within a black area After checking LCD dots press the ENT key
408. tect status of all control system control modules for which SSMIII diagnosis is supported and memorized diagnostic codes When a particular control system cannot be identi fied as the causes of a vehicle s problem perform this diagnosis and use the displayed diagnostic codes to perform diagnosis NOTE e For a vehicle equipped with a cruise control sys tem turn on the cruise control switch before per forming inspection e This inspection mode may not function in the case of certain vehicle models and vehicle spec ifications Getting Ready 1 Prepare the SDI diagnosis cable USB cable and a PC with the PC application installed 2 Use the diagnosis cable to connect the SDI to the data link connector of the vehicle NOTE SDI power will turn on automatically when the diag nosis cable is connected to the vehicle If the PWR LED of the SDI does not light turn on the vehicle s ignition switch or start the engine and then press the SDI PWR key and check again to see if the PWR LED of the SDI lights SY N t A e F OT 3 Use the USB cable to connect the SDI to the PC 4 Turn on the vehicle s ignition switch 5 Double click the SSMIII icon on the PC screen to start up the application 30 All Systems Diagnosis 6 On the Main Menu that appears on the display select All System Diagnosis and then press the Enter key or left click with the mouse All System Diagnosis Each System Check Sayed
409. ted by Diagnostic Code s Dis play of SSMIII Manual Link makes it possible to aim for better efficiency by reducing the time re quired to search for the corresponding manual NOTE e This function may not be available in the case of certain vehicle models e The Manual Link function can be used for All System Diagnosis and for Diagnostic Code s Display for each system e The following software is required to use the Manual Link function and should be installed in advance Internet Explorer 5 5 or higher 6 0 or higher rec ommended Adobe Acrobat Reader 4 0 or higher e Please install the Service Manual for each model to be diagnosed in advance for use of the Manual Link function For the installation method refer to the Installation Manual by clicking See Installa tion Manual in the menu displayed at the time of installation of the Hybrid version Service Manual At the time of installation install the SSMHI PC application first and then the Service Manual When the SSMIII PC application has not been in Stalled the Service Manual cannot be installed 74 Manual Link Excluding North America 4 Hybrid version Service Manual lt SUBARU Hybrid version Service Manual See Installation Manual S SMU 00889 1 Display the DTC check result screen Checking of engine DTC is showed as an example here File View Tool Help fet Fecir E H E A za FelPrint E cm pomama fixit
410. th the SSMIII OBD system On the file type dialog box select OBD sampling data obd Open 2 x Look in a Data ck EJ 010605140711 0bd 010705142537 0bd File name 010705142537 0bd Files of type oBD sampling data obd Cancel m Detail of saved data System Comment SMU 00698 Freeze Frame Data Display Selecting Freeze Frame Data Display on the OBD menu displays a screen like the one shown below This screen can be used to check the input data to the control module at the point that the OBD system fault is detected The dialog box at the top of the screen can be used to select and display the data for up to three fault detection instances File View Tool Help E eI E F E E E FalPrint E FoNonsi E1 Flzlexit Latest Freeze frame data Fuel system for Bank 1 Cl_normal Calculated load value 0 4 Coolant Temp 90 C Short term fuel trim B1 1 6 Long term fuel trim B1 2 3 SMU 00297 OBD System Diagnostic Code Display Selecting Diagnostic Code s Display on the OBD menu displays a screen like the one shown below This screen can be used to check diagnostic codes detected by the OBD system File View Tool Help E FelClear F Fa E F E F8 Print F3 aaj a Fizlexit Number of Diagnostic Code s 2 P0508 __ Idle Control System Circuit Low P0108 Manifold Pressure Sensor Circuit Malfunction High In
411. the ENT key Press C key to return to the System Selection screen lire pressure OTC check lear Memor ILD regst amp cnt rm SMU 01113 224 SDI Stand alone Diagnosis ID registration 7 On the screen shown use the UP or DOWN keys to select ID regist and press the ENT key Press C key to return to the Fault Diagnosis Menu screen Le SMU 01114 2 The confirmation screen asking if you want to delete the registered transmitter ID will appear Then press the ENT key If you do not wish to delete the ID press the C key ID Feest mode ALL ID erases Cont inues TES ENWT Mo c SMU 01115 3 Once ID deletion is carried out following screen will appear Press the ENT key Res i ster transmitter TD ofr each wheel Press ENT SMU 01116 4 Wheel ID registration process is shown on the screen Use the UP and DOWN keys to scroll screen contents The message complete appears when each wheel ID registration is complete FL complete complete 7 SMU 01117 5 The screen shown below will appear if registra tion ends normally Press the ENT key Re istry Ok Press ENT SMU 01118 NOTE Registering a transmitter ID causes the previously registered ID to be deleted Transmitter ID Data Monitor On the selection screen shown below use the UP or DOWN keys to select ID data view This ena bles
412. the ON time changes when the illumina tion brightness control dial is operat ed 84 Room lamp output ON OFF Output value to the room lamp Be comes ON when the room lamp lights However room lamp ON OFF interlocked with BIU occurs only at the DOOR position 85 key illumi lamp o p ON OFF Output value to the key illumination light Becomes ON when the key illu mination light is operated 86 R fog lamp output ON OFF Output value to the rear fog light re lay Becomes ON when the rear fog light is operated 87 R fog lamp monitor ON OFF The rear fog light monitoring circuit is installed in the BIU Becomes ON when the rear fog light is operated 288 List of Contents on Displayed Data No ltems to be displayed Unit of measure Contents Remarks 88 Immobilizer lamp output ON OFF Output value to the immobilizer pilot light in the combination meter Be comes ON when the immobilizer pi lot light is turned on 89 Keyless operation 1 Regist Normal Keyless mode judgement Becomes Registration with registration mode Registration mode is made when the registration connector is con nected and the door lock switch is set to UNLOCK 90 Keyless operation 2 Deletion Normal Keyless mode judgement Becomes Deletion with delete mode Con nect the keyless registration connec tor and perform key w
413. the PC application If it does install the newest version of the PC appli cation as soon as possible Starting Up the System e SDI power will turn off automatically if you leave the diagnosis cable connected to the SDI and do not perform any operation on the PC for a certain period This is indicated when the PWR LED of the SDI goes out If this happens press the SDI PWR key to turn it back on again Quitting the System 7 On the Main Menu select Quit and then press the Enter key or left click with the mouse You can also quit the system by selecting Quit on the File menu by clicking the FaEst button on the function Key Bar or by pressing the F12 function key on the PC keyboard All System Diagnosis Each System Check Sayed Data Display Immobilizer Reprogram Conyvert Save measurement data on driving recorder Oscilloscope SMU 00568 2 Confirm that the PC application is no longer run ning and turn off the vehicle ignition key 3 Disconnect the diagnosis cable from the vehicle data link connector The SDI is turned off when the diagnosis cable is disconnected NOTE The SDI can also be turned off by holding down both the MENU key and the DOWN key of the SDI for at least two seconds 4 Disconnect the diagnosis cable and the USB ca ble from the PC and SDI NOTE The PC application settings listed below are re membered whenever the system is exited These settings are autom
414. the engine cannot get started with a registered mobile key access key wait approximately one second until the immobilizer warning lamp starts flashing Then try to start the engine again with the registered mobile key access key e Do not place a PC within 10cm around mobile keys access keys and receiver antennas to avoid any malfunctions of the keyless access with push button start system NOTE e The keyless access with push button start system is not equipped with some vehicles depending on the specifications for North America Austral ia and some other areas Carry out the Registering the Smart Immobilizer procedure in case you replace a mobile key ac cess key collation ECM body integrated module or a combination meter In case of replacing a steering lock ECM execute the Registering the Smart ECM procedure When replacing the ID code box Registering the Engine ECM and Registering the Smart ECM must be performed in this order Registering the Immobilizer Equipped with the Keyless Access with Push Button Start System e In case of replacing an engine ECM execute the Registering the Engine ECM procedure Immobilizer registration is NOT necessary when a power supply ECM or a gateway ECM is re placed When turning the ignition on press the push en gine switch push button ignition switch twice without stepping on the brake pedal Power sup ply status changes to ACC ON IG ON OFF ACC ON according
415. the engine is running or the igni tion is OFF 1 Stop the engine 2 The Ignition key is in ON position 2 If the above 1 do not work re place ECM with a new one 309 ECM Reprogramming Error Code List Error Error Message Cause Corrective action Code 4152 No response from ECM to rewrite No response from ECM on the er 1 Re try after the data link con signal ror with rewriting request nector is reconnected This error is displayed once only 2 Make sure the harness of the after the communication can be vehicle done It might be a disconnection error such as a contact failure during the rewriting Also it may be a harness failure 4153 No response from ECM The error not responded from 1 Re try after the data link con ECM nector is reconnected 2 Make sure the connection of the USB connection 3 Make sure the harness of the vehicle 4155 Rewrite voltage is NG Voltage Vpp for writings input to 1 Re try by reconnecting the ca Is connector connection OK the ECM is reported as an error It ble connector or replace the cable After confirmation click OK then is judged by ECM with a new one due to it might be a return to forward Vpp signal Displayed if the voltage for writ contact failure of the cable ings is not normal 2 If the above action does not It might be a harness failure work replace the ECM with a new one 4157 Received er
416. the injec xo tor SMU 01058 4 Select the injector for which setting is to be per formed from the displayed selection screen and click the OK button SMU 01061 160 Learning inspection and registration mode related to diesel engines Excluding North America 6 The screen for confirmation of the injector code registration contents is displayed Confirm the registration contents and click the OK button Injector code registration 1 Injector 0000 0000 F400 A2 Register B300 0000 E500 0000 SMU 01062 7 When registration has been completed normally the registration completion screen is displayed To continue registration click the OK button and perform the registration work of steps 4 to 6 again To end registration click Cancel and go to step 8 Injector code registration 1 Injector Complete the registration Continue registration A SMU 01063 8 When the dialog box shown below appears click the OK button SUBARU Select Monitor Ill Eg _ Process is aborted SMU 01064 161 At the time of ECM replacement IMPORTANT At the time of ECM replacement Read Injector Code ECM to SSM and Register the reading code SSM to ECM must be executed Read Injector Code The presently registered injector code can be read in and can be saved 1 Select ECM Replacement from the selection screen and press the Enter key or click the left mouse but
417. the time of with a siren When set alarm operation to ON the horn does OFF The horn operates at the time not operate at the time of alarm operation of alarm operation This item is applied only to Japanese mod els 169 Answer back buzzer setup ON OFF Answer back buzzer operation set value ON The buzzer operates at the time of keyless lock unlock operation OFF The buzzer does not operate at the time of keyless lock unlock op eration 170 Hazard answer back setup ON OFF Hazard answer back operation set value ON The hazard lamp operates at the time of keyless lock unlock oper ation OFF The hazard lamp does not op erate at the time of keyless lock un lock operation 171 Automatic locking setup ON OFF Auto lock operation set value When set to ON it be ON Auto lock operates comes effective when OFF Auto lock does not operate Auto locking is set to ON This item is applied to models other than for North America and U K 172 Ans back Buzzer ON OFF Set value of the answer back buzzer Must be set to OFF for equipped or not equipped ON Control in answer back buzzer installed mode OFF Control in answer back buzzer not installed mode vehicles not equipped with an answer back buzzer 296 List of Contents on Displayed Data No ltems to be displayed Unit of measure Contents Remarks 173 Auto locking ON OFF Set value
418. thentication Network name SSID 100001 Wireless network key This network requires a key for the following Network Authentication Open Data encryption WEP The key is provided for me automatically _ This is a computer to computer ad hoc network wireless access points are not used SMU 00999 NOTE The SDI Production Number is shown on the seal on the side of the SDI WE SUBARU petev Y HEAVY INDUSTRIES LTD MADE IN JAPAN Production Number SMU 01000 21 Wireless LAN Communication 17 Select Open for Network Authentication Wireless network properties Association Authentication Network name SSID 100001 Wireless network key This network requires a key for the following w C en CC Network Authentication Data encryption n al j The key is provided for me automatically _ This is a computer to computer ad hoc network wireless access points are not used SMU 01001 18 Select WEP for Data encryption Wireless network properties Association Authentication Network name SSIDI 100001 Wireless network key This network requires 4 key for the following Network Authentication Open Data encryption The key is provided for me automatically _ This is a computer to computer ad hoc netwo
419. ting the Input Range You can select either 5V or 25V as the input range depending on the range of your input data 1 While Sampling is stopped click the Fsl naloe but ton on the Function Key Bar or the F5 function key on the PC keyboard F3 Graphe F4 Trigeer Fo Analoe Felselect F7 Raree Bol e x9 ala mils s SMU 00621 2 This displays the setup screen Select either 5V or 25V and then click the OK button Input Range Screen Range Sampling Mode Cancel Save Setting Load Settings SMU 00625 25V is the initial default setting Change the set ting to 5V as required Leaving the input range set to 5V when the input data is greater than 5V will cause a Range Over message like the one shown below to appear If this happens change the input range setting to 25V Item Range Graph Ef CHi 5 000 V 9Y Range O CH2 10 000 10 000 5 000 SMU 00626 NOTE The input range setting 5 V has a higher resolution setting than the input range 25 V When measuring with an input within 5 V measuring with higher ac curacy is possible by selecting the input range set ting 5 V Saving a Setup You can save a setup input range screen range and sampling mode for later load when you need it 1 Display the analog sampling setup screen and then click the Save Setting button 192 Analog Sampling Input Range Screen Range Sampling Mode Canc
420. tion key F11 of the PC FujConnect FlelE sit SMU 01011 3 The screen SDI Connection Setup is displayed Select USB for Select Connection SDI Connection Setup Select Connection men ot SD SO Search Cancel SMU 01021 4 Click the button Connect SDI Connection Setup Select Connection List of SDI Pl _ conns TD cance SMU 01022 5 The SDI connection setting change message is displayed Click the button OK SUBARU Select Monitor Ill l Change the SOI connection After restarting of SSMIII by clicking OK the connection change will be activated SMU 01019 27 Wireless LAN Communication 6 The PC application is shut down automatically Restart the PC application NOTE From this time on the SDI connection method be comes USB When using equipment already set for wireless LAN 7 Insert a wireless LAN card into the SDI and switch on the SDI power 2 Wait until communication between PC and SDI has been established 3 When communication has been established start the SSMII PC application 4 Afterwards select and execute the desired func tion NOTE Once wireless LAN setting has been completed connection setting or change by clicking the func tion key bar is not required Wireless LAN Communication List of terms related to Wireless LAN communication Term Meaning ASCII Abbreviatio
421. tion for ana logue sampling Data Select Screen The Data Select Screen can be used to select par ticular data from all of the data sampled and view it When there is no sampling operation being per formed click the check box in front of the item you want to view An item is selected for viewing when there is a check mark inside its check box You can also select check the checkbox of the highlighted item by pressing the space bar on the PC keyboard Item wenn CH2 IO CH3 O CH4 E Coolant Temp cl AIF Correction 1 Cc ATF Learning 1 SMU 00822 NOTE Be sure to put one check mark or more on the sam pling items of both ECM data and analog data The Select Screen cannot be displayed without check marks on both ECM data and analog data Click the J icon on the Data List Toolbar or the Fe Select button on the Function Key Bar This will display the selected items only You can also display the selected items by pressing the F6 function key on the PC keyboard FSI FelSelect FalRaree gt ja t viol eS m SMU 00575 201 ECM Analog Simultaneous Measurement NOTE e Displaying selected data causes data sampled up to that point to be deleted e Sampling is faster when specific data items are selected This applies only to engine and trans mission sampling If the message dialog box shown below appears while you are selecting data items it means that the limit on the number of selectable ECM da
422. tion is performing a communi cation operation various messages appear on the display to indicate communication status The fol lowing explains the meanings of the messages that appear Communication Initialization This message appears when the PC application starts communication with a control module for which SSMIII diagnosis is supported To interrupt communication click the Cancel but ton Communication initialization Initializing communication Please wait Cancel SMU 00542 Communication Error The error code and error message appear when communication between the PC application and control module is no longer possible for some rea son For details about error codes and the actions re quired to correct the problem see the Communica tion Error Code List SUBARU Select Monitor Ill AN Communication Initialization Failed Communication initialization will be finished SMU 00119 29 Communication Messages NOTE If an error occurs but an error message does not ap pear restart the PC application and the SDI When restarting the SDI either disconnect the diagnosis cable from the vehicle s data link connector or hold down both the MENU key and the DOWN key of the SDI for at least two seconds to turn the SDI off and then confirm that the PWR LED of the SDI does not light Then turn on the SDI power again All Systems Diagnosis Selecting this item displays the fault de
423. to PING GC sermon ar ecweass 195 Initialize Item Settings cceeeeeee ees 196 Other Operations ccccceccessseeeeeeeeeees 196 ECM Analog Simultaneous Measurement 197 Starting ECM Analog Simultaneous Measurement ccccccecceeeeeeseeeseeeneees 197 Stopping ECM Analog Simultaneous Measurement cccccecceeeceeeeeseeeeeees 200 Tagger FUNCTION psarna 200 Data Select Screen o n oonnonennnennenreennen 201 Setting All Clear Function 04 201 Other Operations cccceeceeeeeeeeeeeeees 202 Roughness Monitor cccceecseeeeeeneeeeeeees 203 Sampling with Simple Roughness WIOMIMON xis Acecateacdieun ens ycuenceceagaaas tiated 203 Sampling with High Grade Roughness MONRO sosen a ATES 205 Changing Graph Range c 000c0ee 209 Saving Sampled Data cccccceeeeee 209 Saved Data Display cccccseeeeeseeees 210 SDI Stand alone Diagnosis 0008 212 Getting Ready Starting Up the SDI in Stand alone Mode cccceeeeeeeeeeeeees 212 All Systems Diagnosis cccccseeeeee 212 Diagnostic Codes Check on Each SV SUSI aaae eee att cae ee oe 213 Data Display sieves dsccentivvecsnidioeetieneeiess 214 Saving Sampled Data cccccseeeeee 216 Save data stored ina CF Card 10 4 PCs enrian 216 Clearing Memory ccccceeeeeeeeeeneeeeees 220 Body Integrated Module Function Setting ECM Cus
424. to make its contents easier to view 1 On the Menu Selection screen use the UP and DOWN keys to select LCD Contrast and then press the ENT key Uate and ime User Language Unit Selection CU Cont rast SMU 00468 2 This causes the LCD CONTRAST screen to ap pear Use the UP and DOWN keys to adjust display contrast to the desired level and then press the ENT key To cancel the setting or to return to the Menu Selection screen press the MENU key NOTE You can check display contrast by pressing the TRG key on the keypad to turn off the LCD back light To turn the LCD backlight back on press the TRG key again LOD CONTRAST gt CONTRAST Eee BS CKL IGHI TR CHANGE P A O SMU 00355 5 Setting the Backlight Time The LCD backlight turns off automatically if no SDI operation is performed for a preset period This set ting specifies length of time of the preset period 1 On the Menu Selection screen use the UP and DOWN keys to select LCD Back Light and then press the ENT key CU Back Light key Fress Heep belt shut 2 This displays the BACKLIGHT TIME screen Use the UP and DOWN keys to change the backlight time setting and then press the ENT key To cancel the setting or to return to the Menu Selection screen press the MENU key 1 BACKL TIGHT TIME TIME BAHS SELECT PADON SMU 00354 242 SDI Stand a
425. tom of the screen to adjust the cell width Moving the mouse pointer to an arrow will cause it to change to an adjustment pointer Drag the adjust ment pointer left or right to adjust cell width SMU 00162 Setting Up the Printer lf a sampling operation is being performed stop it Click the File menu and then select Setup printer File Wiew Tool Help Print Print prey iew Setup printer Gtrl P Register tead user information Exit application SMU 00668 After the Print Setup dialog box shown below ap pears use Printer Name to select the printer to be used for printing Under Orientation select Landscape and then click the OK button alx Printer J Name IBM 4029 LaserPrinter P539 x Properties Status Ready Type IBM 4029 LaserPrinter P539 Where LEi Commen t Paper m Orientation Size Ad vl Portrait A Source Automatically Select Landscape Network Cancel SMU 00164 37 Current Data Display and Save NOTE Though it is possible to print with the Portrait set ting under Orientation doing so can cause part of the data to run outside of the printing area Because of this use of the Landscape setting is recom mended Saving Sampled Data There are two different ways to save sampled data saving all sampled data and using cut and save to save only specific parts of the sampled data Saving All Sampled Data If a samplin
426. tomatically connect to available networks in the order listed below Default gateway htam DN f r addre automatic Use the following DNS server addresses Preferred DNS server f Learn about setting up wireless network SMU 00997 SMU 00995 15 The screen Wireless Network Properties is dis 13 Select the tab Wireless Networks played Select the tab Association 4 Wireless Network Connection Properties Wireless network properties p O o Ea Wireless Networks Ad anced uthentication Network name SSID Use Windows to configure my wireless network settings Available networks Wireless network key To connect to an available network click Configure Thee reterork E oie ou cx ANE Network Authentication Open Data encryption WEP Preferred networks Automatically connect to available networks in the order listed below hd J vityye _ This is a computer to computer ad hoc network wireless Learn about setting up wireless network configuration access points are not used The key is provided for me automatically SMU 00996 SMU 00998 20 16 Enter the production number of the communica tion SDI in Network Name SSID Here 100001 is entered as an example Wireless network properties me Association Au
427. ton Injector Code Registration Mode Injector or Engine Replacement ECM Replacement Injector Code Display Back SMU 01065 2 This displays the dialog box shown below Select Read Injector Code ECM to SSM and then press the Enter key or left click with the mouse ECM Replacement Read Injector Code ECM to SSM Register the reading code SSM to ECM Back SMU 01066 3 AS instructed by the display message turn on the vehicle s ignition switch make sure that the en gine is currently not running Click the OK button to go to the next screen SUBARU Select Monitor Ill Laj k al Turn Ignition Switch ON with Engine OFF SMU 01058 Learning inspection and registration mode related to diesel engines Excluding North America 4 The screen for confirmation of injector code read ing is displayed Click the OK button SUBARU Select Monitor Ill Eg 7 P j Start reading injector code canes SMU 01067 5 The injector code is displayed Confirm the con tents to be saved and click the OK button Injector code reading Save data Cancel SMU 01068 6 This causes the sampled data save dialog box to appear The name of the data file being saved is generated automatically in accordance with the current time and date If you want to use the gen erated file name as is click the dialog box Save button If you want to change to a different file name type in the name you want 162
428. trast lighter After checking the LCD contrast press the ENT key NOTE You can check display contrast by pressing the TRG key on the keypad to turn off the LCD back light To turn the LCD backlight back on press the TRG key again LOD ZONT CHE CONTRAST EES BACEKL TIGHT TRG CHANGE WP A DoOWwh SMU 00329 4 LCD BACKLIGHT CHECK This item checks whether the LCD backlight is lit After checking the LCD backlight press the ENT key LED LIGHT HE LDO LIGHT ON SMU 00330 MAIN LED CHECK This item checks if the SIG LED lights or flashes red or green in accordance with the status of the SDI This check confirms the operational status of the SIG LED Use the UP and DOWN keys to select the desired item on the MAIN LED CHECK screen and then press the ENT key To return to the SELF CHECK screen press the MENU key JAIN LEQ LED REC CHE SMU 00331 1 LED GREEN CHECK This item checks whether the SIG LED repeats a pattern of four green flashes followed by 10 sec onds of steady green lighting After checking the main LED green press the ENT key MAIN LED CHE gt MAIN LED GREEN SMU 00332 250 SDI System Menu 2 LED RED CHECK This item checks whether the SIG LED repeats a pattern of four red flashes followed by 10 seconds of steady red lighting After checking the main LED red press the ENT key MAIN LED CHK MAI
429. trol System Cruise Control System Brake Control System Image Processing Preview Control Integ unit mode Radar sensor Impact Sensor Power Steering System Tire pressure monitor Airbag System Occupant Detection System Back SMU 00665 8 This displays a compliance verification message for the system being diagnosed Click the OK button SUBARU Select Monitor Ill Eg Lag h LL 2 0DIESEL SMU 01047 9 This displays the dialog box shown below Select Compulsory learning mode and then press the Enter key or left click with the mouse Engine Diagnosis Current Data Display amp Save Diagnostic Code s Display Cancel Code s Display Clear Memory System Operation Check Mode Dealer Check Mode Procedure OBD System Entry VIN Injector Code Registration Mode Driving recorder Select saye sampling items Back SMU 01048 Fuel pump duty learning IMPORTANT At the time of fuel pump and ECM replacement Fu el pump duty learning must be performed NOTE Perform the work with the engine started 1 Select Fuel pump duty learning from the item selection screen and press the Enter key or click the left mouse button Compulsory learning mode Fuel pump duty learning Fuel injector injection amount learning EGR valve opening angle learning Back SMU 01049 2 When the dialog box shown below appears click the OK button SUBARU Select
430. tton name type in the name you want Move graph Cursor B purple to the desired po sition FE HE Savein Data O de C Cursor amp 76 94 sec Interval 0 96 sec 011105164631 ssm CursorB 77 90 sec Range G raph SMU 00709 File name 011105165347 ssm Save SSS Save as type Various system sampling data ssm we Cancel m Detail of saved data SMU 00710 System Engine Control System Comment 6 Click the fai icon on the Data List Toolbar or the Fose button on the Function Key Bar You could also press the F9 function key on the PC keyboard SMU 00722 F7 Ran Ee FS Print FolSave Fld Non SI All Return rial t vis E S m m 34 erval 0 96 sec 4 SMU 00720 59 NOTE e Sample data files are saved in the Data folder where the PC application is installed To change to another storage location specify the location you want in the Save in box of the save data dia log box e The Comment box of the Save As dialog box can be used to save general comments associated with the data or file e When performing cut and save on selected data in a file containing all data the save file name cannot be set to the same name as the save file containing all data before the cut is performed and cannot be saved 60 Two Cursor Analysis Converting Sampled Data to CSV Converting sampled data to CSV format allows to analyze the data on a PC without SSMIII i
431. ublisher Hitachi Car Engineering Co Ltd Name Keep Blocking d Unblock b Ask Me Later Windows Firewall has blocked this program from accepting connections from the Internet or a network IF you recognize the program or trust the publisher you can unblock it When should unblock a program SMU 01038 6 The SDIs which can be connected are shown in List of SDI Enter a check for the SDI to be con nected to and click the button Connect SDI Connection Setup Select Connection LAN List of SDI lt gt SD Search tare D Cancel SMU 01018 NOTE At this time restart the PC if no SDIs possible for connection are displayed 26 Wireless LAN Communication 7 The SDI connection setting change message is displayed Click the button OK SUBARU Select Monitor Ill J Change the SOI connection After restarting of SSMIII by clicking OK the connection change will be activated SMU 01019 8 The PC application is shut down automatically Restart the PC application NOTE e From this time on the connection method for PC and SDI is wireless LAN e The present connection method for PC and SDI is shown on the title bar at the left top of the screen SUBARU Select Monitor LAN File View Tool Help SMU 01020 Switching to USB connection 1 Start SSMIII PC application 2 Click the fu onect button on the Function Key Bar of the main menu screen or press func
432. ue information between two points the numerical values of any two points in the sampled data and the maximum value minimum value and average value between two points can be calculated and displayed For cut and save of data the between any two points in the sample data can be cut and save Cursor Numerical Value Information between Two Points Cursor numerical value information between two points can be used in the digital data screen and ei ther of the Graph 1 Screen or Graph 2 Screen Note however that on the Graph 1 Screen or Graph 2 Screen only selected sampling items are displayed and on the digital data screen all sam pling items are displayed Cursor numerical value information between two points can also be used when saved data is re dis played Displaying Numerical Value Information on a Graph Screen 1 Display the Graph Screen The following expla nation is for the Graph 1 Screen Tool E Felstart F3 Graphe F4 Trieger FE welel Haj elox gt m t vo ala m mj xl4 F6 Select F Rangee Fa Print F9 Save folNons All lt gt 7 2 87 s from sampling start el ge p a Eje 96 C 40 AIF Correc tion 1 50 0 i i 0 0 50 0 i i i AIF Learning 1 50 0 i i 7 Mani Absolute Pi 200 i 16 kP 0 Se O RA Engine Speed 10000 fon i 1 4328 rpm 0 Vehicle Spee
433. ult diag nostic procedures in the Service Manual When diagnostic codes are displayed A screen showing the diagnostic codes and any message text related to the source of the fault ap pears if there are diagnostic codes memorized by the control module File View Tool Help A fFelolear FI F4 E FE Ez Description amp trouble position Number of Diagnostic Code s 2 Mass or Volume Air Flow Circuit Low P0102 Intake Air Temperature Sensor Circuit Malfunction High Input P0113 SMU 00230 Executing Memory Clear Click the F l lear button on the Function Key Bar or the F2 function key on the PC keyboard Printing the Diagnostic Code Screen Click the Flint button on the Function Key Bar or the F8 function key on the PC keyboard Returning to the Fault Diagnosis Menu Screen Click the FExt button on the Function Key Bar or the F12 function key on the PC keyboard 73 Diagnostic Codes Display Manual Link Excluding North America This function is not supported in North America Manual Link is the fusion of SSMIII and Service Manual on a PC Until now it was necessary to search the Service Manual for each model and then to search the corresponding page However when a Hybrid version Service Manual compatible with Manual Link is installed on a PC where SSMIIL is in stalled the corresponding diagnosis page of the Service Manual can be found by simple operation from the DTC detec
434. utton Save in Data e E File name 050505163018_50957data csv Save as type EE EEA A x Cancel m Detail of saved data Comment NOTE e The file name in dafault setting will be the same name as saved data which is opened CSV files are saved in the Data folder where the PC application is installed To change to another storage location specify the location you want in the Save in box of the save data dialog box If the dialog shown below appears after clicking the Save button reduce the number of data to be saved In this case convert to CSV in accord ance with the procedure in In the Case of Too Many Sampled Data System SMU 00828 SUBARU Select Monitor III A Cannot be converted to CS due to too many sampling data Reduce data by cutting and saving the data by using the function of Save data between two cursors SMU 00826 In the Case of Too Many Sampled Data Up to 50 000 data can be converted to CSV In the case of more than this use cut and save and con vert data to CSV in accordance with the following procedure NOTE This describes how to convert to CSV with Save icon or Save button However you can also convert data to CSV by selecting Converting sampling data to CSV from File in menu 63 Converting Sampled Data to CSV 1 Display a CSV file save dialog in accordance with the procedure described before and click the Sa
435. utton on the Digital Data Screen or Graph Screen Function Key Bar or press the F10 function key on the PC keyboard to display the sam pled data using the currently selected non SI dis play units SMU 00169 NOTE To use this function the desired display units should be selected using the window that appears when the Tool menu Option command is execut ed To return to SI unit display click the Posi button on the Function Key Bar or press the F10 function key on the PC keyboard FoSave Fols k Ful Return F10 SMU 00171 38 Current Data Display and Save Returning to the Fault Diagnosis Menu Screen When there is no sampling operation being per formed click the 15 icon on the Data List Toolbar or the h exit button on the Function Key Bar You can also return to the previous screen by press ing the F12 function key on the PC keyboard FlelE gt it Return SMU 00578 Graph 1 Screen When there is no sampling operation being per formed click the icon on the Data List Toolbar or the F3 Grapht_ button on the Function Key Bar to dis play the Graph 1 Screen Each press of the F3 button on the Function Key Bar cycles in the following sequence F3 Graph1 gt F3 Graph2 F3 Snapshot gt You can also display the Graph 1 Screen by press ing the F3 function key on the PC keyboard FS Grapht F1 Fe Start SMU 00579 Graph 1 Screen il iew Tool Help E FelStart F
436. val ue 108 F B Fluid Pressure ON OFF Front brake oil pressure switch sig nal Becomes ON when the contact point is ON because of the oil pres sure Transmission ECM input val ue 109 I C Fluid Pressure ON OFF Input clutch oil pressure switch Be comes ON when the contact point is ON because of the oil pressure Transmission ECM input value 110 LC B Fluid Pressure ON OFF Low coast brake oil pressure switch signal Becomes ON when the con tact point is ON because of the oil pressure Transmission ECM input value 111 Signal of identified ECM ON OFF Signal for identifying the DCCD ECM This item is applied unit type AUTO mode Yes or No It only to vehicle shows ON if AUTO mode is Yes equipped with DCCD DCCD ECM output value 112 LC B Solenoid ON OFF Low coast brake solenoid drive sig nal Becomes ON at the time of drive signal output Transmission ECM output value 113 LU amp FWD B Solenoid ON OFF Lock up amp forward brake solenoid drive signal Becomes ON at the time of drive signal output Trans mission ECM output value 114 Center Diff Lamp1 ON OFF DCCD indicator light lighting signal This item is applied Becomes ON when the initial LSD only to vehicle torque setting is LOCK DCCD equipped with DCCD ECM output value 115 Center Diff Lamp2 ON OFF DCCD indicator light lighting signal This item is applied Becomes ON when the initial LSD only to vehicle torque setting is
437. value to the power window ECM Becomes ON at the time of power window operation The glass on the drivers side is raised when the keyless LOCK button is pressed continuously 127 Power Window Down ON OFF Output value to the power window ECM Becomes ON at the time of power window operation The glass on the driver s side is lowered when the keyless UNLOCK button is pressed continuously 128 Keyless buzzer ON OFF Output value to the keyless buzzer Becomes ON at the time of keyless answer back buzzer operation 129 Bright Request ON OFF Input value to BIU Becomes ON when a demand exists Function for increase the brightness of instru ment panel illumination monitor air conditioner and audio when the lighting switch is ON 130 P W ECM Failure OK NG Power window ECM fault informa tion Becomes NG at the time of a fault CAN data 131 Keyless Hook SW ON OFF Input value from the power window ECM Becomes ON when the key less hook switch is ON CAN data 132 Door lock SW Open ON OFF Input value from the power window ECM Becomes ON at the time of unlocking operation of the door lock switch manual lock switch CAN data 133 Door lock SW Close ON OFF Input value from the power window ECM Becomes ON at the time of locking operation of the door lock switch manual lock switch CAN data 134 Door Key SW Open ON OFF
438. ve button Save in B Data e 0ce File name 050505163018_50957data csv Save as type EENE EEA A z Cancel Detail of saved data p nnn Comment rT tS SMU 00828 2 This displays a dialog box below Click the OK button System SUBARU Select Monitor III A Cannot be converted to CSY due to too many sampling data Reduce data by cutting and saving the data by using the function of Save data between two cursors SMU 00826 3 The cursor selection buttons cursor position times cursor interval and Calculate button are displayed on the Sampling Status Bar Cursor4 0 7 sec Interval 0 00 sec Calculate SMU 00708 CursorB 90 77 sec 4 The cursor selection button Cursor A is select ed Move graph Cursor A light blue to the de sired position Cursor4 76 94 sec Interval 3 83 sec C CursorB 80 77 sec Range Graph 150 40 50 0 50 0 SMU 00709 5 Select Cursor B by the cursor selection button Move graph Cursor B purple to the desired po sition C Cursor 76 94 sec Interval 0 96 sec CursorB 77 90 sec Range Graph 150 40 50 0 50 0 SMU 00710 NOTE At this time look at the Sampling Status Bar to con firm that the number of data in selected range is less than 50 000 6 Click the E icon on the Data List Toolbar or the Fa save button on the Function Key bar You
439. ved from the combination me ter 1 Japan normal 2 Japan black face 3 Japan with ADA 4 General LH 5 Europe LH 6 Saudi Arabia 7 Europe RH 8 Australia 9 US 10 Canada CAN data 24 Touch SW O 64 By set value input from the center display to BIU change is caused by pressing the button on the touch panel However change is limited to the following procedure Touch the INFO button Touch SET gt Touch Keyless entry or Various settings But no correspondence to RESET CAN data 25 key lock warning SW ON OFF Input value from the key lock warn ing switch Becomes ON when the ignition key is inserted into the key cylinder 283 List of Contents on Displayed Data No ltems to be displayed Unit of measure Contents Remarks 26 Stop Light Switch ON OFF Input value from the brake switch Becomes ON when the brake pedal is depressed 2 Front fog lamp SW input ON OFF Input value from the front fog light switch Becomes ON when the front fog light switch is turn ON 28 Rear fog lamp SW input ON OFF Input value from the rear fog light switch Becomes ON when the rear fog light switch is turn ON 29 TPMS input ON OFF Display of the TPMS Tire Pressure Monitoring System registration sta tus Becomes ON when TPMS regis tration has been completed 30 l
440. vehicle s ignition switch 5 Double click the SSMIII icon on the PC screen to start up the application g LL _ 120 Airbag System 6 On the Main Menu that appears on the display select Each System Check and then press the Enter key or left click with the mouse All System Diagnosis Each System Check Sayed Data Display Immobilizer Reprogram Conyert Save measurement data on driving recorder Oscilloscope Quit SMU 00600 7 On the System Selection Menu select Airbag System and then press the Enter key or left click with the mouse System Selection Menu Engine Control System Transmission Control System Cruise Control System Brake Control System Image Processing Preview Control Integ unit mode Radar sensor Impact Sensor Power Steering System Tire pressure monitor Airbag System Occupant Detection System Back SMU 00682 8 This displays a compliance verification message for the system being diagnosed Click the OK button SUBARU Select Monitor Ill x 5 eU05SMY AIRBAG SYSTEM SMU 00374 9 On the Airbag System screen select Status Da ta and then press the Enter key or left click with the mouse Airbag System Diagnostic Code s Display _ Clear Memory Status Data Back SMU 00375 After checking the status of each sensor click the OK button Status
441. verting sampling data to CS Save displayed data Exit application SMU 00824 4 This causes the Save CSV file dialog to appear Enter the desired file name and click the Save button Save CSV file File name 0505051 34620 csv Cancel SMU 00825 Save as type Save data in CS csv NOTE e The file name in dafault setting will be the same name as saved data which is opened e CSV files are saved in the Data folder where the PC application is installed To change to another storage location specify the location you want in the Save in box of the save data dialog box e f the dialog shown below appears after clicking the Save button reduce the number of data to be saved In this case convert to CSV in accord ance with the procedure in In the Case of Too Many Sampled Data SUBARU Select Monitor III a Cannot be converted to CS due to too many sampling data Reduce data by cutting and saving the data by using the Function of Save data between two cursors SMU 00826 How to Convert to CSV with Save Icon or Save Button NOTE Converting to CSV with MJ icon or Fave button is effective only when making changes such as add ed marking etc 7 Double click the SSMIII icon on the PC screen to start up the application On the Main Menu that appears on the display select Saved Data Display and then press the Enter key or left click with the mouse All System
442. view Control Integ unit mode Radar sensor Impact Sensor Power Steering System Tire pressure monitor Airbag System Occupant Detection System Back SMU 00665 17 This displays a compliance verification message for the system being diagnosed Click the OK button SUBARU Select Monitor x 5 2 0 TURBO SMU 00128 12 From the list of fault diagnosis items select Cur rent Data Display amp Save and then press the En ter key or left click with the mouse Engine Diagnosis Current Data Display amp Save Diagnostic Code s Display Clear Memory System Operation Check Mode Dealer Check Mode Procedure OBD System Driving recorder Select saye sampling items Back SMU 00601 13 This displays the dialog box shown below Se lect Normal sampling and then press the Enter key or left click with the mouse Current Data Display amp Save Normal sampling Mode reading sampling Back SMU 00508 14 This displays the sampling screen and automat ically starts sampling Stop this sampling File View Tool Help ey FelStart Fa Graphi Fa Triger F5 Analos Ee Eee P HBE Posi mokemo FoEt mels a lolx gt m vies ala mlm x Value Unit Maximum Minimum Average D A F Correction 1 O AVF Learning 1 Mani Absolute Pressure O Engine Speed Vehicle Speed Ignition Timing In
443. with the PC application installed 2 Use the diagnosis cable to connect the SDI to the data link connector of the vehicle NOTE SDI power will turn on automatically when the diag nosis cable is connected to the vehicle If the PWR LED of the SDI does not light turn on the vehicle s ignition switch or start the engine and then press the SDI PWR key and check again to see if the PWR LED of the SDI lights GY N a ey P hy 3 Use the USB cable to connect the SDI to the PC 4 Start the Engine 5 Double click the SSMIII icon on the PC screen to start up the application 6 On the Main Menu that appears on the display select Each System Check and then press the Enter key or left click with the mouse All System Diagnosis Each System Check Sayed Data Display Immobilizer Reprogram Conyvert Save measurement data on driving recorder Oscilloscope Quit SMU 00600 7 On the System Selection Menu select Engine Control System and then press the Enter key or left click with the mouse System Selection Menu Engine Control System Transmission Control System Cruise Control System Brake Control System Image Processing Preview Control Integ unit mode Radar sensor Impact Sensor Power Steering System Tire pressure monitor Airbag System Occupant Detection System Back SMU 00665 8 This displays a complia
444. wu so JO p j e e Jo qI BU JO uonensi6a1 uo1ensi6a1 e u ym uoneysiNa JEzIIq UoNsjap a AeysseD0y WOW eulbue jo uonnoexy WOW pews jo uonnoaxg O O Aoyss voy Aoy O O O oww pews jo uonnoaxg Aey qow y zo uoejeqd qowu p s uo p ppe q 0 Aaysseooy Aey qow s Aeysseooy Ady jqow so JO payiey e Jo qI y Jo uonesibes MOM uolyeyjsibes e u ym UOl eujsIHes aziq uonajp al Aeysse00yV WO ews jo uonnoaxg uonyeziyeniul yoo Bunaas WOW yews jo uolnoexy O O Aoyss voy y O O O oww pews jo uonnoaxg Asy qow y Jo uonejeq qowu p s uo pappe aq 0 Aaysseooy Aay a Iqow s Aeysseooy Ady ajiIqow so JO payiey e Jo qI y Jo uolneysibes JOM uo1e4 s1691 e u ym uopensi6a aziq uonajp al A yss ooy WO ews jo uonnoaxg uoneziyeniul yoo Bunaas NOG yews jo uolnoexy O O Aoyss voy y O O O oww pews jo uognoaxg Asy qow y zo uonejeq qowu p s uo Z uoNesibes 12Z11q poajsibes aq 0 Aey va oww pews jo uonnoaxg O O ss 99y s J qow y O O O uogeas1631 J9ZII1G p s 6 1 aq 0 Aay va oww pews jo uonnoaxg O O ss 99y s J qow y O O O Z uogensiba JEZIIG poajsibes aq 0 Aey va oww pews jo uonnoaxg O O ss 99y s J qow y O O O S SIX 4S0 i Woa Woga p lle aoei G np vosd zu wzeaIL y np vod zu wze IL np vosd yju wzeaIL z np vosd yu
445. wzeaIL aunpesosd JUSSI Wo3 xog yoo Woa fS Wo3 ial yoo Woa IY Buyuopoun eulbug pop adl SA uone oD ss 9y Aay ajiqoy eulbug pop GI Guiees uone s jdwexg Aayss 29y y lqoN u w sejd 1 syed ueye seinseal y umoys syed y JO aUNjle Jo eased ul zu w ano as JO JUsWIeOR ded Bunnb as sed ped soj 10 payies lt S0 p ie yey sed 14 ase 3194 BSeO U gt 147 Registering the Audio Security U K Only Please note that this procedure document is in English only because audio security function is for United Kingdom only You can perform serial registry of audio and naviga tion system with audio security function NOTE When audio or navigation system screen displays message shown below it is necessary to perform audio security registering lt Audio gt SMU 01095 SECURITY SMU 01096 1 Start the PC application according to section Starting Up the System and display the Main Menu screen 2 On the Main Menu that appears on the display select Immobilizer and then press the Enter key or left click with the mouse 148 Registering the Audio Security U K Only All System Diagnosis Each System Check Sayed Data Display Immobilizer Reprogram ConyYert Saye measurement data on driving recorder Oscilloscope Quit SMU 00663 3 Click the NO button if the
446. x Disabled Create Shortcut mae 4 Realtek RTL8139 810x Family _ Y tel R PRO Delete Properties Other Places Control Panel J My Network Places E My Documents W My Computer Details Wireless Network Connection Wireless connection unavailable SMU 00988 5 The screen Wireless Network Connection Prop erties is displayed Select General PX 4 Wireless Network Connection Properties Wireless Networks Advanced Connect using E Intel R PROwWireless 2200BG Network Connection This connection uses the following items Client for Microsoft Networks amp File and Printer Sharing for Microsoft Networks M d2 005 Packet Scheduler et AEGIS Protocol IEEE 802 1x1 v2 2 1 0 UL my as escription Allows your computer to access resources on 4 Microsoft network C Show icon in notification area when connected SMU 00989 6 Select Internet Protocol TCP IP and click the Properties button 4 Wireless Network Connection Properties General Wireless Networks Advanced Connect using E Intel R PRO Wireless 2200BG Network Connection This connection uses the following items vi Y AEGIS Protocol IEEE 802 1x v2 2 1 0 a yY TE k Internet Protocol TCP IP i Install Description v Transmission Control Protocol Internet Protocol The default wide area network protocol that provides commu
447. y ON OFF Drive signal to the ETC motor relay Becomes ON at the time of drive sig nal output Output value of the en gine ECM 202 Injector Driver Relay ON OFF Drive signal to the injector driver re lay Becomes ON at the time of drive signal output Output value of the en gine ECM This item is applied only to CNG model 203 Clutch Switch ON OFF Clutch switch signal Becomes ON when the clutch pedal is depressed Engine ECM input value 204 Stop Light Switch ON OFF Stop light switch signal Becomes ON when the stop light lights Engine ECM input value 205 SET COAST Switch ON OFF SET COAST switch signal of the cruise control system Becomes ON at the time of switch operation En gine ECM input value 206 RESUME ACCEL Switch ON OFF RESUME ACCEL switch signal of the cruise control system Becomes ON at the time of switch operation Engine ECM input value 207 Brake Switch ON OFF Brake switch signal Becomes ON when the brake pedal is depressed Engine ECM input value 208 Inhibitor Switch ON OFF Inhibitor switch signal Becomes ON at the time of P range or N range Engine ECM input value 269 List of Contents on Displayed Data No Items Unit of measure Contents Remarks 209 Main Switch ON OFF Main switch signal of the cruise con trol system Becomes ON at the time of
448. y while the screen displays mes sage shown below until screen returns to code entry mode for teaching operation IMMOBILIZER 2 0 DOHC Audio ID Registration mode terminates normally Please Wait SMU 01101 17 After confirming that the audio and navigation system is operating normally quit the registration operation 150 Registering the Audio Security U K Only Learning and inspection mode related to AT Performing air bleeding and learning possible after replacing automatic transmission ASSY ATF and TCM IMPORTANT The required learning or work according to the per formed work is shown in the following list The learning or work in the following list must be performed as otherwise shifting shocks and other defects may be caused Required learning or Work item work TCM replacement e AT learning ATF replacement e AT air bleeding Replacement or disassem AT learning bly of the transmission AT air bleeding ASSY Control valve body replace AT learning ment e AT air bleeding Execution of Clear Memory AT learning 2 NOTE Depending on vehicle specification AT air bleeding may not be necessary In such case AT air bleed ing mode will not be displayed on the menu Getting Ready 1 Prepare the SDI diagnosis cable USB cable and a PC with the PC application installed 2 Use the diagnosis cable to connect the SDI to the data lin
449. you to confirm the registered ID data and the ID data sent from the transmitter to Tire pressure monitoring control module LL data SMU 01119 Transmitter ID Data Screen Use the UP and DOWN keys to scroll screen con tents To exit the transmitter ID display press the C key FL IL accepted 125456 k ILD accepted 25456 k SMU 01120 Registering the Immobilizer Not Equipped with Keyless Access with Push Button Start System WARNING e he security ID and registration command must be handled as confidential information and shall not be announced to outsiders 225 SDI Stand alone Diagnosis e When wireless radios or car telephones are in stalled they must be installed so that the immobi lizer system is not influenced by electric waves Do not operate cell phones or wireless radios or the like when either trouble diagnosis or immobi lizer registration is in progress During immobilizer registration do not bring a key with a different ID close to the ignition switch When the key is on a keychain remove it from the chain before start of diagnosis When there are several keys on one keychain remove them from the keychain and use them individually for the work When the engine cannot be started with a regis tered key pull the ignition key from the ignition switch wait approximately one second until the immobilizer warning lamp starts flashing and then turn the ignition key slowly to sta
450. ystem e Some inspection and adjustment items may not be available in the case of certain vehicle models and vehicle specifications 32 Each System Check Current Data Display and Save This system allows sampling of control module in put output data of control systems for which SSMIII diagnosis is supported and sampling of control da ta This data can be displayed as digital data and can also be switched to a graph data format Sampled data can also be assigned a name and stored as a file in a particular folder in PC memory Getting Ready 1 Prepare the SDI diagnosis cable USB cable and a PC with the PC application installed 2 Use the diagnosis cable to connect the SDI to the data link connector of the vehicle NOTE SDI power will turn on automatically when the diag nosis cable is connected to the vehicle If the PWR LED of the SDI does not light turn on the vehicle s ignition switch or start the engine and then press the SDI PWR key and check again to see if the PWR LED of the SDI lights SY l e ee iP OT 3 Use the USB cable to connect the SDI to the PC 4 Turn on the vehicle s ignition switch 5 Double click the SSMIII icon on the PC screen to start up the application Current Data Display and Save 6 On the Main Menu that appears on the display select Each System Check and then press the Enter key or left click with the mouse All System Diagnosis Each System Check S
451. zed diagnostic codes and other data can be viewed on the PC display This screen can also be used to delete diagnostic codes memorized by a control module to perform inspections by forcing operation of actuators to configure control module function settings etc NOTE e For diagnosis of the cruise control system or auto air conditioning system turn on the system main switches before performing inspection e Some functions may not be available in the case of certain vehicle models and vehicle specifica tions Getting Ready 1 Prepare the SDI diagnosis cable USB cable and a PC with the PC application installed 2 Use the diagnosis cable to connect the SDI to the data link connector of the vehicle NOTE SDI power will turn on automatically when the diag nosis cable is connected to the vehicle If the PWR LED of the SDI does not light turn on the vehicle s ignition switch or start the engine and then press the SDI PWR key and check again to see if the PWR LED of the SDI lights WY N Y I iP CRT 3 Use the USB cable to connect the SDI to the PC 4 Turn on the vehicle s ignition switch 5 Double click the SSMIII icon on the PC screen to start up the application 31 Each System Check 6 On the Main Menu that appears on the display select Each System Check and then press the Enter key or left click with the mouse All System Diagnosis Each System Check Sayed Data Display

Using this Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents